Home

Service Guide

1. External SCSI Cable to Bulkhead External Integrated SCSI Connector View of Right Side View of Left Side Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 367 Second Six Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling Internal SCSI Cable View of Right Side View of Left Side Two Six Position SCSI RAID Bays Connected to a Single RAID Adapter Internal SCSI Cable Bulkhead Connector Internal SCSI Cable to Bulkhead External SCSI Cable to Bulkhead View of Right Side View of Left Side 368 Service Guide One Six Position SCSI RAID Bay and One Six Position SSA Bay Internal Internal SSA Cable SCSI Cable to Bulkhead Bulkhead Connector External SSA Cables to Bulkhead SSA Adapter SCSI RAID Adapter View of Right Side View of Left Side Two Six Position SSA Bays Connected to the Same SSA Loop Internal SSA Cable To Bulkhead Bulkhead Connector External SSA Cables to Bulkhead SSA Adapter Internal SSA Cable View of Left Side View of Right Side Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 369 Replacing Non Hot Plug Drives This section helps you replace non hot plug media drives in the
2. Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays on page 358 SRN FRU List Problem 34000 _ Disk drive module See 90 Description The adapter cannot initialize a device This problem might be badly affecting the SSA loop If the device is part of a RAID array External SSA cables you may not be able to list this disk drive using Internal SSA connections 5 the RAID facilities SSA adapter card See 5 Action Replace the FRU with a new FRU Adapter Cards on page 332 40000 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The SSA adapter card has failed installation guide and the service Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU guide for the using system 40016 Action Go to Advanced SerialRAID Adapters through User s Guide and Maintenance Information order 42540 number SA33 3285 43PAA _ Disk drive module See 90 Description An SSA device on the link is preventing the completion of the link page 324 configuration SSA adapter card See the 10 Action If the SSA service aids are available run installation guide and the service the Link Verification Service Aid to determine guide for the using system which device is preventing configuration That device is the one beyond the last configured device on an open SSA link Run Set Service Mode on the failed pdisk Attempt to configure the failing device If device cannot be configured replace the failing FRU 44PAA _ Disk drive module See
3. If the modem has configuration factory default settings ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 RY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP FO file for many recent Hayes compatible modems eset command to choose the factory defaults modems with extended amp commands For early is recommended If your modem responds to to factory default choices amp Fn but doesn t file setup Fl is recommended uter Products Inc siness Machines Corp 1996 of IBM Rights Use duplication or DP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp switches they should be set to the AT Attention Code i Inserts delay in dialing commands amp FO Reset Restore profile QO Turn on responses EQ Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses VO Use numeric responses S0 0 Automatic answer inhibit Escape to command mode S0 2 Answer on second ring HO Hang up X0 0 Limit modem response codes T Tone mode When used as T r it is a no op to maintain program synchronization when modem may will echo the commands amp C1 Detect CD amp D2 Respond to DTR often the default amp R1 Ignore RTS CTS N Call Out phone number P Paging phone number S Modem speed available to users Following are common responses from a wide range of modems 16 15 12 10 5 and 1 are connection responses Add others as required 7 busy 6 no dial tone 4 error 3 no carrier 2 ring 0 0K PROGRAMMING NOTE No blan
4. 2 5 E 3 aN 1 IC Connector 4 Power Connector 2 SCSI Connector 5 SCSI Connector 3 Power Connector 362 Service Guide RwoONM SSA Drive Bay Cables 6 7 2 Fi DAE 4 IC Connector 5 SSA Connector Power Connector 6 SSA Connector Power Connector 7 Power Connector SSA Connector Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 363 3 Position the cables so they can be guided through the holes in the rear of the system unit bay and slide the disk drive cage halfway into the system unit 364 Service Guide 4 Connect the power cables to the power connectors which are located on the system board behind the enclosure The following diagram shows the right side of the system with the cover removed At n Wf ys il AA I2C to DASD Bay 1 DB1 Power 2 to DASD Bay 1 D Power 1 to DASD Bay 1 D Power 1 to DASD Bay 2 D Power 2 to DASD Bay 2 D I2C to DASD Bay 2 DB2 Power to diskette drive Power to DASD 2 pack or media device Power to DASD 2 pack or media device 5 Connect the signal cables Refer to SCSI and SSA Cabling Configurations on page 366 and f
5. detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault 4B2B 281F Processor system and wire test SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SSA backplane fault 4B2B 282E Processor system and wire test 1 System board Location P1 detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 283F Processor system and wire test SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SCSI backplane fault 4B2B 288D Processor system and wire test Memory riser card Location P1 M1 detected memory riser fault or P1 M2 4B2B 2A00 Processor system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2B 300A Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 300B Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 300C Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 300D Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 231 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2B 300E Processor system and wire test detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 301F Processor system and wire test detected 128MB DIMM fault
6. Chapter 8 Using System Management Services 301 Ping Select Ping from the Network Parameters menu to test a connection to a remote system unit After selecting the ping option you must first choose an adapter to communicate with the remote system SG Adapter Parameters Device Slot Hardware Address 1 Gigabit Ethernet 4 P1 14 E1 0004ac7c0135 2 token ring 5 P1 15 T1 0020357a9105 3 ethernet Integrated P1 E1 0060949d7ac5 4 ethernet 2 Pl 12 E1 0004ac5e692b 5 token ring 3 P1 13 T1 0004ac634e38 X Exit PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION gt N A After determining which adapter to use to ping the remote system you must provide the addresses needed to communicate with the remote system Select the appropriate device from the Ping menu to display a screen similar to the following ea gt PING IP Address 1 Client IP Address 9 3 146 162 2 Server IP Address 9 3 146 171 3 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 4 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 E Execute X Exit i 9 302 Service Guide SCSI Utilities SCSI Utilities allow you to set delay times for the SCSI hard disk spin up and to set SCSI IDs for SCSI controllers installed in the system a N SCSI Utilities 1 Harddrive Spin Up Delay 2 Change SCSI Id w y Using the Harddrive Spin Up Delay option allows you to change the spin up delay time for SCSI hard disk drives attached to your system Spin up delay values can be ent
7. 21F0 0002 SCSI CD ROM test unit ready failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media 2 Replace the SCSI device 21F0 0003 21F0 0004 21F2 0001 SCSI CD ROM send diagnostic failed sense data available SCSI CD ROM send diagnostic failed DevOfl cmd SCSI read write optical test unit ready failed hardware error Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the SCSI device 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 Replace the SCSI controller 21F2 0002 SCSI read write optical test unit ready failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media 2 Replace the SCSI device 21F2 0003 SCSI read write optical send diagnostic failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 128 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 21F2 0004 SCSI read write optical
8. Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450E 288D Memory system and scan control routines detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450E 2A00 Memory system and scan control routines detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450E 300A Memory system and scan control routines detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 300B Memory system and scan control routines detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 300C Memory system and scan control routines detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 300D Memory system and scan control routines detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 300E 450E 301F Memory system and scan control routines detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory system and scan control routines detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 303A Memory system and scan
9. The memory riser card must then have a minimum of 1 quad four DIMMs Riser Card Memory Placement Rules The rules for memory riser cards are as follows Memory quads must contain DIMMs of equal memory size Quad memory size may be mixed on a riser card The minimum memory is four DIMMs which must occupy quad A slots 1 2 15 and 16 see Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations on page 23 Populate the riser card starting with quad A and continuing with quads B C and D see Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations on page 23 Logical and Physical Locations This system uses physical location codes in conjunction with AIX location codes to provide mapping of the failing field replaceable units FRUs The location codes are produced by the system unit s firmware and the AIX operating system Physical Location Codes Physical location codes provide a mapping of logical functions in a platform or expansion sites for logical functions such as connectors or ports to their specific locations within the physical structure of the platform Location Code Format The format for the location code is a string of alohanumeric characters separated by a dash slash pound sign or period character The base location is all of the information preceding the slash or pound sign The base location identifies a device that is connected to or plugged into the parent Extended location information foll
10. Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU A80A Flash erase end See note 1 on page 90 A80B Reserved not used See note 1 on page 90 A80C Reserved not used See note 1 on page 90 A80D Reserved not used See note 1 on page 90 A80E Reserved not used See note 1 on page 90 A80F Service processor dump done See note 1 on page 90 BOOB Firmware delaying to determine if 1 Remove then reapply power to MOPs error is the result of power the system disturbance After delay SPCN is 2 Call service support queried for CEC power status BOF5 Delayed power off sequence has See note 1 on page 90 begun executing BOFA Delayed power off acknowledged See note 1 on page 90 BOFF Power off requested program See note 1 on page 90 executing Chapter 4 Checkpoints 89 Notes 1 90 Service Guide If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display do the following a Activate the service processor pinhole reset switch on the system s operator panel b If the hang repeats check with service support to see if there is a firmware update that fixes the problem c If not or the update does not fix the problem change the system board d If this procedure does not fix the problem call service support If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display do the following a Activate the service processor pinhole reset switch on the system s operator panel b I
11. Service Processor Menus The service processor menus are divided into two groups e General user menus the user must know the general access password e Privileged user menus the user must know the privileged access password If the server is powered off the service processor menus can be accessed locally or remotely Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally Service processor menus can be accessed locally by connecting an ASCII terminal to serial port 1 S1 or serial port 2 S2 Access to the service processor menus is not available on serial port 3 S3 or serial port 4 S4 Because the presence of the ASCII terminal cannot be confirmed by the service processor you must press a key any key on the ASCII keyboard to confirm its presence after OK appears in the operator panel display When you gain access the service processor prompts you for a password if set and when verified displays the service processor menus The service processor menu prompt represented by 0 gt or 1 gt indicates the serial port to which the terminal is connected e gt indicates serial port 1 S1 e 1 gt indicates serial port 2 S2 Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely If your system has a modem connected and is configured for call in see Modem Configuration Menu on page 274 the service processor menus can be accessed remotely as follows 1 With the system powered off call in from a remote terminal 2 The
12. 25A8 0022 Data corruption detected during error log entry Some data partitions may have been preserved Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0100 NVRAM data validation check failed Turn off turn on system unit and retry the operation before replacing any system component Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0201 Unable to expand target partition Ssving configuration variable Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0202 Unable to expand target partition writing error log entry Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0203 Unable to expand target partition writing VPD data Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0210 Setenv Setenv parameter error name contains a null character Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 130 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 25A8 0211 Setenv Setenv parameter error value contains a null character Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0998 NVRAMRC script evaluation error command line execution error Execution of a command line within the nvram configuration variable nvramrc script resulted in a throw being executed This script can be modified by the system firmware SMS utilities the operating system PCI adapter ROM code or utility
13. 460E 288D I O system and scan control routines detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460E 2A00 I O system and scan control routines detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460E 300A I O system and scan control routines detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 300B I O system and scan control routines detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 300C 460E 300D I O system and scan control routines detected 256MB DIMM fault I O system and scan control routines detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 300E I O system and scan control routines detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 301F I O system and scan control routines detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 303A I O system and scan control routines detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460F 244C I O system and error code generation logging detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460F 244D I O system and error code generation logging detected 2W 4M 500 MHz p
14. 4B2F 263D Processor system and error code generation logging detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M or P1 M2 4B2F 281F Processor system and error code generation logging detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4B2F 282E 4B2F 283F Processor system and error code generation logging detected system board fault Processor system and error code generation logging detected SCSI backplane fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4B2F 288D Processor system and error code generation logging detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4B2F 2A00 Processor system and error code generation logging detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 300A Processor system and error code generation logging detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 300B Processor system and error code generation logging detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 300C Processor system and error code generation logging detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 238 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FR
15. B1xx 4620 Modem configuration failure 1 Check modem configuration files 2 Check for system firmware updates 3 Modem 4 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 4621 B1xx 4622 Modem disconnect failure Service processor failure 1 Check modem configuration files 2 Check for system firmware updates 3 Modem 4 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 1 Operator panel Location L1 2 Check for system firmware updates 3 System board Location P1 B1xx 4633 System power control network failure Check for system firmware updates 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 4634 System power control network loop fault 1 Check SPCN cabling 2 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 B1xx 4644 Processor VPD failure Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration 242 Service Guide Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B1xx 4645 Non processor VPD failure Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration B1xx 4646 General VPD failure Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration B1xx 4647 The machine type and model Replace the operator panel Location reported by the CEC hardware do not L1 Do not swap the VPD module match the ma
16. FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file for many early Hayes compatible modems This example uses the ATZ reset command to choose the factory defaults This setup will work for many modems but it is required for early vintage modems which respond to neither the ATZO reset command nor the extended amp commands Refer to your modem manual Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products Inc C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp If the modem has configuration switches they should be set to the factory default settings ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 AT Attention Code Inserts delay in dialing commands Z Reset to factory defaults QQ Turn on responses EQ Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses VO Use numeric responses S0 0 Automatic answer inhibit Escape to command mode S0 2 Answer on second ring HO Hang up T Tone mode When used as T r it is a no op to maintain program synchronization when modem may will echo the commands N Call Out phone number P Paging phone number S Modem speed available to users Following are common responses from a wide range of modems 16 15 12 10 5 and 1 are connection responses Add others as required
17. MAP 2010 SSA Hot Swap Disk Drive Start This MAP is the entry point to the MAPs for the SSA hot swap disk drive If you are not familiar with these MAPs read Using SSA MAPs on page 75 You might have been sent here because Step 2010 1 Step 2010 2 The system problem determination procedures sent you here Action from an SRN list sent you here A problem occurred during the installation of an SSA hot swap disk drive module Another MAP sent you here A customer observed a problem that was not detected by the system problem determination procedures Have you been sent to this MAP from the Configuration Verification service aid NO Go to Step 2010 3 on page 78 YES Go to Step 2010 2 One of the following conditions exists Take the action described 1 You have an hdisk that has no associated pdisk a Issue the system cfgmgr command b Retry the Configuration Verification service aid c If the problem remains a software error has probably occurred Call your support center for assistance 2 You have a pdisk that has no associated hdisk a Run diagnostics using system verification mode on the pdisk b If you get an SRN go to Table 12 on page 427 and follow the actions described Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 77 Step 2010 3 Step 2010 4 Step 2010 5 Step 2010 6 Step 2010 7 If you do not get an SRN the disk formatting may be incompatible with the system the di
18. Select Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter and press Enter The Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter menu displays Note If a drive is listed as a missing resource go to step 18 on page 332 Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the desired operation and then press the Enter key Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are instructed to remove the adapter When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot disconnect any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed Turn the locking latch and lift the plastic stop for the adapter Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 331 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and pull it straight out from the system board Store the adapter in a safe place Place a blank slot cover in the adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket Rotate the locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position Continue to follow the screen instructions until you receive a message that the adapter removal is successful Successful removal is indicated by the 0K message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen Press F10 to exit the Hot Plug Manager If you have added removed or replaced any adapters run the diag a command If the system
19. Service Processor Error Codes System Firmware Update Messages Common Firmware Error Codes Scan Log Dump Progress Codes Problem Determination Generated Error Codes Chapter 6 Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode Default Boot List and Service Mode Booltlist Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 105 247 249 250 251 Contents Vv vi Service Guide Service Processor Menus Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings Menu Inactivity General User Menu Privileged User Menus Main Menu i Service Processor Setup Menu Passwords System Power Control Menu System Information Menu Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus Language Selection Menu Call In Call Out Setup Menu Modem Configuration Menu Serial Port Selection Menu Serial Port Speed Setup Menu Telephone Number Setup Menu Call Out Policy Setup Menu Customer Account Setup Menu Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode Service Processor Functions System Power On Methods Service Processor Reboot Restart Recovery Boot IPL Speed Failure During Boot Process Failure During Normal System Operation Service Processor Reboot Restart Policy Controls S
20. Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 21E0 0002 SCSI tape test unit ready failed Before replacing any system sense data available components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media 2 Replace the SCSI device 21E0 0003 SCSI tape send diagnostic failed Before replacing any system sense data available components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21E0 0004 SCSI tape send diagnostic failed Before replacing any system DevOfl cmd components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21ED 0001 SCSI changer test unit ready failed Before replacing any system hardware error components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the SCSI device 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 Replace the SCSI controller 21ED 0002 SCSI changer test unit ready failed Before replacing any system sense data available components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media 2 Replace the SCSI device 21ED 0003 SCSI changer send diagnostic Before replacing any system failed sense data available components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21ED 0004 SCSI changer send diagnostic Before replacing any system failed DevOfl cmd components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI
21. expect O r timeout 2 done ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses Reset to factory defaults Reliable mode Echo off Ignore modem response Disable pacing Disable data compression Confirm commands successful DSR independent of CD Force DSR on CD respond time 100ms Confirm commands successful Numberic response code Answer on 2nd ring Confirm commands successful Ignore first ring Pickup 2nd ring or timeout Expect a connection response expect 33 r or 31 r or 28 r or 26 r or 24 r or 21 r or timeout 60 done send ATDT N R r expect O r timeout 60 delay 2 send ATHO r expect O r timeout 2 done send AT amp F amp EZEOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT amp E12 amp E14 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT amp SF1 amp S0S9 1 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATVOSQ 0 r expect O r timeout 2 done N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command is Reset to factory defaults Reliable mode Echo off Ignore modem res
22. 129 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 25A8 0xxx NVRAM problems Errors reported against NVRAM can be caused by low battery voltage and more rarely power outages that occur during normal system usage With the exception of the 25A80000 error these errors are warnings that the NVRAM data content had to be reestablished and do not require any FRU replacement unless the error is persistent When one of these errors occurs any system customization for example boot device list information has been lost the system may need to be reconfigured Location P1 If the error is persistent replace system board See nate 3 on page 41 25A8 0000 25A8 0001 Initialization failed device test failed Init NVRAM invoked all of NVRAM initialized Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0002 Init NVRAM invoked some data partitions may have been preserved Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0011 Data corruption detected all of NVRAM initialized Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0012 Data corruption detected some data partitions may have been preserved Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx 25A8 0021 Data corruption detected during error log entry All of NVRAM initialized Refer to Action under error code 25A80xxx
23. 99 Service Processor Firmware VERSION CL000313 Copyright 2000 IBM Corporation SYSTEM NAME MAIN MENU Service Processor Setup Menu System Power Control Menu System Information Menu Language Selection Menu Call In Call Out Setup Menu Set System Name Exit from Menus e Service Processor Setup Menu See Service Processor Setup Menu on page 256 for more information e System Power Control Menu See System Power Control Menu on page 260 for more information e System Information Menu See System Information Menu on page 264 for more information Language Selection Menu See Language Selection Menu on page 272 for more information Call In Call Out Setup Menu See Call In Call Out Setup Menu on page 273 for more information e Set System Name Allows setting of the system name Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 255 Service Processor Setup Menu The Service Processor Setup menu shown below is accessed from the Main Menu 7 SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP MENU 1 Change Privileged Access Password 2 Change General Access Password 3 Enable Disable Console Mirroring Currently Enabled 4 Start Talk Mode 5 OS Surveillance Setup Menu 6 Reset Service Processor 7 Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu 8 Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu 98 Return to Previous Menu 99 Exit from Menus 1 gt N P Note Unless otherwise stated in menu resp
24. Create system firmware VPD Replace the system board Location P1 See the note on page 4 E E701 Create memory VPD Replace the memory See the note on page 84 E702 Create processor card VPD Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 E703 Create operator panel VPD Replace the operator panel Location L1 See Operator Panel Replacement on page 105 E704 Create CEC VPD See the note on page 84 E705 E706 Create clock card VPD Create RIO extender card VPD See the note on page 84 Replace the system planar Location P1 See the note on page E707 Create system VPD Replace the system planar Location P1 See the note on page E708 Create RIO to PCI adapter VPD Replace the system planar Location P1 See the note on page 100 Service Guide Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E709 Create VPD via SPCN Replace the system planar Location P1 See the note on page E70A Create service processor VPD Replace the system planar Location P1 See the note on page E8xx RTAS initialization problem Call for support EAA1 Probe PCI PCI bridge Follow the repair actions for checkpoint E151 Note If you receive a four d the table above go to igit code in the range of E1xx to EFFF that is not listed in MAP 1540 Minimum C
25. Disk Drive Slot State Definition flashes per second Off Off Slot power is Off It is safe to remove or replace a disk drive On not flashing On Slot power is On Flashing slowly one flash per Identify Indicates that a slot has been identified second by the software do not remove or replace a disk drive at this time Flashing rapidly six to eight Action Indicates slot is ready for removing or replacing a disk drive SSA disk drives have light emitting diodes LEDs to identify the state of the disk drive 1 shown in the following diagram SSA drive LEDs are visible when the front cover and the disk drive bay cover are removed O O ol o s olb i tio Lo 318 Service Guide Status LEDs LED Status Definition Green Top Flashing Drive activity Off Drive not spinning and no activity On Steady Drive spinning and no activity Slow Blink One link not active Amber Bottom On Steady Service action Concurrent maintenance Both links are bad Slow Blink Identify only Off Power good Preinstallation Considerations Consider the following when replacing disk drives in the system unit e Use caution when you are handling all disk dri
26. Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 128MB DIMM fault 4B26 300C Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 221 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B26 300D Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B26 300E Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B26 301F Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B26 303A Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 244C Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 244D Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 244E Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics dete
27. Removal and Replacement Procedures on page 309 Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You need to verify that a part exchange or corrective action corrected the problem Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You need to verify correct system operation Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems A Repeating Pattern of Error Code Data Appears on the Operator Panel Display A sequence of displays each appearing for 5 seconds repeats continuously as follows A blank display followed by an 8 digit error code followed by up to nine full panels of dump data 1 Record the 8 digit error code seen after the five second blank display 2 Reset the service processor via the pinhole reset 3 Go to Checkpoints and Error Codes Index Checkpoint and Error Code Index on page 106 with the error code you have recorded OK does not appear in the operator panel display before pressing the power on button A bouncing or scrolling ball remains on the operator panel display or the operator panel display is filled with dashes If an ASCII terminal IS available connect it to the system through serial port 1 1 If the service processor menu is displayed a Replace the operato
28. Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 406A 01FF Self tests detected memory failure on riser card 2 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 406A 0200 Self tests detected memory riser card fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 406A 0201 406A 0202 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 406A 0203 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 406A 0204 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 406A 020D Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 406A 020E Self tests detected memory pair A fault Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 406A 0211 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 406A 0212 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 406A 0213 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 406A 0214 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 406A 021D Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 406A 0221 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location
29. Step 2010 8 Step 2010 9 Step 2010 10 Step 2010 11 Step 2010 12 Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair Replace the backplane Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair Is there only one drive with no LEDs on NO Go to step Step 2010 10 YES Replace the following FRUs 1 Backplane 2 Disk drive assembly Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair Is the green top LED off on one or more disk drives on a backplane NO Go to step Step 2010 11 YES Replace the following FRUs 1 Backplane 2 EPOW cable Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair Is green top LED in the drive at the end of the backplane flashing NO Go to step Step 2010 8 YES Go to step Step 2010 12 Replace the SSA link cable closest to the flashing LED Did the LED stop flashing NO Go to step Step 2010 13 on page 80 YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 79 Step 2010 13 Replace the following 1 Backplane 2 Disk drive
30. e Call in see Testing Call In on page 396 e Call Out see Testing Call Out on page 396 Use the Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies in the Introduction to Tasks and Service Aids section of the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to back up the service processor settings Note This step is strongly recommended to protect the usefulness of the service processor and the availability of the server Your service processor is now ready for use 395 Testing the Setup This section contains sample testing procedures to help ensure that your setup is working These tests include communicating with the server operating system Before you start ensure that the necessary serial port s is configured If you need assistance refer to Serial Port Configuration on page 397 The server should be powered off as a result of the Service Processor Setup Checklist on page 395 Testing Call in i oN 8 Testing Call Out At your remote terminal call in to your server Your server answers and offers you the Service Processor Main Menu after requesting your privileged access password Select System Power Control Select Power On System When you are asked if you wish to continue powering on the system type Y After the system firmware and operating system have initialized the server the login prompt displays at_your remote terminal if you set up Seam
31. on page 315 342 Service Guide 5 The card is secured in place with camming latches at each end Open the card latches by rotating them out until the card is pulled out of the connector on the system board Attention To prevent damage to the card and to the card connectors open both of the latches at the same time You must install either a memory riser card or a blank memory card in each memory card slot Do not operate the system if any of the memory riser card slots are empty Installing a Memory Riser Card or a One Way Processor Card 1 Open the camming latches Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 343 2 Place the card onto the card guide rails The memory DIMMs if present should face downward 3 Push the card into the system unit until you feel it stop The card should be far enough into the system unit so that the camming latches engage 4 Close the camming latches to secure the card into the connector Attention To prevent damage to the card and to the card connectors close both camming latches at the same time 5 Replace the processor and memory riser card cover as described in Replacing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover on page 315 6 Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Memory and Processor Card CEC Assembly Removal 1 Remove the memory and processor cards as described in 2 Remove the eight screws that hold the CEC central ele
32. www 1 ibm com servers aix library Select Technical Publications AIX documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD The documentation is made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu These menus allow the user to change the system memory configuration If it is necessary to take one of the memory DIMMs offline this menu allows you to deconfigure a DIMM and then reconfigure the DIMM at a later time When this option is selected a menu displays showing the memory riser cards in the system Type the number of the memory riser card on which the DIMM is plugged that you want to configure or deconfigure An example of this menu is shown below MEMORY CONFIGURATION DECONFIGURATION MENU 77 Enable Disable Memory Repeat Gard Currently Enabled 1 Memory riser card 1 2 Memory riser card 2 98 Return to Previous Menu Note If there is only one processor in the system system memory may reside on that processor assembly In that case you are given the option to select the processor card from the list After you select a processor card or a memory riser card a menu allowing the selection of a memory DIMM is displayed The following is an example of this menu C 5 MEMORY CONFIGURATION DECONFIGURATION MENU 77 Enable Disable Memory Repeat Gard Currently Enabled 1 11 17 00 Configured by system 2 11 19 00
33. 4 SCSI Activity LED Green 10 Reset Button 5 LAN Activity LED Green 11 Service Processor Reset Button 6 Operator Panel Display Note The service processor reset button must be activated very carefully An insulated paper clip is recommended Unbend the clip so that it has a straight section about two inches long Insert the clip straight into the hole keeping the clip perpendicular to the plastic bezel When you engage the reset switch you should feel the detent of the switch After you press the switch the service processor resets and then shuts down the system System Memory Two slots are available for memory riser cards Each riser card had 16 sockets See System Board on page 15 which illustrates the positions of the memory riser cards in the system Four sizes of DIMMs are available 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB and 1 GB Certain 32 MB DIMMs from older RS 6000 systems can also be used when upgrading system memory One Way Processor Memory Placement Rules The rules for one way processor memory are as follows e Minimum memory is 1 pair of DIMMs in slots 1 and 8 see Processor Card Memory ee Ser rae MERISTOR GEESE e Maximum memory is 4 DIMM pairs in slots 1 through 8 see Ie Sei are econo SES e Each memory riser slot must have a memory filler card installed 16 Service Guide When you are installing a memory riser card Memory DIMMs must be moved from the one way processor card to the memory riser card
34. 406C 0301 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 fault 406C 0302 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 fault 406C 030D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 x2 on processor card that cannot be automatically isolated 406C 0311 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 fault 406C 0312 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 fault 406C 031D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 fault x2 406C 0321 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 fault 406C 0322 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 fault 406C 032D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 fault x2 406C 0331 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 fault 406C 0332 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 fault 406C 033D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 fault x2 406C 03FF IPL MOPs detected memory failure Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 170 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406C 3101 IPL MOPs detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 406C
35. 9108 LBIST See note 9109 LBIST See note 910A Configure and initialize processors See note 1 on page 90 910B Configure main storage system See note 1 on page 90 memory 910C Initialize main storage system See note memory 910D Configure and initialize I O See note 1 on page 90 910E Test main storage system See note 1 on page 90 memory 910F Free IPL LIDS See note 1 on page 90 9110 Load runtime LIDS See note 1 on page 90 9111 Load dump LIDS See note 1 on page 90 9112 Enable attention See note 1 on page 90 9113 Enable function 22 See note 1 on page 90 9114 Load IPL ROS See note 9115 Load system data areas See note 1 on page 90 NACA PACA 9116 Start IPL ROS execution See note i on page 90 9118 Waiting for VPD collection to See note i on page 90 complete Chapter 4 Checkpoints 87 Table 1 Service Processor Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU 9184 Firmware image being loaded into 1 Remove then reapply power to service processor s control storage the system If the service during firmware update processor enters recovery mode indicated by A1FD 0000 in the display attempt to update the firmware again in recovery mode If the service processor comes up to the OK prompt try again to update the firmware using the service processor menus 2 Call service support 91FF Control being handed
36. B 1 A 2 A Location Code Memory DIMMs P1 M1 n Memory DIMMs on riser card 1 n denotes DIMM number P1 M2 n Memory DIMMs on riser card 2 n denotes DIMM number P1 M1 1 x4 P1 M1 3 x4 Memory quad A DIMMs 1 2 15 16 Memory quad B DIMMs 3 4 13 14 P1 M1 5 x4 Memory quad C DIMMs 5 6 11 12 P1 M1 7 x4 Memory quad D DIMMs 7 8 9 10 P1 M2 1 x2 P1 M2 1 x4 Memory pair A DIMMs 1 and 15 Memory quad A DIMMs 1 2 15 16 P1 M2 3 x4 Memory quad B DIMMs 3 4 13 14 P1 M2 5 x4 Memory quad C DIMMs 5 6 11 12 P1 M2 7 x4 P1 M1 1 x16 Memory quad D DIMMs 7 8 9 10 All memory DIMMs on riser card 1 P1 M2 1 x16 All memory DIMMs on riser card 2 P1 M1 x2 All memory DIMMs on riser cards 1 and 2 Chapter 1 Reference Information 23 One Way Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations 8 A 7 B 6 C 6 D 4 D 3 C 2 B 1 A Location Code Memory DIMMs P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMMs on processor card n denotes DIMM number P1 C1 M1 x2 Memory pair A DIMMs 1 and 8 P1 C1 M2 x2 Memory pair B DIMMs 2 and 7 P1 C1 M3 x2 Memory pair C DIMMs 3 and 6 P1 C1 M4 x2 Memory pair D DIMMs 4 and 5 P1 C1 M1 x8 All memory DIMMs on processor card 24 Service Guide Sy
37. Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 111 Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 1531 Power supply 1 1 Power supply 3 Location V3 2 If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V3 Then replace power supply 1 location V1 with the new supply 3 If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V1 Then replace power supply 2 location V2 with the new supply 4 Replace the system board Location P1 1011 1532 Power supply 3 1 Power supply Location V3 2 System board Location P1 1011 1533 Power supply 3 1 Power supply Location V3 2 System board Location P1 1011 1534 Power supply 3 1 Power supply Location V3 2 System board Location P1 1011 1536 Power supply 3 missing Power supply Location V3 1011 1611 CEC regulator 1 fault Processor unit Location P1 C1 1011 1612 CEC regulator 1 non power fault 1 Processor unit Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 1011 1613 CEC regulator 1 domain fault Processor unit Location P1 C1 1011 1621 CEC regulator 2 fault Processor unit Location P1 C1 1011 1622 CEC regulator 2 non power fault 1 Processor unit Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 1011 1623 CEC regulator 2 domain fault Processor unit Location P
38. Configured by system 15 11 16 00 Configured by system 16 11 18 00 Configured by system 3 11 21 00 Configured by system 4 11 23 00 Configured by system 13 11 20 00 Configured by system 14 11 24 00 Configured by system 98 Return to Previous Menu Memory DIMMs are managed as a group Deconfiguring a DIMM will make the whole group unavailable 0 gt NS 2 Note This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot sequence The first time the system is powered up or after the system s non volatile RAM NVRAM has been erased this table may be empty The table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX The system DIMMs are presented by group If a memory riser card is present quad A is shown first followed by quads B C and D if present If memory is on a processor card pair A is shown first followed by pairs B C and D if present The menu selection index DIMM number and the DIMM address correspond to the numbers shown in the rams Menus on page 269 Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus on page 269 and Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus on page 270 The fields in the previous table represent the following Column 1 1 Menu selection index DIMM number Column 2 11 xx Riser card 1 10 xx Riser card 2 3 xx Memory on processor card Column 3 00 Error status The error status of the each
39. Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems 124 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2100 0004 Cannot determine SCSI bus mode Before eplacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 Oxxx 1 Disconnect the SCSI cable from the SCSI controller the location code identifies and reboot the system 2 If the error code persists replace the SCSI controller or I O planar if SCSI controller is integrated 3 Reconnect the SCSI cable disconnected in step 1 and remove all the SCSI devices attached to the cable and reboot the system 4 If the error code persists replace the SCSI cable 5 One at a time reconnect the SCSI devices disconnected in step 3 If the error code returns replace the last SCSI device you reconnected If all SCSI devices have been reattached and the error code has not been returned there may have been a bad connection Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 125 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 21A0 0001 SCSI DASD test unit ready failed hardware error Notes 1 Before replacing any system components a Ensure that the controller and each device on the SCSI bus
40. If attempting to boot from the network go to Step 2 c If attempting to boot from a disk drive or CD ROM go to Step 3 on page 103 2 If the intended boot device is not correctly identified in the boot list add it to the boot sequence using the SMS menus If the device can be added reboot the system If the intended boot device cannot be added to the boot list go to Step 3 araea page 103 If attempting to boot from the network 1 Verify that IP parameters are correct 2 Attempt to ping the target server using the SMS Ping utility If the ping is not successful have the network administrator verify the server configuration for this client 3 Check with the network administrator to ensure that the network is up Check the network cabling to the adapter 5 Turn the power off then on and retry the boot operation 102 Service Guide Step 3 Try to boot and run standalone diagnostics against the system particularly against the intended boot device If diagnostics boot successfully ile Go to the Task Selection Menu and select Display Configuration and Resource List If the intended boot device is not listed go to MAP 0290 Missing Resource Problem Resolution in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems If an SRN not an 8 digit error code is reported go to the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems manual If the
41. Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Se Sh SR SR OSE OSE send ATSQ 0 r Set AutoAnswer OFF expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm command successful send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r Detect carrier and DTR Ignore RTS expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm command successful done RI Power On enabled error Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8 r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_f1 cfg COMPONENT NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F1 FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file for many recent Hayes compatible modems This example uses the AT amp F1 reset command to choose the factory defaults This set up is for modems with extended amp commands and which do not work properly with setup FO For early vintage modems setup Z or ZO is recommended Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products Inc C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp If the modem has configuration switches they should be set to the factory default settings ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 AT Attention Code n Inserts delay in dialing commands amp F1 Reset Restore profile 1 QQ Turn on responses EQ Turn echo off Q1 Turn
42. Location P1 C1 routines detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4B2E 24A3 Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4B2E 24A4 Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 235 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2E 25B6 Processor system and scan control routines detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4B2E 25BB Processor system and scan control routines detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25BD Processor system and scan control routines detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25BE Processor system and scan control routines detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25BF Processor system and scan control routines detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the p
43. MHz processor fault 4607 24A4 I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 4607 25B6 I O system and 6xx bus processor Power supply Location V1 or V2 or runtime diagnostics detected 650W V3 power supply fault 4607 25BB I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4607 25BD I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4607 25BE I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4607 25BF I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4607 263D I O system and 6xx bus processor Memory filler card Location P1 M1 runtime diagnostics detected memory or P1 M2 filler fault 4607 281F I O system and 6xx bus processor SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault 4607 282E I O system and 6xx bus processor 1 System board Location P1 runtime diagnostics detected system 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 board fault 4607 283F I O system and 6xx bus processor SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault 4607 288D I O system and 6xx bus processor Memory riser card Location P1 M1 runtime diagnostics dete
44. Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 303A Processor system and wire test detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 244C Processor system and IPL detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 244D 4B2C 244E Processor system and IPL detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor system and IPL detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 244F Processor system and IPL detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 248A Processor system and IPL detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B2C 24A1 Processor system and IPL detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 24A2 Processor system and IPL detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 24A3 Processor system and IPL detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 24A4 Processor system and IPL detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25B6 Processor system and IPL detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4B2C 25BB Processor system and IPL detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25BD Process
45. Notes a If an ASCII terminal has been defined as the system console attach the ASCII terminal cable to the S1 connector on the rear of the system unit b If a display attached to a display adapter has been defined as the system console install the display adapter and connect the display to it Plug the keyboard into the keyboard connector on the rear of the system unit Turn on the power If the ASCII terminal or graphics display including display adapter are connected differently than before the Console Selection screen appears and requires that a new console be selected When the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 1 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 1 key on an ASCII terminal to start the SMS menu Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Wait until the SMS screen is displayed or the system appears to stop Is the SMS screen displayed NO One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 Go to the problem determination procedures test procedures for the device attached to the S1 serial port or the display attached to the graphics adapter and test those devices If a problem is found follow the procedures for correcting the problem on that device Graphics adapter if installed 2 3 Cable async or graphics including internal async cable 4 System board see note 3 o
46. P Paging phone number Modem speed available to users de oe N S Following are common responses from a wide range of modems 16 15 12 10 5 and 1 are connection responses Add others as required 7 busy 6 no dial tone 4 error 3 no carrier 2 ring 0 0K PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks ondout send ATZOQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEQT r expect Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect Q r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect Q r timeout 2 done Reset modem Select profile 0 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful SOR OR OSH OSE SRO SRF onnect send ATDT N r Tone dialing command N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or 10 r or 5 r or 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 done etry send A Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response Appendix D Modem Configurations 413 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or 10 r or 5 r or 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 disconnect condin done delay 2 send Wp delay 2 send ATHOT r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEQQ1 r ignore Q r timeout 1 done send ATZOQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEQT r expect O r or OK r n
47. Phase 1 Service Processor Initialization Phase 1 starts when ac power is connected to the system and ends when OK is displayed in the operator panel 8xxx checkpoints and several 9xxx checkpoints are displayed during this phase Service processor menus are available at the end of this phase by striking any key on the console keyboard Phase 2 Hardware Initialization by the Service Processor Phase 2 starts when system power up is initiated by pressing the power on button on the operator panel 9xxx checkpoints are displayed during this time 91FF the last checkpoint in this phase indicates the transition to Phase 3 is taking place Phase 3 System Resource Initialization At Phase 3 a system processor takes over control and continues initializing system resources During this phase checkpoints in the form Exxx are displayed E105 the last checkpoint in this phase indicates that control is being passed to the AIX boot program Location codes may also be displayed in the second line of the operator panel Phase 4 AIX Boot When AIX starts to boot checkpoints in the form Oxxx and 2xxx are displayed Location codes may also be displayed in the second line of the operator panel This phase ends when the AIX login prompt appears on the AIX console The following table outlines the IPL phases from power on to the AIX login prompt matching the phases to corresponding operator panel checkpoints for a typical system boot Also listed are
48. Problem Determination Purpose of this MAP MAP 1520 Power Step 1520 1 Step 1520 2 Step 1520 3 Step 1520 4 Step 1520 5 Step 1520 6 Step 1520 7 MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration Purpose of this MAP SSA Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPS i Using SSA MAPs MAP 2010 SSA Hot Swap Disk Drive Start Step 2010 1 yo E Step 2010 2 16 17 e AZ 17 yiz 18 v19 21 23 24 30 lt 31 31 31 31 32 32 33 35 35 36 37 37 38 38 39 41 41 42 42 48 48 53 53 54 54 259 2259 56 2 56 57 197 79 aid z 77 Paras Ad Step 2010 3 Step 2010 4 Step 2010 5 Step 2010 6 Step 2010 7 Step 2010 8 Step 2010 9 Step 2010 10 Step 2010 11 Step 2010 12 Step 2010 13 MAP 2323 SSA hot swap disk drive Intermittent Link Verification a Step 2323 1 Step 2323 2 Step 2323 3 MAP 2324 SSA hot swap disk drive RAID Chapter 4 Checkpoints IPL Flow Service Processor Checkpoints Firmware Checkpoints Boot Problems and Concerns Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index Four Character Checkpoints Operator Panel Replacement Replacing the Network Adapter Determining Location Code Checkpoint and Error Code Index Performing Slow Boot Confirming Initial Error Code Memory Related Error Codes Operator Panel Error Codes SPCN Error Codes Firmware Error Codes
49. Removal and Replacement Procedures 337 Allows a new PCI adapter to be configured into the system if software support is already available for the adapter The selected PCI slot will go into the On state Install Configure Devices Added After IPL The system attempts to configure any new devices and tries to find and install any required software from a user selected source The add remove and replace functions return information to the user indicating whether the operation was successful If additional instructions are provided on the screen complete the recommended actions If the instructions do not resolve the problem see the following e If the adapter is listed as Unknown perform the Install Configure Devices Added After IPL option to configure the adapter e If you receive a warning indicating that needed device packages are not installed the system administrator must install the specified packages before you can configure or diagnose the adapter e If you receive a failure message indicating a hardware error the problem might be either the adapter or the PCI slot Isolate the problem by retrying the operation in a different PCI slot or trying a different adapter in the slot If you determine that you have failing hardware call your service representative Fans and Fan Fillers Attention _ f you need to install the redundant power and cooling option go to Installing the Redundant Power and Cooling Option on page 3
50. See RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 for part numbers Chapter 10 Parts Information 383 Accessories Power Cords i i a1 let Ci D amp 3 O E D o 10 Index Part Number Country Region 1838574 Bahamas Barbados Bolivia Brazil Canada Costa Rica Dominican Republic El Salvador Ecuador Guatemala Guyana Haiti Honduras Jamaica Japan Netherlands Antilles Panama Peru Philippines Taiwan Thailand Trinidad Tobago U S A Venezuela 6952301 Bahamas Barbados Bermuda Bolivia Brazil Canada Cayman Islands Colombia Costa Rica Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guatemala Guyana Haiti Honduras Jamaica Japan Korea South Mexico Netherlands Antilles Nicaragua Panama Peru Philippines Puerto Rico Saudi Arabia Suriname Trinidad Taiwan U S A except Chicago Venezuela 86G7648 Chicago 13F9940 Argentina Australia New Zealand Paraguay Columbia Uruguay 13F9979 Abu Dhabi Austria Belgium Bulgaria Botswana Egypt Finland France Germany Greece Iceland Indonesia Korea South Lebanon Luxembourg China Macau S A R Netherlands Norway Portugal Saudi Arabia Spain Sudan Sweden Turkey Yugoslavia 13F9997 Denmark 384 Service Guide Index Part Number Country Region 6 14F0015 Bangladesh Burma Pakistan South Afri
51. and D e To increase memory on a one way processor card add more DIMM pairs or replace the DIMM pairs with pairs of a larger size e Ifa memory riser card is installed in the system with a one way processor card Memory DIMMs must be moved from the one way processor card to the memory riser card The memory riser card must then have a minimum of four DIMMs See Memory Placement for a Memory Riser Card on page 346 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 345 Memory Placement for a Memory Riser Card Memory riser cards can be populated with up to four quads Each quad is a group of four DIMMs the quads are labeled A B C and D The following rules apply to DIMM placement on a memory riser card Each memory quad must contain four DIMMs of equal memory size e Quad memory size may be mixed on a memory riser card e The minimum memory is four DIMMs installed in quad A as shown in the following figure 15 A 16 A 13 B 14 B 11 C 12 C 9 D 10 D 7 D 8 D 5 C 6 C 3 B 4 B 1 A 2 A To increase memory add more quads to a memory riser card or replace the DIMMs in a quad with DIMMs of a larger size e Populate the memory riser card starting with quad A and continuing with quads B C and D as shown above Memory DIMMs Removing Mem
52. and dd is the day of the update file After the update file has been written to the tmp fwupdate directory enter the following commands cd usr 1pp diagnostics bin update_flash f tmp fwupdate CLyymmdd img Attention Do not overlook the periods in the commands shown above AIX commands are case sensitive Type them exactly as shown You will be asked for confirmation to proceed with the firmware update and the required reboot If you confirm the system will apply the new firmware reboot and return to the AIX prompt This may take up to ten minutes depending on the configuration of the system Attention On some systems the message Wait for rebooting before stopping may display on the system console Do not turn off the system until the system has fully rebooted to the AIX login prompt If a shutdown is necessary at that time log in as root user and issue the shutdown command While the update is in progress you will see Rebooting on the display for several minutes The firmware update is complete Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus This procedure requires a set of firmware update diskettes in backup format The service processor menus are available while the system is powered off As a privileged user from the service processor main menu select Service Processor Setup then select Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu The update process requests update diskettes as needed Updating System Firmw
53. e Minimum Configuration MAP The Entry Map is the starting point for problem determination The purpose of this MAP is to quickly point to the appropriate MAP or service reference information either in this book or in the common book set which includes the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems and the PCI Adapter Placement Reference The Quick Entry MAP is a subset of the Entry MAP and helps to save time for some types of problems The Problem Determination MAP provides a structured analysis method to get an error code if one is not provided by the customer or if diagnostics cannot be loaded 35 The Power MAP deals with isolation of components to diagnose a power problem The nature of power problems can be related to powering on and down the system or power failures that can occur after power is turned on The Minimum Configuration MAP is used to locate defective components not found by normal diagnostics or error isolation methods This MAP provides a systematic method of isolation to the failing item or items Checkpoints These servers use various types of checkpoints error codes and SRNs which are referred to throughout this book primarily in Chapter 4 Checkpoints on page 83 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page 105 Chapter 6 Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode on page 249 and Chapter 10 Parts Information on These codes may appear i
54. fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 4068 0221 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 151 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4068 0222 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 4068 0223 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 4068 0224 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 4068 022D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 4068 0231 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 4068 0232 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 4068 0233 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 4068 0234 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 4068 023D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 4068 02FF Other bus
55. hardware is re initialized Restart must follow a successful reboot Number of reboot attempts If the server fails to successfully complete the boot process it attempts to reboot the number of times specified Values equal to or greater than 0 are valid Only successive failed reboot restart attempts are counted Use OS Defined restart policy Allows the service processor to react or not react in the same way as the operating system to major system faults by reading the setting of the operating system parameter Automatically Restart Reboot After a System Crash This parameter may or may not be defined depending on the operating system or its version level If the operating system automatic restart setting is defined then it can be set to respond to a major fault by restarting or by not restarting See your operating system documentation for details on setting up operating system automatic restarts The default value is Yes Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 261 Enable supplemental restart policy The default setting is No If set to Yes the service processor restarts the system when the system loses control as detected by service processor surveillance and either The Use OS Defined restart policy is set to No OR The Use OS Defined restart policy is set to Yes and the operating system has no automatic restart policy Refer to Service Processor Reboot Restart Recovery on page 281 Call Out before rest
56. heartbeat monitoring If the device driver is installed and surveillance enabled the service processor monitors the system heartbeat If the heartbeat times out the service processor places an outgoing call This is different from the bring up phase scenario where the specified number of reboot attempts is made before placing an outgoing call Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 295 296 Service Guide Chapter 8 Using System Management Services Use the System Management Services menus to view information about your system and to perform tasks such as setting a password changing the boot list and setting the network parameters The text based open firmware command line the OK prompt which is available from the System Management Services Utilities menu allows you to configure certain adapters To start the System Management Services do the following 1 Turn on or restart the system 2 Watch for the banner screen to appear on the console display The banner screen will be lines of text in the form of repeated logos 3 After the banner screen is displayed the POST indicator words memory keyboard network scsi and speaker appear across the bottom of the screen Press the numeric 1 key after the word keyboard appears and before the last word speaker appears For more information on the POST indicator words refer to POST Indicators on Note The System Management Services can also be started using the Servi
57. is assigned a unique SCSI ID b Ensure that the SCSI bus is properly terminated c Ensure that the SCSI signal and power cables are securely connected and not damaged 2 The location code information is required to identify the ID of SCSI device failures as well as to indicate the location of the controller to which the device is attached Check the system error logs to determine the location code information associated with the error code Replace the SCSI device Replace the SCSI cable Replace the SCSI backplane Replace the SCSI controller PONS 21A0 0002 SCSI DASD test unit ready failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media removable media devices 2 Replace the SCSI device 21A0 0003 SCSI DASD send diagnostic failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21A0 0004 SCSI DASD send diagnostic failed DevOfl cmd Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21E0 0001 SCSI tape test unit ready failed hardware error Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the SCSI device 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 Replace the SCSI controller 126 Service Guide
58. send diagnostic failed DevOfl cmd Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 2200 0001 2200 1001 PCI Ethernet BNC Ru 45 or PCI Ethernet AUI RJ 45 adapter internal wrap test failure 10 100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter internal wrap test failure Replace the adapter See Determining Location Code on page 105 for location code information related to this error See page 105 for adapter information related to this error Replace the adapter See page 105 for location code information related to this error See age 105 for adapter information related to this error ko 2201 0001 PCI Auto LANstreamer token ring adapter failed to complete hardware initialization Replace the adapter See page 105 for location code information related to this error See page 105 for adapter information related to this error 2201 1001 PCI token ring adapter failed to complete hardware initialization Replace the adapter See page 105 for location code information related to this error See page 105 for adapter information related to this error 25A0 0001 Cache L2 controller failure 1 Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 25A1 0001 Cache L2 SRAM failure Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index Replace the processor card Location P1 C1
59. that is related to the pdisk continues to operate normally If the disk drive module tries to log an error however this SRN 50100 is produced Enter the cfgmgr command to return the pdisk to the system configuration e A disk drive module has tried to log an error during system configuration To find the failing disk drive module run diagnostics to the disk drive modules that are connected to this SSA adapter 50200 through 504xx Action Go to Advanced SerialRAID Adapters User s Guide and Maintenance Information order number SA33 3285 60000 SSA adapter card See the installation guide and the service guide for the using system 100 Description The SSA adapter is missing from the expected configuration Action Verify that the SSA adapter card is installed in the expected slot of the using system e If itis in the expected slot exchange the FRU for a new FRU e If it is not in the expected slot enter the diag a command and answer the questions that are displayed 60200 Disk drive module See Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays on page 358 98 Description The 7133 or other SSA enclosure or the SSA 6 pack assembly cannot be turned on Action 1 Make sure that power is applied to the 7133 or other SSA enclosure or that the power cables are properly connected to the SSA 6 pack assembly 2 Make sure that the D
60. 032D Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4068 0331 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 0332 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 033D Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4068 03FF Other bus processor runtime Go to MAP 1540 Minimum diagnostics detected memory failure Configuration on page 57 and run on processor card that cannot be minimum configuration for further automatically isolated isolation 4068 3101 Other bus processor runtime 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 4068 3281 Other bus processor runtime 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 4068 3284 Other bus processor runtime Replace the system board Location diagnostics detected PCI controller P1 See note 3 on page 41 PHBO fault 4068 3285 Other bus processor runtime Replace the system board Location diagnostics detected PCI controller P1 See note 3 on page 41 PHB1 fault 4068 3286 Other bus processor runtime Replace the system board Location diagnostics detected PCI controller P1 See note 3 on page 41 PHB2 fault 4069 0001 Memory tests detected system board Replace the s
61. 100 Description A disk drive module has failed Action If the SSA service aids are available run page 324 the Link Verification Service Aid to find the failing disk drive module Run Set Service Mode on the failed pdisk Before you exchange the failing disk drive module run diagnostics in the system verification mode to the module to determine the cause of the problem Replace the indicated failing FRU 45PAA _ Disk drive module See 40 Description The SSA adapter has detected an open SSA link This problem is caused either by a page 324 disk drive module that is failing or by a disk drive External SSA Cables 40 module that has been switched off from another 6 pack assembly See 20 using system on the same SSA link That using system has itself been switched off Action If the SSA service aids are available run the Link Verification Service Aid to determine which device is preventing configuration That device is the one beyond the last configured device on an open SSA link Attempt to configure the failing device If device cannot be configured replace the failing FRU 430 Service Guide Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem 46000 Action Go to Advanced SerialRAID Adapters through User s Guide and Maintenance Information order 47500 number SA33 3285 48000 None Description The SSA adapter has detected a link configuration resource
62. 193 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450A 25BE Memory system and self test detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450A 25BF Memory system and self test detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450A 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450A 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450A 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450A 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450A 263D Memory system and self test detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450A 281F 450A 282E Memory system and self test detected SSA backplane fault Memory system and self test detected system board fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 450A 283F Memory system and self test detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450A 288D Memory system and self test detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on pa
63. 283F Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4508 288D Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4508 2A00 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 300A Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4508 300B Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4508 300C Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 190 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4508 300D Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 512M
64. 3 Lift up the front cover to disengage the tabs on the bottom Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 311 4 To remove the rear cover lift the cover up and out 5 Store the cover in a safe place 312 Service Guide 6 To remove the side covers remove the screws 1 that hold the side covers to the rear frame Attention Do not remove the right side cover unless the system is shut down and the power is disconnected from the power outlet L 1 1 SSS QQ f qo 7 Slide the covers to the rear and remove Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 313 Replacing Covers 1 To replace the side covers do the following a Insert the tabs on the side cover into the slots on the system unit b Slide the cover toward the front of the system unit until the rear corner of the cover contacts the rear of the system unit c Secure the rear of the cover with the screws removed earlier To replace the front cover align the tabs on the front cover with the slots of the extension on the bottom of the system unit Push in the front cover at the top until it is secure To replace the rear cover align the tabs on the side covers with the slots on the rear cover and slide the c
65. 32 128 MB Memory DIMM 07L9030 0 32 256 MB Memory DIMM 10L5417 0 32 512 MB Memory DIMM F C 4131 Cannot be mixed with F C 4100 07L9758 0 32 512 MB Memory DIMM F C 4100 Cannot be mixed with F C 4131 09P0335 0 32 1 GB Memory DIMM 44H8167 0 32 Memory DIMM filler 14 23L8127 263D 0 2 Memory Filler Card 15 1622678 6 CEC Mounting Screws 16 75G2878 2 CEC Mounting Screws 382 Service Guide Index FRU Part CCIN Units Per Description Number Number Assembly 17 24L1546 1 CEC Cage 18 75G2878 4 PCI Guide Assembly Mounting Screws 19 24L1829 8 System Board Assembly Mounting Screws 20 45H2536 4 System Board Assembly Grounding Screws 21 24L1646 8 System Board Assembly Mounting Screws 19 24L1829 8 System Board Assembly Mounting Screws 20 45H2536 4 System Board Assembly Grounding Screws 21 24L1646 1 Gasket EMC Shield 22 04N2923 1 Cable Assembly Debug 23 24L1769 1 Cable Assembly Parallel Port 5556740 1 Cable Retention Clamp 24 04N2922 1 Cover Debug Port 25 56F0346 1 Debug Port Cover Mounting Screws 26 04N3087 1 Cable Plate Assembly 26a 76H0518 1 SCSI Cable VHDCI Mini 68 pin to 68 pin 0 3 meter see System Board on page 15 27 75G2878 4 Cable Plate Assembly Mounting Screws 27a 07L7411 1 External SCSI cable standoff 28 03K8992 0 10 1 0 Filler Bracket 29 75G2878 2 Power Cable Assembly Mounting Screws 30 75G2878 1 Power Cable Assembly Grounding Screws 31 23L8082 1 Power Cable Assembly Note
66. 406D 02FF Attention handler detected memory failure on riser card 1 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 406D 0300 Attention handler detected processor card fault Processor card Location P1 C1 406D 0301 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 406D 0302 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 406D 030D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 x2 406D 0311 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 406D 0312 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 406D 031D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 x2 406D 0321 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 174 Service Guide 406D 0322 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406D 032D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 DIMM fault x2 406D 0331 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1
67. 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 300A Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 300B Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 300C Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 300D Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 300E Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 301F Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 303A Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4508 244C Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 244D Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor
68. 7 busy 6 no dial tone 4 error 3 no carrier 2 ring 0 0K PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks condout send ATZQOT r Reset to factory defaults ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 Ignore modem response send ATEOT r Initialize modem Echo OFF expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 Enable responses Numeric send ATQOVOT r Limit response codes expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm commands successful send ATSQ 0 r Set AutoAnswer OFF expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm command successful done connect send ATDT N r Tone dialing command expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 done retry send A expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or Wr busy Wr Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or Nr busy 7 r Appendix D Modem Configurations 411 timeout 60 done disconnect condin delay 2 send delay 2 send ATHOT r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEQQ1 r ignore Q r timeout 1 done send ATZQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 2 r expect O r timeout 2 done waitcall ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or send
69. 93H8141 1 Keyboard 102 Portuguese ID 163 93H8142 1 Keyboard 102 Romanian ID 446 93H8143 1 Keyboard 101 Russian ID 443 93H8144 1 Keyboard 102 Serbian ID 118 93H8145 1 Keyboard 102 Slovak ID 245 93H8146 1 Keyboard 102 Spanish ID 172 93H8147 1 Keyboard 102 Sweden Finland ID 153 93H8148 1 Keyboard 105 Swiss F G ID 150 93H8149 1 Keyboard 102 Turkish ID 179 93H8150 1 Keyboard 102 Turkish ID 440 93H8151 1 Keyboard 102 UK English ID 166 93H8152 1 Keyboard 102 Latvia ID 234 93H8153 1 Keyboard US English ISO9995 ID 103P 386 Service Guide Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 93H8154 1 Keyboard 106 Japan ID 194 93H8155 1 Keyboard 101 Chinese US ID 467 93H8156 1 Keyboard 103 Korea ID 413 93H8157 1 Keyboard 101 Thailand ID 191 2 76H5084 1 Three Button Mouse Chapter 10 Parts Information 387 Keyboards and Mouse Black 2 NG Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 1 07L9446 1 Keyboard 101 United States English ID 103P 07L9447 1 Keyboard 102 Canada French ID 058 07L9448 1 Keyboard 102 Canada French ID 445 07L9449 1 Keyboard 102 Spanish ID 171 07L9450 1 Keyboard 104 Brazil Portuguese ID 275 07L9451 1 Keyboard 102 Arabic ID 238 07L9452 1 Keyboard 07L9453 1 Keyboard 102 Belgium ID 120 07L9454 1 Keyboard 102 Bulgarian ID 442 07L9455 1 Keyboard 102 Czech ID 243 07L9456 1 Keyboard 102 Danish ID 159 07L9457 1 Keybo
70. Boot Devices Display Current Settings Restore Default Settings Configure 1st Boot Device Configure 2nd Boot Device Configure 3rd Boot Device Configure 4th Boot Device Configure 5th Boot Device NOOR WNE Display Current Settings Lists the current order of devices in the boot list The following is an example of this screen Current Boot Sequence 1 Diskette 2 SCSI CD ROM loc P1 Z1 Al 3 SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk loc P1 Z1 A5 4 Ethernet loc P1 14 E1 5 None Restore Default Settings Restores the boot list to the following default sequence e Primary diskette drive e CD ROM drive e Tape if installed e Hard disk drive e Network device Chapter 8 Using System Management Services 305 Selecting any of the Configure Boot Device options displays a screen similar to the following a gt Configure Nth Boot Device Device Current Device Number Position Name 1 1 Diskette 2 4 Ethernet loc P1 14 E1 3 Token Ring loc P1 I5 T1 4 2 SCSI CD ROM loc P1 Z1 Al 5 3 SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk loc P1 Z1 A5 gt y y OK Prompt Provides access to the open firmware command prompt This option should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug information Multiboot Startup lt OFF gt Toggles between off and on to select whether Multiboot menu starts automatically on startup 306 Service Guide Select Language Select this optio
71. C1 460C 283F I O system and IPL detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460C 288D I O system and IPL detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460C 2A00 I O system and IPL detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 214 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460C 300A I O system and IPL detected 32MB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 300B I O system and IPL detected 128MB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 300C I O system and IPL detected 256MB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 300D I O system and IPL detected 512MB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or stacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 300E I O system and IPL detected 512MB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or unstacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 301F I O system and IPL detected 128MB_ Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 303A I O system and IPL detected 1GB Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460D 244C I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 460D 244D I O system and attention ha
72. Enter 330 when prompted for an address d Look at the byte of data at address 330 If the value is FF go to note 3 If the value is 00 0F replace the processor card location P1 C1 Attempt to reboot the system If the system hangs at the same checkpoint go to note 8 If the system hangs at a new checkpoint perform the actions associated with the new checkpoint 3 Power off the system From the service processor main menu select option 3 System Information Menu then option 8 Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu Identify the first configured DIMM pair if DIMMs reside on a one way processor card or the first configured memory riser card and quad of DIMMs Replace the first group of DIMMs 4 If replacing the first group of configured DIMMs does not fix the problem replace the memory riser card If the problem is still not fixed go to 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E100 Reserved See the note on page 84 E101 Create RTAS node See the note on page B4 E102 Load Init RTAS See the note on page 84 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 91 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E105 Transfer control to operating See Boot Problems and Concerns system normal boot on page 102 E10A Load
73. File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name modem_z cfg modem_z_sp modem_z0 cfg modem_z0_sp modem_f cfg modem_f_sp modem_f0 cfg modem_f0_sp modem_f1 cfg modem_f1_sp Specific Modem Configuration Files AIX File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name modem_m0 cfg modem_m0_sp modem_m1 cfg modem_m1_sp Use the following selection procedures and your modem manual to determine which of the configuration files is suitable for your use 399 Configuration File Selection Use the following steps to select a configuration file 1 400 Service Guide Is your modem an IBM 7852 400 If Yes use modem configuration file modem_m0 cfg and go to step 7 on page 401 Note The IBM 7852 400 modem has DIP switches on the right side of the unit See IBM 7852 400 DIP Switch Settings on page 403 for the correct switch settings If No continue with step 2 Is your modem an IBM 7857 017 If Yes use modem configuration file modem_m1 cfg and go to step 7 on page 401 Note The IBM 7857 017 modem has two telephone line connections on the back of the unit One is marked LL for Leased Line and the other is marked PTSN for Public Telephone Switched Network The service processor expects to use the modem on the public network so the telephone line should attach to the PTSN connector If No continue with step 3 Does your modem respond to the extended command set prefixed with amp If Yes go
74. Flow Control amp E4 3 Down Result Codes Enabled 4 Down Modem Emulation Disabled 5 Up Auto Answer Enabled 6 Up Maximum Throughput Enabled 7 Up RTS Normal Functions 8 Down Enable Command Mode 9 Down Remote Digital Loopback Test Enabled 10 Up Dial Up Line Enabled 11 Up AT Responses Enabled Extended Responses Disabled 12 Down Asynchronous Operation 13 Up 28 8KB Line Speed 14 Up 15 Up CD and DSR Normal Functions 16 Up 2 Wire Leased Line Enabled Only switches 11 and 12 are changed from the factory default settings Xon Xoff Modems Some early modems assume software flow control Xon Xoff between the computer and the modem Modems with this design send extra characters during and after the transmitted data The service processor cannot accept these extra characters If your configuration includes such a modem your functional results may be unpredictable The sample modem configuration files included in this appendix do not support these modems so custom configuration files are necessary Anchor Automation 2400E is an example of such a modem If you experience unexplainable performance problems that may be due to Xon Xoff characters it is recommended that you upgrade your modem Appendix D Modem Configurations 403 Ring Detection Most modems produce an interrupt request each time they detect a ring signal Some modems generate an interrupt only on the first ring signal that they receive AT amp T DataPort 2001 is an example of such
75. Location P1 C1 M1 detected memory DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 141 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4066 030D Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 x2 4066 0311 4066 0312 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 4066 031D Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 x2 4066 0321 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 4066 0322 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 4066 032D Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 x2 4066 0331 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 4066 0332 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 4066 033D Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 x2 4066 03FF Scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory failure on pro
76. Location P1 M1 5 4069 0223 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 4069 0224 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 4069 022D Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 4069 0231 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 4069 0232 156 Service Guide Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4069 0233 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 DIMM fault 4069 0234 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 DIMM fault 4069 023D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 DIMM fault 4069 02FF Memory tests detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum failure on riser card 1 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 4069 0300 Memory tests detected processor Processor card Location P1 C1 card fault 4069 0301 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 amp DIMM fault 4069 0302 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 DIMM fault 4069 030D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 DIMM fa
77. Logical Name Code Location Connection Connection Code DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 3 D9 B2 3 SCSI Xx xx 00 10 0 SSA See Note DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 4 D10 B2 4 SCSI Xx xx 00 11 0 SSA See Note f DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 5 D11 B2 5 SCSI xx XX 00 12 0 SSA See Note DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 6 D12 B2 6 SCSI xx XxX 00 13 0 SSA See Note 2 Pack DASD Drive 1 D13 P1 Z1 A4 11 08 00 4 0 See Note 2 2 Pack DASD Drive 2 D14 P1 Z1 A2 11 08 00 2 0 See Note 2 Tape Drive D17 P1 Z1 A0 11 08 00 0 0 See Note 2 CD ROM Drive D16 P1 Z1 A1 11 08 00 1 0 See Note 2 Notes 1 The physical location code for the PCI slots when empty uses the P1 Ix notation where the 7 identifies an integrated device in this case the empty slot A PCI device plugged into the slot uses the P1 Ix notation where the identifies a plugged device 2 11 is for the integrated SCSI device 4 0 and 2 0 are hardcoded on the DASD 2 pack 0 0 is the tape drive 1 0 is the CD ROM 3 xx xx is dependent on which SCSI controller is driving the 6 pack 4 Use the link verification utility in the SSA service aids under AIX diagnostics to identify individual SSA drives Specifications This section contains specifications for the system The mechanical packaging cooling power supply and environmental requirements for the system are as follows Dimensions In horizontal orientation the dimensi
78. M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 301F Memory system and error code generation logging detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 303A Memory system and error code generation logging detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 244C I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 244D I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 244E I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 204 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4606 244F I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 248A I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4606 24A1 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 24A2 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 2
79. MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 4068 0200 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory riser card fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4068 0201 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 4068 0202 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 4068 0203 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 4068 0204 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 4068 020D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 4068 020E Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory pair A fault Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 4068 0211 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 4068 0212 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 4068 0213 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 4068 0214 4068 021D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM
80. Processor Checkpoints on page 85 for more information on these Bxxx checkpoints B006 xxxx Common Firmware Error Codes B1xx XXXX 1 Go to Common Firmware Error Codes on page 239 and follow the instructions in the Common Firmware Error Code table 2 Perform slow boot See Performing Slow Boot on page 107 3 Confirm initial error code See Confirming Initial Error Code on page 107 Exxx Firmware Checkpoints Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 for more information on these checkpoints 106 Service Guide Table 3 Checkpoint and Error Code Index continued Checkpoint or Error Code What You Should Do MXXX XXXX Problem Determination Generated Error Codes Go to Problem Determination Generated Error Codes on page 247 and follow the instructions in the More General Error Code table Performing Slow Boot On this system the error code displayed in the operator panel may not indicate the root cause of the problem To fully analyze all of the available information perform the following steps before doing a hardware repair or replacement 1 Record the 8 character error code and location code if present in operator panel 2 Do aslow mode boot to the SMS menus This can be specified using the System Power Control Menu on the service processor main menu A fast mode boot skips much of the built in diagnostic testing A slow mode boot may yield a new 8 character error code on th
81. R r expect O r or 3 r timeout 30 delay 2 send Wp delay 2 send ATHO r expect O r timeout 2 done send AT amp F EQEO r O r or OK r n timeout 2 FO Q2 r ignore send AT expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATVOXOSO 0 r expect O r timeout 2 done FE H SHE SHE e H SRO SR SES SOR SR H e ORO SRO SRO SS SOROS OSH H ORCS SHOR SESE SE EQ data compression disabled E echo disabled Ignore modem response Trellis modulation disabled Retrain with adaptive rate Confirm commands successful Numeric response code AT compatible messages Answer on 2nd ring Confirm commands successful Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response o N pager call center number commas 6sec wait time to enter paging number R return number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Hang up Confirm successful command Reset to factory defaults EQ data compression disabled E echo disabled Ignore modem response Trellis modulation disabled Retrain with adaptive rate Confirm successful command Numeric response code AT compatible messages Auto Answer disabled Confirm commands successful Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8 r or 7 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_z cfg COMPONENT NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP Z
82. R3 r expect O r timeout 60 delay 2 send ATHOT r expect O r timeout 2 done send AT amp FOQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 Tone dialing command N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or We busy 7 r Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or 1 r busy 7 r Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses SH OSE k SRS SHR SR SE Reset modem Select profile 0 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer ON Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Ignore RTS Confirm command successful Se SHR H e SHR SE SESE SEHR SE Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or Wr N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command Reset modem Select profile 0 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric
83. SES or SSA hot plug disk drive bay go to Removing Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays on page 358 Removing a Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay To remove a two position SCSI disk drive bay use the following procedure 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so remove the front and right side covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 3 Remove the drives from the two position disk drive bay as described in Removing a Disk Drive from the Two Position Disk Drive Bay on page 371 4 Remove the screws holding the two position disk drive bay in the system 5 Label and disconnect the SCSI cable connectors from the backplane 6 Slide the disk drive bay cage out of the system as shown in the following diagram 356 Service Guide Replacing a Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay To replace a two position SCSI disk drive bay use the following procedure 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so remove the front and right side covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Remove the cover from the two position disk drive bay Slide the disk drive bay cage into the system as shown in the
84. SPCN address from 1 Check for system firmware PCI host bridge update 2 Replace the system board See Initialization in progress SPCN note 3 on page 41 Location P1 initializing the VPD segments 20FB 0032 Failure to read SPCN address from 1 Check for system firmware PCI host bridge update 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20FB 003A Failure to read SPCN address from 1 Check for system firmware PCI host bridge update 2 Replace the system board See Invalid RIO or drawer number note on pane 1 Location P1 20FB 0040 Failed to match SPCN address to 1 Check for system firmware SPCN node entry address update 2 Replace the system board See note onpa Location P1 20FB 0050 CSP mailbox failed to update SPCN 1 Check for system firmware configuration table update 2 Replace the system board See note A Location P1 20FB 99xy The number of I O drawers reported 1 Check RIO and SPCN cabling by RIO does not match the number 2 If there is an error code displayed of I O drawers reported by SPCN by any of the secondary I O where x is the number of drawers drawers perform the actions for reported by RIO and y is the number that error code of drawers reported by SPCN This 3 If there is no error code displayed error code should cause the system by any of the secondary I O to hang drawers examine the service processor error logs to obtain an error code 20FC Oxxx Retrieving power package coolin
85. Slot 9 Device P1 19 3A 08 to J16 64 BIT PCI to PCI 3A 0F or See Note 1 Bridge 3 3B xx or on page 30 3C xx PCI Slot 10 C10 P1 110 20 62 J17 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 3 on page 30 PCI Slot 10 Device P1 110 37 08 to J17 64 BIT PCI to PCI 37 0F or See Note 1 Bridge 3 38 xx or on page 30 39 xx PCI Slot 11 C11 P1 I11 20 64 J18 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 3 on page 30 PCI Slot 11 Device P1 111 34 08 to J18 64 BIT PCI to PCI 34 0F or See Note 1 Bridge 3 35 xx or on page 30 36 xx PCI Slot 12 C12 P1 l12 20 66 J19 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 3 on page 30 Chapter 1 Reference Information 27 FRU Name Slot Location AIX Physical Logical Name Code Location Connection Connection Code PCI Slot 12 Device P1 112 31 08 to J19 64 BIT PCI to PCI 31 0F or See Note Bridge 3 32 xx or on page 30 33 xx Diskette Controller P1 D1 01 D1 Diskette Drive D15 P1 D1 01 D1 00 00 Keyboard Controller Connector P1 K1 01 K1 00 Keyboard P1 K1 01 K1 00 00 Mouse Controller P1 K1 01 K1 01 Mouse Connnector P1 01 01 K1 01 Mouse P1 O1 01 K1 01 00 Parallel Port Controller P1 R1 01 R1 Serial Port 1 Controller P1 S1 01 S1 Serial Port 2 Controller P1 S2 01 S2 Serial Port 3 Controller P1 S3 01 S3 Serial Port 4 Controller P1 S4 01 S4 TOD Battery P1 V4 System Firmware P1 Y1
86. Web site at http www rs6000 ibm com resource hardware_docs Related Publications The following publications are available for purchase e The System Unit Safety Information order number SA23 2652 contains translations of safety information used throughout this book e The RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 User s Guide order number SA38 0567 contains information to help users set up install options configure and modify the system and solve minor problems e The RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 contains common diagnostic procedures error codes service request numbers and failing function codes This manual is intended for trained service technicians The PCI Adapter Placement Reference order number SA38 0538 contains guidelines for placement of PCI adapters into I O slots of Models F80 6FO and 6F1 systems This manual is intended to help when planning to install adapters so that optimum tested adapter configurations are used e The RS 6000 and server pSeries Adapters Devices and Cable Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0516 contains information about adapters external devices and cabling This manual is intended to supplement information found in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems xvii The Site and Hardware Planning Information order
87. a hazard that has the potential of causing moderate or minor personal injury Caution notices appear on the following pages Note For a translation of these notices see the System Unit Safety Information manual order number SA23 2652 xi Electrical Safety Observe the following safety instructions any time you are connecting or disconnecting devices attached to the server DANGER An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical shock Before installing or removing signal cables ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system ensure that the power cables for those devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected If possible disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device Use one hand when possible to connect or disconnect signal cables to prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical potentials During an electrical storm do not connect cables for display stations printers telephones or station protectors for communications lines D05 CAUTION This product is equipped with a three wire power cable and p
88. a modem The service processor uses the ring interrupt request to count the number of rings when Ring Indicate Power On RIPO is enabled If your modem produces an interrupt on only the first ring set Ring Indicate Power On to start on the first ring Otherwise you can choose to start Ring Indicate Power On on any ring count Terminal Emulators The service processor is compatible with simple ASCII terminals and therefore compatible with most emulators When a remote session is handed off from the service processor to the operating system agreement between terminal emulators becomes important The server s operating system will have some built in terminal emulators You may also have a commercially available terminal emulation It is important that the local and host computers select the same or compatible terminal emulators so that the key assignments and responses match ensuring successful communications and control For best formatting choose line wrap in your terminal emulator setup Recovery Procedures Situations such as line noises and power surges can sometimes cause your modem to enter an undefined state When it is being used for dial in dial out or ring indicate power on your modem is initialized each time one of these actions is expected If one of these environmental conditions occur after your modem has been initialized it might be necessary to recover your modem to a known state If your modem communicates correctly wit
89. a system is installed As noted below the diskette images can be downloaded to any personal computer pSeries or RS 6000 system with Internet access This method is the only way to acquire a set of firmware update diskettes they cannot be created by using the service processor menus or by using AIX Retain and store the latest firmware diskettes each time the firmware gets updated in the event that the firmware becomes corrupted and must be reloaded Download the detailed instructions as well as the latest flash images from this Web site Before doing a system firmware update check the Web site for the latest code and images Do not attempt a firmware update if you are unsure of the image you have or of the procedure required for the update Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 283 The images are available on the Web site in either DOS format or AIX backup format If downloading to a PC download the DOS image and follow the instructions The diskettes that are created will be in AIX backup format If downloading to a pSeries or RS 6000 system follow the instructions to create an image on a disk drive or on diskettes Determining the Level of Firmware on the System Note This information may be superseded by the information that is available on the Web site listed below Always check the Web site for the latest images and instructions for checking the firmware level The Web address is http Awww rs6000 ibm com support
90. adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on age 10 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 99 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E604 SSA PCI adapter BIST and subsequent POSTs have completed successfully If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on page 105 E605 SSA PCI adapter BIST has completed successfully but the subsequent POSTs have failed If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on page 105 E60E E60F SSA PCI adapter open firmware about to exit no stack corruption SSA PCI adapter open firmware has run unsuccessfully If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on age 105 If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See 7 ining Location Code on eterm age 10 i oa E6FF SSA PCI adapter open firmware about to exit with stack corruption If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on page 105 E700
91. and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 24A3 Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 24A4 Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 186 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4507 25B6 Memory system and 6xx bus Power supply Location V1 or V2 or processor runtime diagnostics V3 detected 650W power supply fault 4507 25BB Memory system and 6xx bus 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4507 25BD Memory system and 6xx bus 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4507 25BE Memory system and 6xx bus 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4507 25BF Memory system and 6xx bus 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4507 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4507 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4507 25EB 2W processor card f
92. as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 375 376 Service Guide Chapter 10 Parts Information This chapter contains parts information for the Models F80 6FO and 6F1 Covers Ss Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 1 24L1656 1 Front Cover RS 6000 1 21P5432 1 Front Cover pSeries 2 24L1666 1 Rear Cover RS 6000 2 21P5435 i Rear Cover pSeries 3 24L1946 4 Thumbscrew Side Cover Mounting 4 24L1632 2 Side Cover 5 72G2878 4 Screw Top Cover Mounting 6 24L1631 1 Top Cover 377 Right Side 378 Service Guide Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 1 23L2922 1 Cable Diskette Power 2 24L1771 1 Cable Diskette 3 04N4267 1 Cable Media Power 4 24L1723 0 1 Baffle Power Supply 5 04N4265 1 SCSI Cable from I O Board to Media 4 drop 00P2358 1 Cable Media SCSI 8 inch 04N2271 1 SCSI Cable 6 Pack Drive Bay to Bulkhead 76H0524 1 SCSI Cable External VHDCI to Bulkhead 08L7908 1 SSA Cable Bulkhead to Backplane 56F0346 1 M3 5 Screw 24L1695 1 Connector Cover 93H4339 i SSA Cable Backplane to Bulkhead 93H4340 1 SSA Cable Bulkhead to External SSA 93H4341 1 SSA Cable Backplane to Backplane 40H6328 1 9 25 pin Serial Port Converter Cable 08L0034 2 Standoff 2596293 1 Cable Clamp 6 21P6417 2 3 Power Supply 7 04N5589 0 2 SCSI DASD 6 Pack SES 04N427
93. available guide for the using system When the failing device is an SSA hot swap External SSA Cables 6 disk drive go to 6 pack assembly See 2 Procedures MAPs on page 75 3 Waa he cline vies SSA Drive Bays on page 358 en the al Ing evice is not an Internal SSA Cable 2 hot swap disk drive go to the service information for that device 21PAA Disk drive module See 45 Description An SSA threshold exceeded link to error has been detected 29PAA page 324 Action Run the Link Verification Service Aid to SSA adapter card See the 45 isolate the failure If the SSA service aids are not installation guide and the service available guide for the using system e When the failing device is an SSA hot swap External SSA Cables 6 disk drive go to 6 pack assembly See 2 Procedures MAPs on page 75 e When the failing device is not an SSA Drive Bays on page 358 hot swap disk drive go to the service Internal SSA Cable 2 information for that device 2A002 Disk drive module See 50 Description Async code 02 has been received A software error has probably occurred page 324 Action Go tofSoftware and Microcode Errors SSA adapter card See the 50 on page 426 before exchanging any FRUs installation guide and the service guide for the using system 2A003 Disk drive module See 50 Description Async code 03 has been received Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on A software error has probably occurred page 324 Action Go
94. basic assurance tests detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B26 24A1 Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 24A2 Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 24A3 Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 24A4 Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 25B6 Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4B26 25BB Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 220 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B26 25BD Processor system and scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B26 25BE Processor system and scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B26 25BF Processor system and
95. bay screws Set the SCSI address jumpers at the rear of the drive to SCSI address 0 Refer to the documentation provided with your drive for details on setting the SCSI address Look into the media bay and locate the two cables used to attach the drive to the system unit Connect the cables from the system to the rear of the drive Ensure that the locking knobs are pulled to the out position Install the drive in the system unit by sliding it into the optional media bay until the locking knobs contact the frame of the system unit Push each locking knob until you feel it lock into position Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Removing a Disk Drive from the Two Position Disk Drive Bay The section helps you remove non hot plug drives from the two position SCSI disk drive bay 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the front cover as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 371 4 Remove the screws that hold the cover onto the two position SCSI drive bay and remove the cover 372 Service Guide 5 Remove the disk drive by
96. call your service support person for assistance Step 1540 21 Does the system have adapters or devices that require supplemental media NO Go to Step 1540 22 YES Press the number 3 key to return to the FUNCTION SELECTION screen Go to Step 1540 23 Step 1540 22 Consult the PCI adapter configuration documentation for your operating system to verify that all installed adapters are configured correctly Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance Step 1540 23 1 Select Task Selection 2 Select Process Supplemental Media and follow the on screen instructions to process the media 3 Supplemental media must be loaded and processed one at a time Did the system return to the TASKS SELECTION SCREEN after the supplemental media was processed NO Go to Step 1540 24 YES Press F3 to return to the FUNCTION SELECTION screen Go to Step 1540 19 on page 71 Step 1540 24 The Adapter or device is probably defective e Ifthe supplemental media is for an adapter replace the FRUs in the following order 1 Adapter 2 System board see note 3 on page 41 e Ifthe supplemental media is for a device replace the FRUs in the following order 72 Service Guide 1 Device and any associated cables 2 Adapter to which the device
97. card Location P1 C1 188 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4508 244E Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 244F Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 248A Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4508 24A1 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 24A2 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 24A3 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 24A4 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 25B6 Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4508 25BB Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Pr
98. configuration software first recognizes the disk drive module by the machine readable serial number that is written on the disk Then it assigns an Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 437 identification that is related to the position of the disk drive module in the SSA string After configuration the disk drive module always has the same identification It can be moved to any position on the SSA link but can always be found by the software Service actions are always related to physical disk drives For this reason errors that occur on SSA disk drives are always logged against the physical disk drive pdisk The numeric identifier of pdisks hdisks and disk drive module slots of the system unit are not related to each other For example pdisk1 is not necessarily installed in slot 1 of the six pack The disk drive module serial number on the label on the front of the carrier is also displayed by the service aids It is the last eight digits of the drive s IEEE SSA unique ID which is stored on the drive s electronics card Rules for SSA Loops The following are rules for SSA loops e The SSA loop must be connected to the internal pair of connectors on the SSA adapter e Only one pair of adapter connectors can be connected to a particular SSA loop A maximum of 18 disk drive modules can be connected in a particular SSA loop A maximum of three dummy disk drive modules can be connected next to each other in a part
99. connector to which a resource is attached GH is used to identify a port device or FRU For example e For async devices GH defines the port on the fanout box The values are 00 to 15 e For a diskette drive H identifies either diskette drive 1 or 2 G is always 0 e For all other devices GH is equal to 00 For integrated adapter EF GH is the same as the definition for a pluggable adapter For example the location code for a diskette drive is 01 D1 00 00 A second diskette drive is 01 D1 00 01 Chapter 1 Reference Information 19 For SCSI devices the location code is defined as follows AB CD EF G H Logical Unit address of the SCSI Device Control Unit Address of the SCSI Device Connector ID devfunc Number Adapter Number or Physical Location Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus AB CD EF are the same as non SCSI devices G defines the control unit address of the device Values of 0 to 15 are valid H defines the logical unit address of the device Values of 0 to 255 are valid A bus location code is also generated as 00 XXXXXXXX where XXXXXXXxX is equivalent to the node s unit address Examples of physical location codes and AIX location codes are e PCI adapter in Slot 1 e Location code P1 I1 e AIX location code 20 58 20 Service Guide AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables The following diagrams identify the physical locations in the system These locations correspond to the tables on System L
100. detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4069 3286 Memory tests detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406A 0001 Self tests detected system board fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406A 0003 Self tests detected processor fault All processors Location P1 C1 406A 0009 Self tests detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406A 00A0 Self tests detected service processor firmware fault Update system firmware 406A 00A1 Self tests detected system firmware fault 1 Check for AIX updates 2 Check for system firmware updates 406A 00A2 Self tests detected service processor firmware PRD fault Update system firmware 406A 00A3 Self tests detected memory plugging fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406A 00A4 Self tests detected application caused fault Application software 406A 00A5 406A 00A6 Self tests detected invalid system configuration Self tests detected no usable memory Verify that system components are supported and properly installed 1 Ensure that memory is properly installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor M
101. device connected for example CD ROM drive tape drive or disk drive 3 System board see note 3 on page 41 4 Processor card Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom changed check for loose cards and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Repeat this step adding one SCSI device at a time until all the SCSI devices that were attached to integrated SCSI adapter connector except the 2 pack and 6 pack assemblies are connected and tested If the system has a 2 pack assembly go to step Step 1540 11 If the system has only 6 pack assemblies go to Step 1540 13 on page 67 Step 1540 11 The system is working correctly with this configuration The 2 pack assembly may be defective 1 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive 2 Turn off the power and unplug the power cable from the wall outlet 3 Connect the signal and power connectors to the 2 pack assembly 4 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power a 6 After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key
102. devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected If possible disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device Use one hand when possible to connect or disconnect signal cables to prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical potentials During an electrical storm do not connect cables for display stations printers telephones or station protectors for communications lines D05 CAUTION This product is equipped with a three wire power cable and plug for the user s safety Use this power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock c01 309 Handling Static Sensitive Devices Attention Adapters and disk drives are sensitive to static electricity discharge These devices are wrapped in antistatic bags to prevent this damage Take the following precautions If you have an antistatic wrist strap available use it while handling the device Do not remove the device from the antistatic bag until you are ready to install the device in the system unit With the device still in its antistatic bag touch it to a metal frame of the system Grasp cards by the edges Hold drives by the frame Avoid touching the solder joints or pins If you need to lay the device down while it is out of the antistatic bag lay it on the antistatic bag Before picking it up again touch the antistatic bag and the metal frame of the syst
103. display Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 Last disk drive installed 2 6 pack assembly Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Repeat this step until all the disk drives are installed Go to Step 1540 15 Step 1540 15 The system is working correctly with this configuration The diskette drive may be defective 1 2 3 T Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive Turn off the power and unplug the power cable from the wall outlet Connect the diskette drive cable into the diskette drive connector on the system board Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displaye
104. displayed on the operator panel NO Repeat this step until all of the FRUs adapters are installed then go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems YES Go to Step 1540 28 Step 1540 28 The last FRU installed or one of its attached devices is probably defective 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Starting with the last installed adapter disconnect one attached device and cable 3 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power 5 If the Console Selection screen is displayed choose the system console 6 After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard 7 Enter the appropriate password if you are prompted to do so Does the system stop with code 2680 0Dxx E151 E152 E153 E154 E155 E156 E15F E170 or E172 displayed on the operator panel NO The last device or cable that you disconnected is defective Exchange the defective device or cable 74 Service Guide YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Repeat this step until the defective device or cable is identified or all the devices and cables have been disconnected If all the devices and cables h
105. following diagram Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 357 5 Connect the SCSI cable connectors to the backplane See SCSI and SSA Cabling Configurations on page 366 for cable routing 6 Install the screws to hold the two position cage in place 7 Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 8 Turn on the power Removing Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays Note SSA bays require a carrier in all six slots of each 6 pack assembly Either an SSA drive in a carrier or a blank carrier must be in each SSA drive position To add an SSA drive you must first remove the blank carrier from the slot 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 358 Service Guide 3 If you have not already done so remove the covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Remove the disk drives from the disk drive cage Refer to Removing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives on page 319 5 Remove a power supply to get access to the backside of the SCSI or SSA backplanes to remove signal and power cables Refer to Power Supplies on page 338 6 Disc
106. is a high performance entry server in a deskside system unit It provides 64 bit symmetric multiprocessing SMP with true multithreaded application support in a double wide deskside box Bus Architecture Ten PCI slots are available e Six of the slots are 64 bit PCI full sized slots at 66 MHz 3 3 volts e Four of the slots are 64 bit PCI full sized slots at 33 MHz 5 volts e Bus 1 contains PCI slot 3 PCI slot 4 PCI slot 5 Integrated Ultra2 SCSI e Bus 2 contains PCI slot 6 PCI slot 7 PCI slot 8 Integrated Ethernet 32 bit e Bus 3 contains PCI slot 9 PCI slot 10 PCI slot 11 PCI slot 12 The PCI buses support both 32 bit and 64 bit adapters Slots 3 4 5 8 9 and 10 support adapters running at 3 3 volts at up to 66 MHz Slots 6 7 11 and 12 support adapters running at 5 volts at 33 MHz The server data flows are shown in Data Flow with One Way Processor on page 6Jand Data Flow with Two to Six Way Processor Microprocessor The Models F80 and 6F1 can have one to six processors of either of two processor types in various configurations e Minimum configuration is one 450 MHz processor which has 2 MB of L2 cache e Two or four 450 MHz processors each with 4 MB of L2 cache e Six 500 MHz processors each with 4 MB of L2 cache OR e Minimum configuration is either one 600 MHz processor which has 2 MB of L2 cache or one 750 MHz processor which has 8 MB of L2 cache Two or four 600 MHz pr
107. is attached Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Step 1540 25 Try taking out the adapters 1 Ensure that the diagnostics and the operating system are shut down 2 Turn off the power 3 If you have not already done so configure the service processor with the instructions in naie fon pace sd Then return here and continue 4 Exit Service Processor Menus and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 5 Remove both side covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 6 Record the slot numbers of the PCI adapters Label and record the location of any cables attached to the adapters Disconnect any cables attached to the adapters and remove all the adapters 7 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display 8 Turn on the power Does the system stop with code 2680 ODxx E151 E152 E153 E154 E155 E156 E15F E170 or E172 displayed on the operator panel N
108. latest to bottom oldest a LCD Progress Indicator Log BOFF 0539 17 0538 17 0539 17 0538 17 0539 17 0581 0538 17 0539 12 0538 12 0539 0821 01 K1 00 0539 0728 01 R1 00 00 0539 0664 40 60 00 1 0 0539 0777 U0 2 P1 114 E1 0539 0742 U0 2 P1 112 E1 0539 0776 U0 2 P1 110 T1 E139 E1FB E139 E183 Press Return to continue or x to return to menu gt EAA1 U0 1 P1 114 E172 U0 1 P1 E172 U0 1 P1 114 E172 U0 1 P1 292 Service Guide Service Processor Operational Phases This section provides a high level flow of the phases of the service processor SP Power Applied Pre Standby Phase Standby Phase SP Menus Available Bring Up Phase SMS Menus Available Run time Phase AIX Login Prompt Available Pre Standby Phase This phase is entered when the server is first connected to a power source This phase is exited when the power on self test POST and configuration tasks are completed The pre standby phase components are e Service processor initialization the service processor performs any necessary hardware and firmware initializations e Service processor POST the service processor conducts power on self tests on its work and code areas e Service processor unattended start mode checks To assist fault recovery If unattended start mode is set the service processor automatically reboots the server The service processor does not wait for user inp
109. lists what you can access with the privileged access password and the general access password Privileged General Resulting Menu Access Access Password Password None None Service processor MAIN MENU displays Set None Users with the password see the service processor MAIN MENU Users without password cannot log in Set Set Users see menus associated with the entered password Note If you forget the password you must remove the battery for at least 30 seconds to disable the password Change Privileged Access Password Set or change the privileged access password It provides the user with access to all service processor functions This password is usually used by the system administrator or root user Change General Access Password Set or change the general access password It provides limited access to service processor menus and is usually available to all users who are allowed to power on the server especially remotely Note The general access password can only be set or changed after the privileged access password is set 257 Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 258 Service Guide Enable Disable Console Mirroring Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 S1 and serial port 2 S2 When console mirroring is enabled the service processor sends information to both serial ports The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the active port The mirror port
110. loop 1 Remove the additional devices or adapters that are causing the problem and put the loop back into its original working configuration Note You must perform step 1 to enable the configuration code to reset itself from the effects of the error 2 Review Rules for SSA Loops on page 438 3 Review the configuration that you are trying to make and determine why that configuration is not valid 4 Correct your system to a valid configuration SSA Location Code Format Location codes identify the locations of adapters and devices in the using system and their attached subsystems and devices These codes are displayed when the diagnostic programs isolate a problem For information about the location codes that are used by the using system see the operator guide for the using system AB CD EF GH Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 P Physical disk drive module L Logical disk drive module Adapter position number of the slot 1 through 8 containing the SSA adapter System 1 0 bus identifier Always 0 Always 0 The location code shows only the position of the SSA adapter in the using system and the type of device that is attached Use a service aid to find the location of the device Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 435 disk drive module For more information see Using the Service Aids in RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6
111. loops Use the letters w y and z in the error code to isolate the location of the open loop Check RIO cables for loose connections and verify power on the I O drawers by the presence of fan motion The following numbers may be used to help isolate the failing component w loop number this is either O or 1 in a system with 2 RIO loops e x Always 0 e yis either 1 or 2 on a system with 2 loops y indicates the nearest associated RIO port number on the system according to the following table y Nearest RIO Port 1 0 2 1 e z B indicates a missing return line from the I O drawer to the system e z C indicates a missing link between two I O drawers e z indicates an I O drawer was found connected to RIO port 3 with no return to the system and no I O drawer was found connected to RIO port 2 In this case the I O connected to RIO port 3 is removed from the configuration because the cause of the error and the proper location of the I O cannot be determined 20A8 Oxxx Remote initial program load RIPL error 20A8 0000 Insufficient information to boot Verify the IP address 118 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 20A8 0001 Client IP address is already in use by Change IP address other network device 20A8 0002 Cannot get gateway IP address Refer to Table 2 on
112. modem_m0 cfg Sample File modem_m1 cfg Sample File modem_z cfg Sample File modem_z0 cfg Sample File modem_f cfg Sample File modem_f0 cfg Sample File modem_f1 cfg Appendix E SSA Problem Determination Procedures Disk Drive Module Power On Self Tests POSTs 377 377 378 381 384 384 388 391 394 391 391 392 393 395 395 396 396 396 397 399 399 399 399 400 401 402 403 403 404 404 404 405 406 406 407 407 409 411 413 415 417 419 423 423 Contents ix X Service Guide Adapter Power On Self Tests POSTs Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors Service Request Numbers SRNs SRN Table eee Using the SRN Table Software and Microcode Errors FRU Names and Abbreviations Used in the SRN Table SSA Loop Configurations That Are Not Valid SSA Location Code Format a SSA Loops and Links The SSA Adapter Disk Drive Module Strings Pdisks Hdisks and Disk Drive Module Identification Rules for SSA Loops Loops and Data Paths Index 423 425 425 425 425 426 426 434 435 436 436 437 437 438 438 441 Safety Notices A danger notice indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing death or serious personal injury Danger notices appear on the following pages A caution notice indicates the presence of
113. n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 303A I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 244C I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4607 244D I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4607 244E I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4607 244F I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4607 248A I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4607 24A1 I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 206 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4607 24A2 I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4607 24A3 I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450
114. off responses VO Use numeric responses S0 0 Automatic answer inhibit Escape to command mode S0 2 Answer on second ring HO Hang up X0 0 Limit modem response codes T Tone mode When used as T r it is a no op to maintain program synchronization when modem may will echo the commands amp C1 Detect CD amp D2 Respond to DTR often the default amp R1 Ignore RTS CTS N Call Out phone number P Paging phone number S Modem speed available to users Following are common responses from a wide range of modems 16 15 12 10 5 and 1 are connection responses Add others as required 7 busy 6 no dial tone 4 error 3 no carrier 2 ring 0 0K PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks condout send AT amp F1Q0T r Reset modem Select profile 1 ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 Ignore modem response send ATEOT r Initialize modem Echo OFF expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 Enable responses Numeric send ATQOVOXOT r Limit response codes Appendix D Modem Configurations 419 connect expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 retry expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 disconnect condin expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect O r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r expect O r timeout 2 done send ATDT N r done send A done delay 2 send Wp delay 2 sen
115. on an ASCII terminal keyboard Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 65 7 Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO YES The last device connected or the SCSI cable or CD ROM is defective One of the FRUs remaining in the system is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 SCSI cable 2 2 pack assembly Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom Go to Step 1540 12 Step 1540 12 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the disk drives that you removed from the 2 pack assembly bay may be defective 1 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive 2 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 3 Install a disk drive in the 2 pack assembly bay 4 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display oa Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on
116. on page 317 before installing a disk drive Note SSA bays require a carrier in all six slots of each 6 pack assembly Either an SSA drive in a carrier or a blank carrier must be in each SSA drive position To add an SSA drive you must first remove the blank carrier from the slot To replace an SSA hot plug disk drive perform the following steps 1 Remove the disk drive from its protective packaging and open the drive latch handle 326 Service Guide 2 EOF SOM Re AG Install the disk drive in the drive slot Align the disk drive with the drive slot rails and slide the disk drive into the slot until it contacts the backplane at the rear of the drive bay Push the disk drive lever up and to the rear to lock the disk drive Log in as root user At the command line type smitty Select Devices Select Install Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter Successful configuration is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen Press F10 to exit smitty Replace the front cover as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Refer to the AIX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices to configure the new SSA disk drive This publication is located on the AIX Documentation CD Access the documentation information by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive C
117. on the operator panel If the MAPs indicate that the operator panel should be replaced the pluggable VPD module must be swapped If the old module is defective or cannot be recovered contact service support Replacing the Network Adapter If a network adapter is replaced the network administrator must be notified so that the client IP addresses used by the server can be updated In addition the operating system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in order to enable system startup Also check to ensure that any client or server that accesses this system gets updated Determining Location Code If you have an error code in the form 2xxx xxxx or Exxx and no location code associated with it the location code may possibly be found in three places depending on the state of the system e f the system will boot into AIX the location code will be reported when error log analysis is run under AIX diagnostics 105 e If the system will boot into the system management services SMS menus the SMS error log will contain the location code associated with the error code See Display Error Log on page 299 If the system halted when the error occurred the error code and location can be found in the LCD progress indicator log which can be accessed using the service processor menus See System Information Menu on page 264 then select Read Progress Indicator From Last System Boot Find the error code that
118. on the operator panels and display or change the I O type fe D POWER CONTROL NETWORK UTILITIES MENU 1 Lamp Test for all Operator Panels 2 Display 1 0 Type 3 Change 1 0 Type 98 Return to Previous Menu S Y Lamp Test for all Operator Panels Selecting this option tests the operator panel indicators When selected the indicators blink on and off for approximately 30 seconds Display I O Type Nothing displays on the operator panel After 20 30 seconds the Power Control Network Utilities Menu redisplays on the console Change I O Type This option is not available on this system Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 271 Language Selection Menu The service processor menus and messages are available in various languages This menu allows a language to be selected in which the service processor and system firmware menus and messages are displayed ie LANGUAGE SELECTION MENU 1 English 2 Francais 3 Deutsch 4 Italiano 5 Espanol 6 Svenska 98 Return to Previous Menu 99 Exit from Menus T gt Se A Note Your ASCII terminal must support the ISO 8859 character set to correctly display languages other than English 272 Service Guide Call In Call Out Setup Menu This menu is used to configure a modem for the service processor to use to support the system ie N CALL IN CALL OUT SETUP MENU 1 Modem Configuration Menu 2 Serial Port Selection Menu 3 Serial Port Spee
119. performing the first action in the action column continue with the next action in the action column Attention If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 5 SPCN Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 00AC ac loss or brownout detected Information message 1011 OOEF Room emergency power off detected Information message 1011 1510 Power supply 1 ac source failure 1 Check power input to power supply 2 Power supply Location V1 3 System board Location P1 1011 1511 Power supply 1 1 Power supply 1 Location V1 2 If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V1 Then replace power supply 2 location V2 with the new supply 3 If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V2 Then replace power supply 3 if present location V3 with the new supply 4 Replace the system board Location P1 1011 1512 Power supply 1 1 Power supply Location V1 2 System board Location P1 110 Service Guide Table 5 S
120. r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_z0 cfg I D c c c r COMPONENT_NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP ZO FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file for some early Hayes compatible modems This example uses the ATZO reset command to choose the factory defaults This setup is recommended for modems that will respond to the ATZO command and which do not respond to the extended amp commands Refer to your modem manual Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products Inc C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp If the modem has configuration switches they should be set to the factory default settings CDelay 1 efaultTO 10 allDelay 120 AT Attention Code P Inserts delay in dialing commands ZO Reset Restore Profile QO Turn on responses E0 Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses VO Use numeric responses S0 0 Automatic answer inhibit Escape to command mode S0 2 Answer on second ring HO Hang up X0 0 Limit modem response codes T Tone mode When used as T r it is a no op to maintain program synchronization when modem may will echo the commands Call Out phone number
121. responds with a menu or prompt follow the instructions to complete the device configuration If you plan to replace the adapter go to Replacing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 334 If you do not plan to replace the adapter a Place a blank slot cover in the adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket Rotate the locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position b Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Replacing Adapter Cards 332 Note If you are installing external devices that connect to an adapter install the devices and cables before you install the adapter If the adapter you are installing requires device driver software see the documentation for the adapter and load the software before installing the adapter With this system you can install PCI adapters with the power on These adapters are referred to as hot pluggable PCI adapters Some adapters are not hot pluggable and power must be removed from the system before adapter installation Service Guide Before you install an adapter determine if the PCI adapter you are installing is hot pluggable See the PC Adapter Placement Reference order number SA38 0538 Also review the information in PCI Adapter Options on page 328 If you are installing a PCI adapter that is e Not hot pluggable continue with Replacing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter e Hot plugg
122. scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B26 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 263D Processor system and scan interface Memory filler card Location P1 M1 basic assurance tests detected or P1 M2 memory filler fault 4B26 281F Processor system and scan interface SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 basic assurance tests detected SSA backplane fault 4B26 282E Processor system and scan interface 1 System board Location P1 basic assurance tests detected 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 system board fault 4B26 283F Processor system and scan interface SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 basic assurance tests detected SCSI backplane fault 4B26 288D Processor system and scan interface Memory riser card Location P1 M1 basic assurance tests detected or P1 M2 memory riser fault 4B26 2A00 Processor system and scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B26 300A Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected 32MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4B26 300B Processor system and scan interface
123. so that it is completely open Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 341 3 Install the new power supply by sliding it into the frame until the locking handle contacts the frame 4 Lift the locking handle and push it in at the top of the power supply until it locks the power supply into position 5 Plug in the power cord and turn on the system The redundant features will be recognized as the system powers up Memory Riser Card and Processor Card Attention All cards are sensitive to electrostatic discharge see Handling Static Sensitive Devices on page 310 Note Installing a processor card into your system unit may require updating the firmware A diskette or CD ROM is included with your new processor card if that is required Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Remove the processor and memory riser card cover as described in Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover
124. system The bring up phase components are as follows 294 Service Guide Retry request check The service processor checks to see if the previous boot attempt failed If the specified number of failures is detected the service processor displays an error code and places an outgoing call to notify an external party if the user has enabled this option Dial out The service processor can dial a preprogrammed telephone number in the event of a boot failure The service processor issues an error report with the last reported boot status and any other available error information Update operator panel The service processor displays operator panel data on the ASCII terminal if a remote connection is active Environmental monitoring The service processor provides expanded error recording and reporting System firmware surveillance heartbeat monitoring The service processor monitors and times the interval between system firmware heartbeats Responding to system processor commands The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor Run Time Phase This phase includes the tasks that the service processor performs during steady state execution of the operating system Environmental monitoring The service processor monitors voltages temperatures and fan speeds e Responding to system processor commands The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor e Run time surveillance
125. system and other bus processor Power supply Location V1 or V2 or runtime diagnostics detected 650W V3 power supply fault 4608 25BB I O system and other bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4608 25BD I O system and other bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4608 25BE I O system and other bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4608 25BF I O system and other bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4608 263D I O system and other bus processor Memory filler card Location P1 M1 runtime diagnostics detected memory or P1 M2 filler fault 4608 281F I O system and other bus processor SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault 4608 282E I O system and other bus processor 1 System board Location P1 runtime diagnostics detected system 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 board fault 4608 283F I O system and other bus processor SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault 4608 288D I O system and other bus processor Memory riser card Location P1 M1 runtime diagnostics detected memory or P1 M2 riser fault 4608 2A00 I O system and other bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagno
126. system boots to the System Management Services SMS menu Service Mode Boot from Saved List This selection causes the system to perform a service mode boot using the service mode boot list saved in NVRAM If the system boots AIX from the disk drive and AIX diagnostics are loaded on the disk drive AIX boots in service mode to the diagnostics menu Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run online diagnostics Service Mode Boot from Default List This selection is similar to Service Mode Boot from Saved List except the system boots using the default boot list that is stored in the system firmware This is normally used to try to boot customer diagnostics from the CD ROM drive Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run standalone diagnostics Boot to Open Firmware When this selection is enabled the system boots to the open firmware prompt This option should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug information Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 263 System Information Menu This menu provides access to system configuration information error logs system resources and processor configuration ie SYSTEM INFORMATION MENU 1 Read VPD Image from Last System Boot 2 Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot 3 Read Service Processor Error Logs 4 Read System POST Errors 5 Read NVRAM 6 Read Service Processor Configuration 7 Processor
127. telephone setup menu 276 test 395 service processor checkpoints 85 service processor error codes 138 service processor feature 38 service processor reset button 16 SES SCSI enclosure services 13 28 29 321 358 360 362 379 setup menu 256 SPCN error codes 110 speaker 16 specifications 30 SSA cabling 366 SSA disk drive 13 SSA disk drive bay 13 SSA hot swap disk drive RAID MAPs 81 SSA ports 14 standalone diagnostics 249 starting MAPs 77 stopping the system unit 316 strategy console 10 system board 15 system diagnostics loading 249 system firmware update messages 239 system firmware updates 283 system information menu 264 system location codes 25 system management services 297 display error log 299 multiboot 304 OK prompt 307 password utilities 298 remote initial program load setup 299 SCSI utilities 303 select console 303 select language 307 system memory 16 345 system power on methods 280 system unit stopping 316 7 telephone setup menu 276 test port 14 15 testing the setup call in 396 call out 396 trademarks xviii transfer of amodem session 405 U update messages system firmware 239 using electronic service agent 38 MAPs 75 service processor 38 W Web sites AIX library 266 304 firmware updates 283 284 microcode updates 283 284 RS 6000 and pSeries publications xvii Index 445 446 Service Guide Readers Comments We d Like to Hear from You RS 6000 Enterprise Server M
128. tests detected no usable 1 Ensure that memory is properly memory installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4 If the problem is not fixed call service support 406B 00A7 Wire tests detected hardware Go to MAP 1540 Minimum problem Configuration on page 57 406B 00B0 Wire tests detected bus controller System board Location P1 lock unlock failure 406B 00B1 Wire tests diagnostics detected bus System board Location P1 controller failure 406B 00B7 Wire test detected insufficient This error code appears after the hardware resources to continue IPL initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406B 0100 Wire tests detected memory riser Memory riser card Location P1 M2 card fault 406B 0101 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 fault 406B 0102 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 fault 406B 0103 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 fault 406B 0104 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1
129. that are described in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 Disk Drive Module Power On Self Tests POSTs Attention Disk drive modules are fragile and must be handled with care Follow all ESD sensitive parts procedures when handling disk drive modules For ESD information see Handling Static Sensitive Devices on page 310 The disk drive module POSTs start each time the module is turned on or when a Send Diagnostic command is received from the SSA adapter The POSTs verify that the disk drive module is working correctly The POSTs also help verify a repair after a FRU has been exchanged There are two power on self tests POST 1 and POST 2 e POST 1 runs immediately after the power on reset line goes inactive and before the disk drive module motor starts The following are tested by POST 1 Microprocessor ROM Safety circuits If POST 1 completes successfully POST 2 is enabled If POST 1 fails the disk drive module check light stays on and the disk drive module is not configured into the SSA network e POST 2 runs after the disk drive module motor has started The following are tested by POST 2 Motor control Servo control Read and write on the diagnostic cylinder repeated for all heads Error checking and correction ECC If POST 2 completes successfully the disk drive module is ready for use by the using system Adapter Power O
130. that is not valid Action See SSA Loop Configurations That Are Not Valid on page 434 48500 Action Go to Advanced SerialRAID Adapters through User s Guide and Maintenance Information order 4BPAA number SA33 3285 50000 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The SSA adapter failed to respond installation guide and the service to the device driver guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU 50001 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description A data parity error has occurred installation guide and the service Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU guide for the using system 50002 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description An SSA adapter direct memory installation guide and the service access DMA error has occurred guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU 50004 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description A channel check has occurred installation guide and the service Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU guide for the using system 50005 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description A software error has occurred installation guide and the service Action Go to Software and Microcode Errors guide for the using system on page 426 before exchanging the FRU 50006 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description A channel check has occurred installation guide and the service Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU guide for the using system 50007 SSA adapter card See the
131. that plugs into the 6 pack assembly in the system unit A cable that connects the bulkhead to the SSA adapter or to an SSA subsystem A cable that attaches the 6 pack assembly to the SSA adapter card The SSA adapter card which is located in the using system as follows Definition Direct memory access Field replaceable unit Input output channel controller P adapter port number AA SSA address Programmable option select POS registers Power on self test Table 12 Service Request Numbers SRN FRU List Problem 10101 Disk drive module See 100 Description Disk drive motor stopped The disk drive module is bad page 324 Action If this SRN was received by one disk drive module only then exchange that disk drive module 10112 None Description Format degraded A format operation has been ended before it has completed Action Use the Format service aid to format the disk drive module 1xxxx Disk drive module See 100 Description Disk drive module error Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU Note In this SRN an x represents a digit from 0 to F 20PAA _ Disk drive module See 45 Description An open SSA link has been Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on detected page 324 Action Run the Link Verification Service Aid to SSA adapter card See the 45 isolate the failure If the SSA service aids are not installation guide and the service
132. the SRN is 24104 PAA 104 2 Observe the Link Verification screen and identify the physical device that is represented by PAA in the SRN This device is the first of the two devices that are connected by the failing link If the SRN is in the series 21xxx through 29xxx the second device of two is located at PAA 1 80 Service Guide Step 2323 3 If the SRN is 33xxx the second device of the two is located at PAA 1 Note If the SSA address AA in the SRN is higher than the highest SSA address that is displayed for the adapter port P that address is the address of the SSA adapter 3 Go to Step 2323 3 If a pdisk has a status other than good use the identify function to find the pdisks on each side of that drive and replace the defective drive Then go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair If not continue The a is in the SSA link between the two devices identified in Step 2323 2 on Exchange in the sequence shown the following FRUs for new FRUs Ensure that for each FRU exchange you go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair 1 One of the two devices that are identified by the SRN geel Removing HoePhid 2 The other of the two devices 3 The internal SSA connections 4 The external SSA cable MAP 2324 SSA hot swap d
133. the approximate boot times for each phase along with their dependencies for each phase Note The following table lists the major checkpoints only Phase Checkpoints on Time in phase Major contributors to time in phase Operator Panel minutes Phase 1 8xxx gt OK Approx 1 Phase 2 9xxx gt 91FF 3 to 6 Number of I O drawers Phase 3 Exxx gt E105 1 to3 Number of bootable adapters Phase 4 Oxxx gt blank 2 to 30 Number of SSA drives Number of SCSI drives Number of Async sessions 83 Phase Checkpoints on Time in phase Major contributors to time in phase Operator Panel minutes Number of processors Number of adapters Amount of memory Checkpoints enable users and service personnel to know what the server is doing with some detail as it initializes These checkpoints are not intended to be error indicators but in some cases a server could hang at one of the checkpoints without displaying an 8 character error code It is for these hang conditions only that any action should be taken with respect to checkpoints The most appropriate action is included with each checkpoint Before taking actions listed with a checkpoint check for additional symptoms in the service processor error log See the System Information Menu on page 264 for information on how to access the service processor error log Note Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 for any of the following chec
134. the customized boot list In addition the IP parameters might also have to be re entered 2 Install the memory riser cards or blank memory cards removed earlier See Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card on page 342 3 Replace the processor and memory card cover 4 Replace the covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Operator Panel Removal Attention _The operator panel card is sensitive to electrostatic discharge see Handling Static Sensitive Devices on page 310 Attention If the operator panel cable is disconnected settings for passwords date and time and service processor call in functions will be lost These settings can be reset after the cable is replaced 1 Power off the system see Powering Off the System on page 9 2 Disconnect the ac power cord 3 Remove the media panel cover to access the operator panel see Covers on page 311 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 351 070 NOO Or e 352 Service Guide Pull the knobs on each side of the operator panel to unlock it Pull the operator panel outward from the system Loosen the thumbscrews that hold the cable restraint plate to the operator panel Slide the cable restraint plate to the back of the operator panel Disconnect the operator panel cables Remove the operator panel Replacement ae 2 Remove the VPD module from the old operato
135. the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard 7 Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO 66 Service Guide One of the FRUs remaining in the system is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 Last disk drive installed 2 2 pack assembly Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance YES If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom Repeat this step until all the disk drives are installed Go to Step 1540 13 Step 1540 13 The system is working correctly with this configuration A 6 pack assembly may be defective 1 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive 2 Turn off the power and unplug the power cable from the wall outlet 3 Connect the signal and power connectors to the 6 pack assembly 4 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display a Turn on the power 6 After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attac
136. the following checks ii 11 12 13 Check the covers for sharp edges and for damage or alterations that expose the internal parts of the server unit Check the covers for proper fit to the server unit They should be in place and secure Perform the appropriate power off procedures Open the covers Check for alterations or attachments If there are any check for obvious safety hazards such as broken wires sharp edges or broken insulation Check the internal cables for damage Check for dirt water and any other contamination within the server unit Check the voltage label on the back of the server unit to ensure that it matches the voltage at the outlet Check the external power cable for damage With the external power cable connected to the server unit check for 0 1 ohm or less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and the metal frame Perform the following checks on each device that has its own power cables a Check for damage to the power cord b Check for the correct grounded power cable c With the external power cable connected to the device check for 0 1 ohm or less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and the metal frame of the device Close the doors Perform the appropriate power on procedures Chapter 1 Reference Information 33 34 Service Guide Chapter 2 Diagnostics Overview Models F80 6FO and 6F1 systems use an integr
137. to Step 1540 8 on page 69 Step 1540 7 One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Exchange the following FRUs in the order listed e Last quad of memory DIMMs installed one DIMM at a time e Memory riser card System board see note 3 on page 41 3 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power 5 Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on system configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE000B NO Reinstall the original FRU 62 Service Guide Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Step 1540 8 1 2 6 te Turn off the power Reconnect the system console
138. to remove a hot pluggable FRU from the system The following FRUs are hot pluggable e Some PCI adapters e Disk drives in bays DB1 and DB2 Fans at the front of the system e Power supplies if the system has three power supplies and only one needs to be removed Hot Pluggable Options Note You do not have to stop the system to install a hot pluggable option The following options are hot pluggable e Some PCI adapters see the PCI Adapter Placement Reference order number SA38 0538 e Hot pluggable disk drives also known as hot swap disk drives Stopping the System Unit Attention When shutting down your system to install options shut down all applications first and then shut down the operating system The system power turns off and the system goes into standby mode when the operating system is shut down Before removing power from the system unit ensure that the shutdown process is complete Failure to do so can result in the loss of data Some option installation procedures do not require the system to be stopped for installation The option installation procedures in this section will direct you here if stopping the system is required 1 Log in to the system as root user 2 Stop any applications that are running on the system 3 Atacommand line type shutdown to stop the operating system 4 After you shut down the operating system set the power switches of any attached devices to Off 5 The shutdown procedure s
139. to step If No continue with step 4 Does your modem respond to e ATZ reset command or ATZn reset commands where n can be 0 1 and so on If ATZ configuration file modem_z cfg is recommended If ATZn configuration file modem_z0 cfg is recommended Go to step 7 on page 401 Does your modem command set include a test for V 42 error correction at the remote modem often called Auto Reliable Mode If Yes disable this test You can use sample configuration files usr share modem_m0 cfg or usr share modem_m1 cfg as models to help you create a file for your particular modem See Customizing the Modem Configuration Files on page 402 for more information Go to step 7 on page 401 If No go to step 6 Does your modem respond to AT amp F reset command or AT amp Fn reset commands where n can be 0 1 and so on If AT amp F configuration file modem_f cfg is recommended If AT amp Fn configuration file modem_f0 cfg or modem_f1 cfg is recommended depending on which provides the hardware flow control profile 7 You have completed selection of the configuration file If your modem configuration selection is not available in the Service Processor Modem Configuration Menu you must access it through the Configure Remote Maintenance Policy Service Aid If you find it necessary to adjust any of these configuration files use the manual provided with your modem to accomplish that task It is recommended you s
140. to system See note 2 on page 90 processor from service processor 9380 Built in self test BIST See note 2 on page 90 94B0 Wire test faulty driver status See note 2 on page 90 refcode 94B1 Wire test shorted net status refcode See note 2 on page 90 94B2 Wire test L2 cache status refcode See note 2 on page 90 94BB Wire test status SRC refcode See note 2 on page 90 9501 Main storage initialization See note 2 on page 90 9502 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 90 9503 Main storage L3 connections test See note 2 on page 90 9504 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 90 9505 MS extra testing RIO etc See note 2 on page 90 9506 MS cleanup See note 2 on page 90 99FD Service processor receiving See note 1 on page 90 firmware update module 99FF Service processor writing firmware See note 1 on page 90 update module A800 Start Service Processor dump See note 1 on page 90 process A801 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 90 A802 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 90 A803 NVRAM not usable See note 1 on page 90 A804 NVRAM dump done See note 1 on page 90 A805 Start dump to flash See note 1 on page 90 A806 Flash dump area done See note 1 on page 90 A807 Flash area not usable See note 1 on page 90 A808 Flash error log to debug port See note 1 on page 90 A809 Flash erase start See note 1 on page 90 88 Service Guide Table 1 Service Processor Checkpoints continued
141. to the problem determination procedures for the display 2 If you do not find a problem replace the display adapter 3 If you do not find a problem suspect the system board Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 e If using an ASCII terminal 1 Make sure that the ASCII terminal is connected to S1 2 If problems persist go to the problem determination procedures for the terminal 3 If you do not find a problem replace the service processor card 4 If you do not find a problem suspect the system board Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 Power and Cooling Problems The power LEDs on the operator panel and the power supply do not start flashing within 30 seconds of AC power application Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 The power LEDs on the operator panel and the power supply do not come on or stay on Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 The power LEDs on the operator panel and the power supply come on and stay on but the system does not power on Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 The cooling fan s do not come on or come on but do not stay on Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 Flashing 888 in Operator Panel Display 888 is displayed in the operator panel Go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Other Symptoms or Problems You have OK displayed Th
142. type and update was aborted before any model changes were made to the currently installed firmware B1xx 4600 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B1xx 4601 System processor subsystem Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 B1xx 4602 RIO subsystem failure 1 Processor card Location P1 C1 2 Replace the system board Location P1 See note B on page 41 B1xx 4603 Service processor firmware corrupted 1 Reload system firmware 2 Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 241 Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B1xx 4606 Firmware failure 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 Operator panel Location L1 3 Replace the system board Location P1 See note on page 4 B1xx 4608 Service processor early termination 1 Reset the system by disconnecting and reconnecting system power 2 Reload system firmware 3 Replace the system board Location P1 See note 8 on page 41 B1xx 460A Time of day clock has been reset Set time of day 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 460B NVRAM TOD battery Battery Location P1 V4 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 4611 Service processor fault 1 Processor card Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41
143. with See the note on page 84 I O planar complete E190 Create ISA node See the note on page 84 E191 Create ISA reserved node See the note on page 84 E193 Initialize Super I O See the note on page 84 E196 Probe ISA bus See the note on page 84 E199 Reboot after flash Try to boot system a second time If this does not work replace the system board See the note on page 84 E19B Create service processor node See the note on page 84 E19C Create tablet node See the note on page 84 E19D Create NVRAM node See the note on page 84 E19E Real time clock RTC initialization Refer to error code 28030xxx in Firmware Error Codes on page 117 E1AD See description of checkpoint See the note on page 84 E1DE E1Bo Create lpt node See the note on page 84 E1B1 Create serial node See the note on page 84 E1B2 Create audio node See the note on page 84 E1B3 Create 8042 node See the note on page 84 E1B6 Probe for ISA keyboard See the note on page 84 E1BD Probe for ISA mouse See the note on page 84 E1BF Create pwr mgmt node See the note on page 84 E1C4 Build ISA timer chip node See the note on page 84 E1C5 Create ISA interrupt controller pic See the note on page 84 node 94 Service Guide Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E106 Create DMA node See the note on page 84 E1D0 Create PCI SCSI node Perform Repair action
144. with the second LED flashing Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair MAP 2323 SSA hot swap disk drive Intermittent Link Verification Step 2323 1 Step 2323 2 This MAP helps you isolate FRUs that are causing an intermittent SSA link problem You are here because you have an SRN from the series 21xxx through 29xxx or you have SRN 33xx If you are not familiar with the SSA link go to SSA Loops and Links on page 436 Attention Unless the system needs to be switched off for some other reason do not turn off the system when servicing the SSA loop 1 Run the Link Verification service aid to the SSA adapter for which the error has been logged A list of pdisks is displayed Note On the Link Verification screen each adapter port is identified by the number of its related connector on the adapter card as follows e Adapter port 0 is identified as A1 e Adapter port 1 is identified as A2 e Adapter port 2 is identified as B1 e Adapter port 3 is identified as B2 SRNs 21xxx through 29xxx and SRN 33xxx include the adapter port number 0 3 2 Go to Step 2323 2 1 Observe the SRN that sent you to this MAP The last three characters are in the format PAA where P is the number of the SSA adapter port and AA is the SAA address of the device Note the value of PAA in the SRN For example e If the SRN is 24002 PAA 002 e If
145. 0 0 2 SSA DASD 6 Pack 24L1827 1 Shield 8 03N3301 0 14 9 1 GB SCSI DASD Drive 7200 RPM 00P1517 0 14 9 1 GB SCSI DASD Drive 10K RPM 03N4139 0 12 9 1 GB SSA DASD Drive 10K RPM 23L8107 0 4 SSA Filler Card for SSA Backplane 03N3302 0 14 18 2 GB SCSI DASD Drive 7200 RPM 00P1520 0 14 18 2 GB SCSI DASD Drive 10K RPM 09P0620 0 12 18 2 GB SSA DASD Drive 10K RPM 00P1519 0 14 36 4 GB SCSI DASD Drive 10K RPM 9 04N4555 1 SCSI DASD 2 Pack 04N2920 1 SCSI 2 Pack Cable 04N3392 2 Screws 10 See 8 Above 0 2 SCSI DASD Drive 11 24L1729 0 2 DASD Filler Plate 04N2920 2 Power Cable 04N4308 1 Nut Driver 21P4725 1 Cage 12 75G2878 0 8 Screws 13 24L1593 1 Operator Panel Assembly 14 04N6113 1 Operator Panel Cable 20 24L1726 1 Media Device Mounting Tray 15 23L3138 0 1 SCSI 2 Pack Filler Plate 12 75G2878 4 Screws 16 33G3907 2or4 Screws per Media Assembly 17 24L1727 1 Diskette Drive Mounting Tray 18 24L1725 1 Diskette Bezel Chapter 10 Parts Information 379 Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 19 See Note 1 Diskette Drive 16 33G3907 2or4 Screws per Media Assembly 20 24L1726 1 Media Device Mounting Tray 21 See Note 1 CD ROM 21 97H7611 1 CD ROM Bezel Black 22 97H9137 1 Media Filler 23 See Note 0 1 Media Device Optional 04N5968 0 1 White DVD Bezel Optional 59H4118 0 1 4 mm Tape Bezel Optional 94H0136 0 1 8 mm Tape Bezel Optional 16 33G3907 2or4 Screws per Media Assembly 22 97H9137 1 Media Filler
146. 0 000 000 000 20EE 0004 Invalid IP parameter Enter valid IP parameter Example 000 000 000 000 20EE 0005 Invalid IP parameter gt 255 Enter valid IP parameter Example 255 192 002 000 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 119 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 20EE 0006 No recognized SCSI adapter present This warning occurs when the selected SMS function cannot locate any SCSI adapter supported by the function If a supported SCSI adapter is installed 1 Replace SCSI adapter s 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20EE 0007 Keyboard not found 20EE 0008 No configurable adapters were found in the system by the remote IPL menu in the SMS utilities 1 Plug in keyboard 2 Replace the system board See note B on page 41 Location P1 This warning occurs when the remote IPL menu in the SMS utilities cannot locate any LAN adapters that are supported by the remote IPL function If a supported device is installed 1 Replace the device or adapter 2 Replace the I O drawer planar in the drawer s containing the adapter 20EE 0009 Unable to communicate with the service processor Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20EE 000B The system was not able to find an operating system boot record on the devices listed in the boot list This can be caused by the wrong
147. 0916 1 Keyboard Swiss 2 08L0362 1 Three Button Mouse Black Chapter 10 Parts Information 389 390 Service Guide Appendix A Environmental Notices Product Recycling and Disposal This unit contains materials such as circuit boards cables electromagnetic compatibility gaskets and connectors which may contain lead and copper beryllium alloys that require special handling and disposal at end of life Before this unit is disposed of these materials must be removed and recycled or discarded according to applicable regulations IBM offers product return programs in several countries For country specific instructions refer to the following web site http www ibm com ibm environment products prp phtml This product may contain a sealed lead acid nickel cadmium nickel metal hydride lithium or lithium ion battery Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly Recycling facilities may not be available in your area For information on disposal of batteries contact your local waste disposal facility In the United States IBM has established a collection process for reuse recycling or proper disposal of used IBM sealed lead acid nickel cadmium nickel metal hydride and other battery packs from IBM Equipment For information on proper disposal of these batteries please contact IBM at 1 800 426 4333 Have the IBM part number listed on the batter
148. 1 4 Locate the next available fan position 5 Pull the locking knob on the fan bay blank cover and remove it by pulling it straight out from the system unit peel O O 1 Fan bay blank cover 4 2 Fan bay blank cover 2 6 Install the new fan by pulling the locking knob out and then inserting the tabs on the left side of the fan into the frame opening 7 Swing the right side of the fan inward until the locking knob contacts the frame Push the locking knob until you feel it lock into position 8 9 Go to Installing a Redundant Power Supply to install the redundant power supply Installing a Redundant Power Supply Attention You must remove the power supply baffle plate before you install and operate a new power supply in the top position 340 Service Guide 1 Remove the power supply baffle plate from the redundant power supply by pulling out the button and tilting the baffle out from the system The baffle is not needed after the redundant power supply is installed 2 Pull the locking handle on the new power supply out and down
149. 1 Operator panel operator panel Location L1 2 System board Location P1 Firmware Error Codes Attention If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 6 Firmware Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2011 Oxxx Power supply 2011 031y Power supply failure 1 Replace power supply y 2 Check the ac power source 2022 0000 RIO bus running slow 1 Notify support 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 3 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 117 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 203w Oxyz Remote I O RIO configuration Go to MAP 1540 Minimum warning Configuration on page 57 This code indicates that an RIO configuration was detected that does not result in complete loops The system continues to boot however performance or recovery capability may be reduced In some cases the problem may result in missing I O Remote I O drawers are connected in
150. 1 S1 and serial port 2 S2 When ring indicate power on is enabled call in is disabled If ring indicate power on is enabled and call in is already enabled you will be asked to confirm your choice Refer to the message displayed on your screen If the ring indicate power on setting is changed you must select option 30 Refresh Modem Settings to update the modem settings If option 30 Refresh Modem Setting is selected and the modem s have not been configured you will be asked to configure the modems first See Call In Call Out Setup Menu on page 273 for information on configuring modems Option 2 is used to set the number of rings Note In order for the ring indicate power on settings to take effect and ring indicate power on to be enabled the service processor menus must be exited completely Enter 99 at the Main Menu screen to completely exit the service processor menus Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu The following menu controls reboot restart policy E N Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu 1 Number of reboot attempts Currently 1 2 Use 0S Defined restart policy Currently Yes 3 Enable supplemental restart policy Currently No 4 Call Out before restart Currently Disabled 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt se A Reboot is the process of bringing up the system hardware for example from a system reset or power on Restart is activating the operating system after the system
151. 1 fault x2 406A 0311 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 fault 406A 0312 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 fault 406A 031D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 fault x2 406A 0321 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 fault 406A 0322 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 fault 406A 032D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 fault x2 406A 0331 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 161 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406A 0332 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 406A 033D 406A 03FF Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Self tests detected memory failure on processor card that cannot be automatically isolated Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 x2 Go to and run minimum configuration for further isolation 406A 3101 Self tests detected RIO port 0 fault RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 406A 3281 Self tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 2 System board Location P1 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 406A 3284 Self tests detected PCI controller PHBO fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on
152. 1 C1 112 Service Guide Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 1B01 12V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B02 5V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B03 3 3V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B04 12V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B05 1 8V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B06 2 5V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 1B07 2 5V loading 1 Replace power supply V1 2 Use removed V1 to replace V2 3 Use removed V2 to replace V3 if present 4 System board Location P1 1011 2600 Power good fault System board Location P1 1011 2601 Power good fault System board Location P1 1011 2603 Power domain fault 1 Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 2 System board Lo
153. 1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B2A 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 263D Processor system and self test Memory filler card Location P1 M1 detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 4B2A 281F Processor system and self test SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SSA backplane fault 4B2A 282E Processor system and self test 1 System board Location P1 detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 283F Processor system and self test SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SCSI backplane fault 4B2A 288D Processor system and self test Memory riser card Location P1 M1 detected memory riser fault or P1 M2 4B2A 2A00 Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 229 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2A 300A Processor system and self test detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 300B 4B2A 300C Processor system and self test detected 128MB DIMM fault Processor system and self test detected 256MB DIM
154. 100 Description The input output channel controller installation guide and the service lIOCC detected an internal error guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU 50008 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description Unable to read or write the POS installation guide and the service registers guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU 50010 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description An SSA adapter or device drive installation guide and the service protocol error has occurred guide for the using system Action Go to Software and Microcode Errors on page 426 before exchanging the FRU 50012 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The SSA adapter microcode is in a installation guide and the service guide for the using system suspended state Action Run diagnostics in System Verification mode to the SSA adapter e If the diagnostics fail exchange the FRU for a new FRU e If the diagnostics do not fail go to before exchanging the FRU Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 431 Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem 50100 None Description An attempt was made to log an error against a pdisk that is not available to the using system Action This problem has occurred for one of the following reasons e A user has deleted a pdisk from the system configuration In such an instance the hdisk
155. 12 memory DIMM fault 406E 0224 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 memory DIMM fault 406E 022D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 0231 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 memory DIMM fault 406E 0232 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 memory DIMM fault 406E 0233 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 memory DIMM fault 406E 0234 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 memory DIMM fault 406E 023D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 02FF Scan control routines detected Go to MAP 1540 Minimum memory failure on riser card 1 that Configuration on page 57 and run cannot be automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406E 0300 Scan control routines detected Processor card Location P1 C1 processor card fault 406E 0301 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 memory DIMM fault 406E 0302 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 memory DIMM fault 178 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406E 030D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 memory DIMM fault x2 406E 0311 Sca
156. 1FF 168 Service Guide IPL MOPs detected memory failure on riser card 2 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406C 0200 IPL MOPs detected memory riser Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 card fault 406C 0201 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 fault 406C 0202 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 fault 406C 0203 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 fault 406C 0204 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 fault 406C 020D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 fault 406C 020E IPL MOPs detected memory pair A Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 fault 406C 0211 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 fault 406C 0212 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 fault 406C 0213 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 fault 406C 0214 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 fault 406C 021D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 fault 406C 0221 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 fault 406C 0222 IPL MOPs detecte
157. 2 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 020D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 020E Error code generation logging Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 detected memory pair A fault 406F 0211 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0212 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0213 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0214 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 021D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0221 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0222 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0223 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0224 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 022D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0231 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0232 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 detected memory DIMM fault Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes con
158. 2 5 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0131 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0132 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0133 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0134 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 013D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 detected memory DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 181 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued 182 Service Guide Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406F 01FF Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory failure on riser card Configuration on page 57 and run 2 that cannot be automatically minimum configuration for further isolated isolation 406F 0200 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 detected memory riser card fault 406F 0201 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0202 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0203 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0204 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1
159. 201 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 memory DIMM fault 406E 0202 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 memory DIMM fault 406E 0203 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 memory DIMM fault 406E 0204 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 memory DIMM fault 406E 020D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 memory DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 177 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406E 020E Scan control routines detected Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 memory pair A fault 406E 0211 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 memory DIMM fault 406E 0212 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 memory DIMM fault 406E 0213 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 memory DIMM fault 406E 0214 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 memory DIMM fault 406E 021D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 0221 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 memory DIMM fault 406E 0222 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 memory DIMM fault 406E 0223 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1
160. 2D 300C Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2D 300D Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 512MB stacked P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4B2D 300E Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 512MB unstacked P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4B2D 301F Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2D 303A Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2E 244C Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 4B2E 244D Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2E 244E Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2E 244F Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2E 248A Processor system and scan control Operator panel Location L1 routines detected operator panel fault 4B2E 24A1 Processor system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 4B2E 24A2 Processor system and scan control Processor card
161. 2E 300D Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or routines detected 512MB stacked P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4B2E 300E Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or routines detected 512MB unstacked P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4B2E 301F Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or routines detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2E 303A Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or routines detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 244C Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 4B2F 244D Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2F 244E Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2F 244F Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2F 248A Processor system and error code Operator panel Location L1 generation logging detected operator panel fault 4B2F 24A1 Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 4B2F 24A2 Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 2W 450 MHz processor fa
162. 3281 IPL MOPs detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 406C 3284 IPL MOPs detected PCI controller Replace the system board Location PHBO fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406C 3285 IPL MOPs detected PCI controller Replace the system board Location PHB1 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406C 3286 IPL MOPs detected PCI controller Replace the system board Location PHB2 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406D 0001 Attention handler detected system Replace the system board Location board fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406D 0003 Attention handler detected processor All processors Location P1 C1 fault 406D 0009 Attention handler detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum fault Configuration on page 57 406D 00A0 Attention handler detected service Update system firmware processor firmware fault 406D 00A1 Attention handler detected system 1 Check for AIX updates firmware fault 2 Check for system firmware updates 406D 00A2 Attention handler detected service Update system firmware processor firmware PRD fault 406D 00A3 Attention handler detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum plugging fault Configuration on page 57 406D 00A4 Attention handler detected application Application software caused fault 406D 00A5 Attention handler detected invalid Verify that system components are system configuration supported and properly installed 406D 00A6 Attention ha
163. 39 Note When you install the fan you need to exert some force to insert the fan past the spring loaded flap Removal Attention When you remove a fan it must be replaced within 1 5 minutes to avoid overheating the system 1 Remove the front cover see Removing the Covers on page 311 2 Pull the knob on the fan assembly to release it from the chassis 3 Pivot the fan assembly to the left 4 Remove the fan assembly Replacement Replace in reverse order The new fan will automatically power on when power is present Power Supplies Attention If you need to install the redundant power and cooling option go to Installing the Redundant Power and Cooling Option on page 339 338 Service Guide Removal DANGER Do not attempt to open the covers of the power supply Power supplies are not serviceable and are to be replaced as a unit D02 Note If attempting a hot swap of more than one power supply be aware of the following Replace only one power supply at a time Removing another power supply tells the system that only one supply is installed which indicates insufficient air flow for system operation causing it to shut down If the system has three power supplies and only one needs to be removed you do not need to power off the system If two power supplies need to be removed you must power off the system After the first power supply has been replaced wait until the RPM of the cooling fan
164. 4A3 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 24A4 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 25B6 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4606 25BB I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 25BD I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 25BE I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 25BF I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 263D I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4606 281F I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4606 282E I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 283F I O system and scan
165. 5V 5v 3 3 3 3 83 BV 5 vI scsi Y yY v v s s s Hd s s js s is LJ JL Je LIILIILIIL ollo jo MAS lololo ojjol lollo TETIT T ITIIT TUT PEINT 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Chapter 1 Reference Information 7 Power Flow 8 Service Guide The following diagram shows the right side of the system with the cover removed 10 110 V ac 220 V ac power into system board assembly 110 V ac 220 V ac power into power supply V1 2 5 V dc out of power supply V1 into system board 2 5 3 3 V dc out of power supply V1 into system board 3 3 V dc out of power supply V1 into system board 5 V dc out of power supply V1 into system board Ground out of power supply V1 into system board 12 V dc out of power supply V1 into system board 12C to DASD bay 1 DB1 Power 2 to DASD bay 1 DB1 15 16 17 18 19 20 Power 1 to DASD bay 1 DB1 Power 1 to DASD bay 2 DB2 Power to cooling fans Power 2 to DASD bay 2 DB2 Signal to diskette drive 12C to DASD bay 2 DB2 Power to diskette drive Signal to operator panel Power to media drive bay Power 1 to two position disk drive bay 3 DB3 Powering Off and Powering On the System This section provid
166. 90 9039 U552 initialization See note 1 on page 90 903A Serial I O initialization See note 1 on page 90 903B SPCN initialization See note 1 on page 90 9051 End of reset reload operation See note 1 on page 90 service processor dump has completed 9060 Checking configuring modem on See note 4 on page 90 serial port 1 9061 Checking configuring modem on See note 4 on page 90 serial port 2 906A Create mailbox processing thread See note 1 on page 90 906B Create menu interface thread See note 1 on page 90 906C Create general thread See note 1 on page 90 906D Create SPCN thread See note 1 on page 90 9080 Start VPD collection program See note 1 on page 90 9081 Start SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 90 86 Service Guide Table 1 Service Processor Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU 9082 l2C SPCN VPD data collection See note 9083 End SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 90 9084 End 12C VPD data collection See note ion page 90 90FD Waiting for IBIST to complete See note 1 on page 90 9101 Create CEC box See note 1 on page 90 9102 Open load source See note 1 on page 90 9103 Verify open status of load source See note 1_on page 90 9104 Load IPL LIDs See note i on page 90 9105 System flush See note 1 on page 90 9106 Scan interface BATs See note 1 on page 90 9107 ABIST See note 1 on page 90
167. ATDT N R3 r expect Q r timeout 60 send ATHOT r O r timeout 2 send ATZQOT r O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEQT r O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOT r O r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect O r timeout 2 timeout 60 done page delay 2 expect done ripo ignore expect expect done error 412 Service Guide Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses Reset to factory defaults Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer ON Confirm command successful Se SR OS OR OR OSE OSE SE Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or Wr N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command Reset to factory defaults Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful RI Power On enabled Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8
168. B stacked DIMM fault 4508 300E Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault 4508 301F Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 128MB DIMM fault 4508 303A Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 1GB DIMM fault 4509 244C Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 4509 244D Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4509 244E Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4509 244F Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 4509 248A Memory system and memory test Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 4509 24A1 Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 4509 24A2 Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4509 24A3 Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4509 24A4 Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fa
169. B20 0022 Processor is deconfigured by the 1 Replace the processor card system Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 2B2x xx31 Processor is failing POST Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 2B20 0031 Processor is failing POST or is 1 If the processor is not enabled manually disabled use the service processor menus to enable the processor Then reboot the system 2 If the processor is failing POST replace the processor card Location P1 C1 2B20 0042 Unknown processor card Remove the unknown processor card Location P1 C1 2BA00000 Service processor POST failure Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2BA0 0012 Service processor reports self test Replace the system board See note failure 3 on page 41 Location P1 2BA0 0013 Service processor reports bad If problem persists replace the NVRAM CRC system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2BA0 0017 Service processor reports bad or low 1 Replace the battery battery 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2BA0 0041 Service processor VPD is corrupted Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 137 Service Processor Error Codes Attention Follow the procedure defined in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index on page 106 If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configu
170. Bus Systems Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Exchange the operator panel electronics assembly Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet Press the power button to turn on the power aPFwon gt Do the fans in the front of the machine come on and the power LED on the operator panel come on and stay on NO Reinstall the original operator panel electronics assembly Go to Step 1520 5 YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems The cooling fans memory riser cards or CPU card may be defective Exchange the FRUs that have not already been exchanged in the following order 1 Front cooling fans one at a time 2 Memory riser cards one at a time 3 Processor card To test each FRU 1 Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Exchange one of the FRUs in the list Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet Press the power button to turn on the power aPfon Do the fans in the front of the machine and the power LED on the operator panel come on and stay on NO Reinstall the original FRU If the one way processor card was just installed remove all of the memory DIMMs from the processor card If the system does not come up replace the processor card Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Pr
171. CSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4509 288D Memory system and memory test detected memory riser fault 4509 2A00 Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4509 300A Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4509 300B Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4509 300C Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 192 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4509 300D Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 512MB stacked DIMM P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn fault 4509 300E Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 512MB unstacked DIMM P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn fault 4509 301F Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 M
172. Code to FRU Index 211 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460A 25BD I O system and self test detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460A 25BE 460A 25BF I O system and self test detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault I O system and self test detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 460A 263D I O system and self test detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460A 281F I O system and self test detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460A 282E I O system and self test detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 460A 283F I O system and self test detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460A 288D I O system and self test detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460A 2A00 I O system and self test detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460A 300A I O system and self test detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 300B I O system and self test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 300C I O system an
173. Configuration Deconfiguration Menu 8 Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu 9 Power Control Network Utilities Menu 98 Return to Previous Menu 99 Exit from Menus Read VPD Image from Last System Boot Displays manufacturer s vital product data VPD such as serial numbers part numbers and so on that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in progress now e Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot Displays a number of the boot progress indicators which may include service processor checkpoints IPL checkpoints and or AIX configuration codes from the previous system boot This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults The progress indicator codes are listed from top latest to bottom oldest This information is not stored in non volatile storage If the system is powered off using the power on button on the operator panel this information is retained If the ac power dc power in a dc powered system is disconnected from the system this information will be lost For an example refer to LCD Progress Indicator Log on page 292 Read Service Processor Error Logs Displays the service processor error log Refer to Service Processor Error Log on page 291 for an example of this error log e Read System POST Errors This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log information Read NVRAM Displays non volatile random acces
174. F 1002 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1005 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1007 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1008 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 100E Service processor boot flash System board Location P1 corrupted B10F 100F Service processor base flash System board Location P1 corrupted B10F 1300 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1370 Service processor flash update failure 1 Retry flash update 2 System board Location P1 B10F 1380 Service processor program failure 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 B10F 1381 Service processor flash module error 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 B10F 1384 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1387 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1400 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1401 Service processor failure System board Location P1 B10F 1670 Service processor flash update failure 1 Retry flash update 2 System board Location P1 B10F 1672 Service processor firmware update Call service support invalid B10F 1675 Service processor failure System board Location P1 240 Service Guide Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B10F 1681 Service processor firmw
175. F1 User s Guide SSA Loops and Links The disk drive modules of the system unit are connected through two SSA links to an SSA adapter that is located in the using system The disk drive modules SSA links and SSA adapter are configured in loops Each loop provides a data path that starts at one connector of the SSA adapter and passes through a link SSA cable to the disk drive modules The path continues through the disk drive modules then returns through another link to a second connector on the SSA adapter The SSA Adapter The system unit can be attached to an SSA adapter The adapter card has four SSA connectors that are arranged in two pairs Connectors A1 and A2 are one pair connectors B1 and B2 are the other pair Connector B2 Green Light Connector B1 Connector A2 Green Light Connector A1 Type Number Label The SSA links must be configured as loops The loop is connected to the internal connectors at the SSA adapter card These connectors must be a valid pair that is A1 436 Service Guide and A2 or B1 and B2 otherwise the disk drive modules on the loop are not fully configured and the diagnostics fail Operations to all the disk drive modules on a particular loop can continue if that loop breaks at any one point Each pair of connectors has a green light that indicates the operational status of its related loop Status of Light Meaning Off Both SSA connectors are inactive If di
176. Hz processor fault 450F 25B6 Memory system and error code Power supply Location V1 or V2 or generation logging detected 650W V3 power supply fault 450F 25BB Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 450F 25BD Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 450F 25BE Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 450F 25BF Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 450F 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450F 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450F 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450F 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450F 263D Memory system and error code Memory filler card Location P1 M1 generation logging detected memory or P1 M2 filler fault 450F 281F Memory system and error code SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 generation logging detected SSA backplane fault 450F 282E Memory system and error code 1 System board Location P1 generation logging detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 203 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes co
177. IMM Location P1 M1 11 fault 406B 0222 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 fault 406B 0223 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 fault 406B 0224 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 fault 406B 022D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 fault 406B 0231 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 fault 406B 0232 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 fault 406B 0233 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 fault 406B 0234 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 fault 406B 023D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 fault 406B 02FF Wire tests detected memory failure Go to MAP 1540 Minimum on riser card 1 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406B 0300 Wire tests detected processor card Processor card Location P1 C1 fault 406B 0301 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 amp fault 406B 0302 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 165 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406B 030D Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1
178. IX command line Type the following command scfg vp pg to display the detailed VPD of all assemblies Notice that the FRU part number information for processors and memory DIMMs may be at the bottom of the command output 18 Service Guide AIX Location Codes The basic formats of the AIX location codes are as follows e For non SCSI devices drives AB CD EF GH e For SCSI devices drives AB CD EF G H For planars cards and non SCSI devices the location code is defined as follows AB CD EF GH Device FRU Port ID Connector ID devfunc Number Adapter Number or Physical Location Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus The AB value identifies a bus type or PCI parent bus as assigned by the firmware e The CD value identifies adapter number adapter s devfunc number or physical location The devfunc number is defined as the PCI device number times 8 plus the function number The EF value identifies a connector The GH value identifies a port address device or FRU Adapters and cards are identified only with AB CD The possible values for CD depend on the adapter card For pluggable PCI adapters cards CD is the device s devfunc number PCI device number times 8 plus the function number The C and D are characters in the range of 0 9 and A F hex numbers The location codes therefore uniquely identify multiple adapters on individual PCI cards EF is the connector ID used to identify the adapter s
179. Location P1 C1 2M 450 MHz processor fault 460B 24A2 I O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 460B 24A3 I O system and wire test detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 460B 24A4 I O system and wire test detected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 500 MHz processor fault 460B 25B6 I O system and wire test detected Power supply Location V1 or V2 or 650W power supply fault V3 460B 25BB I O system and wire test detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 460B 25BD I O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 460B 25BE I O system and wire test detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 460B 25BF I O system and wire test detected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 668 MHz processor fault 460B 263D I O system and wire test detected Memory filler card Location P1 M1 memory filler fault or P1 M2 460B 281F I O system and wire test detected SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 SSA backplane fault 460B 282E I O system and wire test detected 1 System board Location P1 system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 460B 283F I O system and wire test detected SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 SCSI backplane fault 460B 288D I O system and wire test detected Memory riser card Location P1 M1 memory riser fault or P1 M2 460B 2A00 I O system and wire test det
180. M Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 301F Memory system and IPL detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 303A Memory system and IPL detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450D 244C Memory system and attention handler detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450D 244D Memory system and attention handler detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450D 244E Memory system and attention handler detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450D 244F 198 Service Guide Memory system and attention handler detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450D 248A Memory system and attention handler Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 450D 24A1 Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450D 24A2 Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 450D 24A3 Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor faul
181. M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 244D Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 244E Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 244F Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 248A Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B28 24A1 Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 224 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B28 24A2 Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4B28 24A3 Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4B28 24A4 Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 4B28 25B6 Processor system and other bus Powe
182. M fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 300D Processor system and self test detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 300E Processor system and self test detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 301F Processor system and self test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 303A Processor system and self test detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2B 244C Processor system and wire test detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 244D 4B2B 244E Processor system and wire test detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor system and wire test detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 244F Processor system and wire test detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 248A Processor system and wire test detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B2B 24A1 4B2B 24A2 Processor system and wire test detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor system and wire test detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card L
183. M2 2 fault 406B 010D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 fault 406B 0111 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 fault 406B 0112 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 163 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued 164 Service Guide Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406B 0113 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 fault 406B 0114 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 fault 406B 011D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 fault 406B 0121 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 fault 406B 0122 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 fault 406B 0123 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 fault 406B 0124 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 fault 406B 012D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 fault 406B 0131 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 fault 406B 0132 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 fault 406B 0133 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 fault 406B 0134 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 fault 406B 013D Wir
184. M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450D 303A Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450E 244C Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 450E 244D Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450E 244E Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450E 244F Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 450E 248A Memory system and scan control Operator panel Location L1 routines detected operator panel fault 200 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450E 24A1 Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450E 24A2 Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 450E 24A3 Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 450E 24A4 Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 450E 25B6 Memory system and scan con
185. M5 DIMM fault 406D 0332 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 DIMM fault 406D 033D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 DIMM fault x2 406D 03FF Attention handler detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum failure on processor card that cannot Configuration on page 57 and run be automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406D 3101 Attention handler detected RIO port 0 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 fault 2 System board Location P1 406D 3281 sia handler detected RIO port 0 4 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 au 2 System board Location P1 406D 3284 Attention handler detected PCI Replace the system board Location controller PHBO fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406D 3285 Attention handler detected PCI Replace the system board Location controller PHB1 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406D 3286 Attention handler detected PCI Replace the system board Location controller PHB2 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406E 0001 Scan control routines detected Replace the system board Location system board fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406E 0003 Scan control routines detected All processors Location P1 C1 processor fault 406E 0009 Scan control routines detected Go to MAP 1540 Minimum memory fault Configuration on page 57 406E 00A0 Scan control routines detected Update system firmware service processor firmware fault 406E 00A1 Scan control ro
186. MM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 4067 0234 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 4067 023D 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 4067 02FF 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory failure on riser card 1 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 146 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 0300 6xx bus processor runtime Processor card Location P1 C1 diagnostics detected processor card fault 4067 0301 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 amp diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0302 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 030D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4067 0311 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0312 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 031D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 diagnostics detected mem
187. Note See RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus 380 Service Guide Systems order number SA38 0509 for part numbers Left Side 381 Chapter 10 Parts Information Index FRU Part CCIN Units Per Description Number Number Assembly 1 24L1738 0 2 Fan Filler 2 24L1730 2 4 Fan Assembly 3 04N2273 0 2 Point to point SCSI Cable Assembly SCSI adapter to 6 pack 4 09P1175 1 System Board Assembly 24L1831 1 Insulator System Board Assembly 16G8095 1 I O Board Battery 24L1761 1 JTAG Cable from SCSI SSA Backplane to PDB 5 04N5743 1 Fan Signal Cable Assembly 6 44L0041 10 PCI Card Divider 7 See Note 0 10 PCI Adapter Card 8 24L1649 1 PCI Card Guide Bracket 9 24L1737 1 Airflow Control Duct 10 04N2934 1 1 Way 2 Way Processor Airflow Filler 11 04N4765 24A1 1 1 Way 450 MHz Processor Unit 04N5353 25BB 1 1 Way 600 MHz Processor Unit 09P6524 25CB 1 1 Way 750 MHz Processor Unit 21P4751 24A2 1 2 Way 450 MHz Processor Unit 23L7785 25BD 1 2 Way 600 MHz Processor Unit 09P6525 25EB 1 2 Way 750 MHz Processor Unit 21P4760 24A3 1 4 Way 450 MHz Processor Unit 23L7794 25BE 1 4 Way 600 MHz Processor Unit 53P1301 25EA 1 4 Way 750 MHz Processor Unit 21P4774 24A4 1 6 Way 500 MHz Processor Unit 23L7799 25BF 1 6 Way 668 MHz Processor Unit 53P1334 25F2 1 6 Way 750 MHz Processor Unit 12 24L1605 1 CEC EMC Cover 13 04N4808 288D 0 2 Memory Riser Unit 07L7729 0 32 32 MB Memory DIMM 93H4702 0 32 128 MB Memory DIMM 09P0466 0
188. O Go to Step 1540 27 on page 74 YES You still have the same problem Go tof Step 1540 26 Step 1540 26 Try changing the system planar 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Replace the system board see note 3 on page 41 3 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display 4 Turn on the power Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 73 Does the system stop with code 2680 0Dxx E151 E152 E153 E154 E155 E156 E15F E170 or E172 displayed on the operator panel NO Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems YES Reinstall the original FRU then go to Step 1540 2 on page 58 Step 1540 27 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the FRUs adapters that you removed is probably defective 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Install a FRU adapter and connect any cables and devices that were attached to it 3 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power 5 If the Console Selection screen is displayed choose the system console 6 Enter the appropriate password if you are prompted to do so Does the system stop with code 2680 0Dxx E151 E152 E153 E154 E155 E156 E15F E170 or E172
189. P1 diagnostics detected bus controller failure 4067 00B7 6xx bus processor runtime This error code appears after the diagnostics detected insufficient initial testing by the service processor hardware resources to continue IPL firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 143 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 0100 6xx bus processor runtime Memory riser card Location P1 M2 diagnostics detected memory riser card fault 4067 0101 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0102 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0103 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0104 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 010D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0111 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0112 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 di
190. P1 C1 Mn detected 128MB DIMM fault 4B28 303A Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 1GB DIMM fault 4B29 244C Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 4B29 244D Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B29 244E Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 226 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B29 244F Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 4B29 248A Processor system and memory test Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 4B29 24A1 Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 4B29 24A2 Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4B29 24A3 Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4B29 24A4 Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 4B29 25B6 Processor system and memory test Power supply Location V1 or V2 or d
191. P1 M1 11 406A 0222 160 Service Guide Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406A 0223 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 fault 406A 0224 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 fault 406A 022D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 fault 406A 0231 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 fault 406A 0232 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 fault 406A 0233 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 fault 406A 0234 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 fault 406A 023D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 fault 406A 02FF Self tests detected memory failure on Go to MAP 1540 Minimum riser card 1 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406A 0300 Self tests detected processor card Processor card Location P1 C1 fault 406A 0301 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 fault 406A 0302 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 fault 406A 030D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M
192. PCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 1513 Power supply 1 ls Power supply Location V1 System board Location P1 1011 1514 Power supply 1 Power supply Location V1 System board Location P1 1011 1516 Power supply 1 missing Power supply Location V1 1011 1520 Power supply 2 ac source failure 1 Check power input to power supply Power supply Location V2 System board Location P1 1011 1011 1521 1522 Power supply 1 Power supply 2 non power fault Power supply 2 Location V2 If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V2 Then replace power supply 1 location V1 with the new supply If the problem is not resolved reinstall the original supply in location V1 Then replace power supply 3 if present location V3 with the new supply Replace the system board Location P1 Power supply Location V2 System board Location P1 1011 1523 Power supply 2 domain fault Power supply Location V2 System board Location P1 1011 1524 Power supply 2 cooling fault Power supply Location V2 System board Location P1 1011 1011 1526 1530 Power supply 2 missing Power supply 3 ac source Power supply Location V2 Check power input to power supply Power supply Location V3 System board Location P1
193. Processor The system can be powered off and on using the System Power Control menu which is a service processor menu that is available to the privileged user See System Power Control Menu on page 260 Chapter 1 Reference Information 9 Console Strategy The firmware starts a console selection sequence at system boot time if any of the following is true e A console has not yet been selected A previous console selection sequence timed out e A change in the system configuration affects the console keyboard installed removed mouse installed removed graphics adapter installed removed or moved to another PCI slot The console selection sequence allows you to select from the appropriate input device one of the available console devices If no console is selected within approximately 60 seconds serial port 1 S1 is selected as the console and the selection sequence times out After a console has been selected the console selection sequence is only started at boot time if there is a change in the system configuration as described above or the contents of the system s nonvolatile memory NVRAM are lost Note Moving an ASCII terminal from one serial port to another from S1 to S2 cannot be detected by the firmware so it does not constitute a configuration change You can also initiate a firmware console selection sequence from the System Management Services SMS menus Power On Self Test After power is tu
194. RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F 1 Service Guide SA38 0568 03 Fourth Edition April 2002 Before using this information and the product it supports read the information in Safety Notices on page xil and A reader s comment form is provided at the back of this publication If the form has been removed address comments to Information Development Department H6DS 905 6C006 11501 Burnet Road Austin Texas 78758 3493 To send comments electronically use this commercial internet address aix6kpub austin ibm com Any information that you supply may be used without incurring any obligation to you International Business Machines Corporation 2000 2002 All rights reserved Note to U S Government Users Documentation related to restricted rights Use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth is GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents Safety Notices Electrical Safety Laser Safety Information Laser Compliance Data Integrity and Verification About This Book ISO 9000 Online Publications Related Publications Trademarks Chapter 1 Reference Information Overview Bus Architecture Microprocessor Memory Media Drives Internal Hard Disk Drives Power Supply Keyboard Mouse i Operator Panel Input Output Ports Security Features i Data Flow with One Way Processor Data Flow with Two to Six Way Pro
195. RTAS device tree See the note on page 84 E10B Set RTAS device properties See the note on page 84 E122 RTAS sensor setup complete See the note on page 84 E130 Build device tree See the note on page 84 E134 Create memory node See the note on page B4 E137 Create openprom node See the note on page 84 E138 Create options node See the note on page 84 E139 Create node aliases and system See the note on page 84 aliases E13A Create packages node See the note on page 84 E140 Operating system load See the note on page 84 E149 Create boot mgr node See the note on page 84 E14C Create terminal emulator node See the note on page 84 E14D Loading boot image See Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 E14F NVRAM initialization See the note on page 84 E150 Create host primary PCI controller 1 If a location code is associated node with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on page 105 If a network adapter is replaced see Replacing the Network Adapter on page 105 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 E151 Probing primary PCI bus Go to Step 1540 25 on page 73 E152 Probing for adapter FCODE Follow the repair action listed for evaluate if present checkpoint E151 E153 End probe evaluate of adapter Follow the repair action listed for FCODE checkpoint E151 E154 Create PCI bridge node Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E155 Pr
196. RUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1520 1 on page 53 in this MAP and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration Purpose of this MAP This MAP is used to locate defective FRUs not found by normal diagnostics For this procedure diagnostics are run on a minimally configured system If a failure is detected on the minimally configured system the remaining FRUs are exchanged one at a time until the failing FRU is identified If a failure is not detected FRUs are added back until the failure occurs The failure is then isolated to the failing FRU Notes 1 Be sure to unplug the power cable before removing or installing the processor card memory riser card s or system board to avoid damage to them 2 This MAP assumes that a CD ROM drive is installed and connected to the integrated SCSI adapter and a Diagnostics CD ROM is available 3 If a power on password or privileged access password is installed you are prompted to enter the password before the diagnostic CD ROM can load 4 The term POST indicators refers to the device mnemonics words memory keyboard network scsi and speaker that appear during the pow
197. SA38 0538 Accessing Hot Plug Management Functions Note Removing a hot pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot plug procedures Before taking an adapter offline the devices attached to the adapter must be taken offline as well This action prevents a service representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system users For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from the system configuration see the AlX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices This publication is located on the AlX Documentation CD Access the documentation information by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive Use the following procedure to access the hot plug menus 1 2 3 4 336 Service Guide Log in as root user At the command line type smitty Select Devices Select PCI Hot Plug Manager and press Enter Note The PCI Hot Plug Manager menu displays See the following for descriptions of the menu options Then return to the procedure that directed you here PCI Hot Plug Manager Menu The following options are available from the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu Note For information about the PCI slot LED states see PCI Slot LED Definitions on page 328 List PCI Hot Plug Slots Provides a descriptive list of all slots that support PCI hot plug capability I
198. Service Agent application 38 Service Guide Unlike the Electronic Service Agent the service processor cannot be configured in a client server environment where one system can be used to manage all dial out functions for a set of systems Prior to installing the Electronic Service Agent feature ensure that you have the latest level of system firmware You also need a properly configured modem For more information on configuring a modem see Mader Confquraion Mena on page 74 Electronic Service Agent The Electronic Service Agent is a software extension to the AIX operating system that monitors the system while the AIX operating system is running The Electronic Service Agent monitors and analyzes all recoverable system failures and if needed can automatically place a service call to a service center without user intervention The service center receives the machine type serial number host name SRN and a problem description The service center analyzes the problem report and if warranted dispatches a service person to the customer site The service center also determines if any hardware components need to be ordered prior to the service person s arrival The Electronic Service Agent code also gives the user the option to establish a single system as the problem reporting server A single system accessible over the user network can be used as the central server for all the other systems on the local area network LAN that are r
199. Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 0212 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 4067 0213 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 4067 0214 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 4067 021D 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 4067 0221 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 4067 0222 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 4067 0223 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 4067 0224 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 4067 022D 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 4067 0231 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 4067 0232 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 4067 0233 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DI
200. Service Processor Firmware P1 Y2 PRD Code P1 Y2 SPCN Firmware P1 Y3 SPCN VPD P1 Y4 Operator Panel NB1 L1 Operator Panel VPD Module L1 N1 Fan 1 F01 Fi Fan 2 F02 F2 Fan 3 F03 F3 Fan 4 F04 F4 Power Supply 1 V1 Power Supply 2 V2 Power Supply 3 V3 DASD 6 Pack 1 backplane DBi B1 SCSI See sek SES or SSA xx xx 00 15 0 SSA See Note 28 Service Guide FRU Name Slot Name Location Code Physical Connection Logical Connection DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 1 D1 B1 1 Note age 30 DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 2 D2 B1 2 SCSI Xx xx 00 9 0 SSA See Note page 30 DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 3 D3 B1 3 SCSI XX Xx 00 10 0 SSA See Note on page 30 DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 4 D4 B1 4 SCSI x E oO x nm 0 2 gt 3 30 ola oO ole 9 2 ojo a T DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 5 D5 B1 5 SCSI x x lt P D oO 7 a gt 30 olv oO 5 JZ ojo a S DASD 6 Pack 1 Drive 6 D6 B1 6 SCSI Xx xx 00 13 0 SSA See Note on page 3 l DASD 6 Pack 2 backplane SES or SSA DB2 B2 SCSI Xx xx 00 15 0 SSA See Note See Note on page 30 DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 1 D7 B2 1 SCSI Xx xx 00 8 0 SSA See Note page 30 DASD 6 Pack 2 Drive 2 D8 B2 2 Note 4 on age 30 Chapter 1 Reference Information 29 FRU Name Slot Location AIX Physical
201. U 4B2F 300D Processor system and error code generation logging detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 300E Processor system and error code generation logging detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 301F Processor system and error code generation logging detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2F 303A Processor system and error code generation logging detected 1GB DIMM fault System Firmware Update Messages Table 8 System Firmware Update Messages Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU A1FD 0000 Service processor flash recovery mode entered Attention message A1FD 0001 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette 1 A1FD 0002 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette 2 A1FD 0003 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette 3 A1FD 0004 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette 4 Common Firmware Error Codes Attention f you corrected go to indicated in the tables Follow the procedure defined in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index on replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless o
202. U adapter and connect any cables and devices that were attached to it Note If the FRU you installed requires supplemental media use the Process Supplemental Media task to load the supplemental media first Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO Go to Step 1540 18 YES Repeat this step until all of the FRUs adapters are installed Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Step 1540 18 The last FRU installed or one of its attached devices is probably defective 1 2 3 4 Da 8 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM disc is inserted into the CD ROM drive Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Starting with the last installed adapter disconnect one attached device and cable Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power If the Console Selection screen is displayed choose the system console After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the di
203. Underwriter s Laboratories UL and certified by the Canadian Standards Association CSA These power cords consist of the following e Electrical cables type ST Attachment plugs complying with National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA L6 30P e Appliance couplers complying with International Electrotechnical Commission IEC Standard 320 Sheet C13 and C14 Power cables used in other countries consist of the following e Electrical cables Type HD21 or HD22 e Attachment plugs approved by the appropriate testing organization for the specific countries where they are used e Appliance couplers complying with the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC Standard 320 Sheet C13 and C14 Refer to Power Cords on page 384 for power cable replacement information 32 Service Guide Service Inspection Guide Perform a service inspection on the server when The server is inspected for a maintenance agreement Service is requested and service has not recently been performed An alterations and attachments review is performed Changes have been made to the equipment that may affect the safe operation of the equipment External devices with their own power cables have those cables attached If the inspection indicates an unacceptable safety condition the condition must be corrected before anyone can service the machine Note The owner of the server is responsible to correct any unsafe condition Perform
204. able go to Replacing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 334 Replacing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter To replace a non hot pluggable PCI adapter perform the following steps 1 If you have not already done so install any required device driver software as described in the documentation provided with the adapter Then return here to continue 2 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 3 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 4 If you have not already done so remove the front rear and left covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 5 See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference order number SA38 0538 for adapter placement information Then select an empty PCI slot for the adapter 6 Turn the locking latch lift the plastic stop and remove the blank cover from the slot where you are installing the adapter Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 333 ra 9 10 Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and align the adapter in the slot guides Insert the adapter fully into the adapter slot connector If you are installing a full length adapter ensure that both ends of the adapter engage the card guides N K ROOK AA Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locke
205. ace basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0223 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0224 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 022D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0231 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0232 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0233 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0234 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 023D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 02FF Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory failure on riser card Configuration on page 57 and run 1 that cannot be automatically minimum configuration for further isolated isolation 4066 0300 Scan interface basic assurance tests Processor card Location P1 C1 detected processor card fault 4066 0301 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 amp detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0302 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM
206. agnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0113 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0114 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 011D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0121 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0122 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0123 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0124 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 144 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 012D 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 4067 0131 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 4067 0132 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 4067 0133 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 4067 0134 6xx bus process
207. also be shown on the operator panel display during this time 2XXX 2xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes Location codes may also be shown on the operator panel display during this time 36 Service Guide Note Certain checkpoints may remain in the display for long periods of time A spinning cursor is visible in the upper right corner of the display during these periods to indicate that system activity is continuing Error Codes If a fault is detected an 8 digit error code is displayed in the operator panel display A location may be displayed at the same time on the second line of the display Checkpoints can become error codes if the system fails to advance past the point at which the code was presented For a list of checkpoints see Chapter 4 Checkpoints on page 83 Each entry provides a description of the event and the recommended action if the system fails to advance SRNs Service request numbers in the form xxx xxx or xxx xxxx may also be displayed on the operator panel display and be noted in the AIX error log SRNs are listed in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 FRU Isolation For a list of error codes and recommended actions for each code see Code to FRU Index on page 105 These actions can refer to Chapter 10 Parts Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs on or provide informational message and d
208. ard 102 Dutch ID 143 07L9458 1 Keyboard 102 French ID 189 07L9459 1 Keyboard 102 German ID 129 07L9460 1 Keyboard 102 Greek ID 319 07L9461 1 Keyboard 101 Hebrew ID 212 07L9462 1 Keyboard 102 Hungarian ID 208 07L9463 1 Keyboard 102 Iceland ID 197 07L9464 1 Keyboard 102 Italy ID 142 07L9465 1 Keyboard 102 Norwegian ID 155 07L9466 1 Keyboard 102 Polish ID 214 07L9467 1 Keyboard 102 Portuguese ID 163 07L9468 1 Keyboard 102 Romanian ID 446 07L9469 1 Keyboard 101 Russian ID 443 07L9470 1 Keyboard 102 Serbian ID 118 07L9471 1 Keyboard 102 Slovak ID 245 07L9472 1 Keyboard 102 Spanish ID 172 07L9473 1 Keyboard 102 Sweden Finland ID 153 07L9474 1 Keyboard 105 Swiss F G ID 150 07L9475 1 Keyboard 102 Turkish ID 179 07L9476 1 Keyboard 102 Turkish ID 440 07L9477 1 Keyboard 102 UK English ID 166 07L9478 1 Keyboard 102 Latvia ID 234 07L9479 1 Keyboard US English ISO9995 ID 103P 388 Service Guide Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 07L9480 1 Keyboard 106 Japan ID 194 07L9481 1 Keyboard 101 Chinese US ID 467 07L9482 1 Keyboard 103 Korea ID 413 07L9483 1 Keyboard 101 Thailand ID 191 08L0904 1 Keyboard Belgian France 08L0905 1 Keyboard Belgian UK 08L0906 1 Keyboard Danish 08L0908 1 Keyboard French 08L0909 1 Keyboard German 08L0911 1 Keyboard Italian 08L0912 1 Keyboard Norwegian 08L0914 1 Keyboard Spanish 08L0915 1 Keyboard Swedish 08L
209. ard cover 315 removing 315 replace 315 processor configuration deconfiguration menu 265 processor connector 15 processor memory configure 286 Index 443 processor memory continued deconfigure 286 product disposal 391 publications online xvii publications ordering xvii Q quick entry MAP 35 42 R reading the operator panel display 16 rear connector locations 14 reboot restart policy setup menu 261 recycling 391 reference information information reference 1 reference tables aix location code 21 physical location code 21 related publications xvii removal and replacement procedures 309 310 PCI adapters 329 332 removal procedure 309 adapters 329 battery 350 covers 311 disk drives 319 324 memory DIMMs 346 memory riser card 342 processor and memory riser card cover 315 processor card 342 removal operator panel to SP cable 353 replacement procedure 309 battery 350 CEC assembly 344 covers 314 riser card cover 315 reset button 16 reseticon 16 restart recovery 281 RETAIN 278 retries 277 ring indicate power on menu 260 S safety xi laser compliance statement xii saving service processor settings 395 SCSI activity LED 16 SCSI cabling 366 SCSI connector 360 362 SCSI disk drive 13 SCSI disk drive bay 13 SCSI enclosure services SES 13 28 29 321 358 360 362 379 SCSI port 14 15 444 Service Guide self test power on 10 send diagnostic command 423 serial port selection menu 275 snoop setup
210. are from the AIX Service Aids Note This service aid is supported only in online diagnostics Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest image Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest image Note The update process can take up to sixty minutes and the system reboots itself during the update process Recovery Mode If the service processor detects that its programming has been corrupted when it is powering up to standby mode it will enter recovery mode In recovery mode it will ask for the firmware update diskettes by putting eight digit codes on the operator panel Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 285 The eight digit codes are as follows Code Action A1FD 0000 System firmware has been corrupted and must be reflashed A1FD 0001 Insert update diskette 1 A1FD 0002 Insert update diskette 2 A1FD 0003 Insert update diskette 3 A1FD 000n Insert update diskette n Notes 1 If the wrong diskette is inserted at any time or if the diskette is left in the drive after it has been read B1FD 001F is displayed indicating that the wrong diskette is in the drive 2 If B1FD 001A is displayed at any time during the process the service processor must be reset by activating the pinhole reset switch on the operator panel After the update process is complete the service proc
211. are update Call service support invalid B10F 1682 Service processor firmware update Call service support invalid B10F 1683 Service processor firmware update Call service support invalid B1FD 0013 A firmware update has failed because Reset the service processor by the update image is invalid The activating the pinhole reset switch or update was aborted before any by disconnecting then reconnecting changes were made to the currently power Install a valid firmware installed firmware update image for the specific system type and model B1FD 0015 Too many firmware update diskettes 1 Ensure that the firmware update inserted or wrong or faulty update image is correct for the specific image system type and model 2 Replace the update diskettes with a new set of firmware update diskettes B1FD 0016 Diskette read error 1 The firmware diskette may be faulty Try another diskette 2 Replace the diskette drive 3 Replace the system board Location P1 B1FD 001A Service processor recovery mode Reset the service processor by update fault activating the pinhole reset switch or by disconnecting and then reconnecting the power B1FD 001E Service processor recovery mode Wrong firmware update diskette update fault Insert correct diskette B1FD 001F Bad firmware update diskette Replace diskette B1xx 0013 A firmware update has failed because Install a valid firmware update image the update image is invalid The for the specific system
212. art enabled disabled If a restart is necessary due to a system fault you can enable the service processor to call out and report the event This option can be valuable if the number of these events becomes excessive signalling a bigger problem Power On System Allows immediate power on of the system For other power on methods see Power Off System Allows the user to power off the system Enable Disable Fast System Boot Allows the user to select the speed of the system boot Attention Selecting the fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped and a shorter memory test being run 262 Service Guide Boot Mode Menu The Boot Mode Menu allows you to select a boot mode L _ a a ae Boot Mode Menu 1 Boot to SMS Menu Currently Disabled 2 Service Mode Boot from Saved List Currently Disabled 3 Service Mode Boot from Default List Currently Disabled 4 Boot to Open Firmware Prompt Currently Disabled 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt J To select a boot mode select a number and press Enter The item corresponding to the selected number toggles from disabled to enabled If the same number is selected again the item toggles from enabled to disabled If a boot mode is enabled the boot mode selected is performed and the disabled enabled selection is reset to disabled Following is a description for each boot mode Boot to SMS Menu When this selection is enabled the
213. asic assurance tests detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4506 25BB Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25BD Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25BE 184 Service Guide Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4506 25BF Memory system and scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4506 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4506 263D Memory system and scan interface Memory filler card Location P1 M1 basic assurance tests detected or P1 M2 memory filler fault 4506 281F Memory system and scan interface SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 basic assurance tests detected SSA backplane fault 4506 282E Memory system and scan interface 1 Sy
214. ated set of software diagnostic procedures to facilitate isolation of failing components and system maintenance This book along with the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems are the basis of the diagnostic procedures for Models F80 6FO and 6F1 systems In particular the following sections in this book are important for the trained service representative to understand and use when isolating a failure on the system e Chapter 4 Checkpoints on page 83 e Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page 105 e Chapter 6 Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode on page 249 e Chapter 10 Parts Information on page 377 The manufacturer recommends that systems configured with 4 GB of memory or greater have access to a 4 mm or 8 mm tape drive for submission of system dump information if required This function can be accomplished through locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs Maintenance analysis procedures MAPs guide the trained service person through the system These MAPs are the entry point for all isolation and error recovery procedures The MAPs are consistent with existing procedures and methods The system uses a set of integrated procedures mentioned earlier to which the MAPS are the primary entry point The MAPS are as follows e Entry MAP e Quick Entry MAP e Problem Determination MAP e Power MAP
215. ault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4507 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4507 263D Memory system and 6xx bus Memory filler card Location P1 M1 processor runtime diagnostics or P1 M2 detected memory filler fault 4507 281F Memory system and 6xx bus SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault 4507 282E Memory system and 6xx bus Replace the system board Location processor runtime diagnostics P1 See note 3 on page 41 detected system board fault 4507 283F Memory system and 6xx bus SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault 4507 285D Memory system and 6xx bus Fan controller card Location processor runtime diagnostics detected fan controller card fault U0 1 X2 U1 1 X2 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 187 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4507 288D Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4507 2A00 Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 4M
216. ave been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom changed check for loose cards and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go to Step 1640 10 Step 1540 10 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the SCSI devices that you 1 disconnected may be defective Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive 2 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 64 Service Guide 3 Connect the signal and power connectors to one of the SCSI devices CD ROM drive tape drive or disk drive Do not connect the signal and power connectors to the 2 pack and 6 pack assemblies at this time 4 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display 5 Turn on the power 6 After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the numeric 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard 7 Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 SCSI cable 2 Last SCSI
217. ave been removed then one of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective To test each FRU exchange the FRUs in the following order 1 Adapter last one installed 2 System board see note 3 on page 41 If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged return to Step 1540 2 on page 58 SSA Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs These maintenance analysis procedures MAPs describe how to analyze a continuous failure that has occurred in a system that contains two or more disk drive modules Failing field replaceable units FRUs of the system unit can be isolated with these MAPs Using SSA MAPs Attention Turning off the power to an SSA hot swap disk drive can cause a system fault unless you first make the SSA hot swap disk drive modules unavailable to the system unit To do this 1 Use the system management task menus to make the disk drive modules unavailable 2 If the system unit has more than one SSA adapter make the SSA hot swap disk drive modules unavailable to the system for each of the paths to the SSA hot swap disk drive Attention Unless the system unit must be turned off for some other reason do not turn off the power to the system unit when servicing an SSA hot swap disk drive or the external SSA cable e To isolate the FRUs associated within the failing SSA hot swap disk drive perform the actions and answer the questions given in this MAP e When you are instructed to excha
218. be shown in the upper right corner of the operator panel display while some checkpoints are being displayed If the slash stops spinning a hang condition is indicated Table 1 Service Processor Checkpoints Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU 8000 Test of the service processor See note 1 on page 90 DRAM 8004 Verify base code checksum See note 1 on page 90 8008 Verify base code mirror checksum See note 1 on page 90 8009 Set NVRAM configuration in TITAN See note 1 on page 90 800F Start base code See note 1 on page 90 8010 Start supervisor in base code See note 1 on page 90 8012 Initialize hardware interrupts See note 1 on page 90 8014 Allocate and initialize area in See note 1 on page 90 DRAM 8016 Initialize debugger and build VPD See note 1 on page 90 8018 Initialize service processor See note 1 on page 90 interfaces 801A Initialize external FLASH load See note 1 on page 90 801B Initialize and test ISA hub chip See note 1 on page 90 801C Initialize and test SUPER I O chip See note 1 on page 90 801F Initialize diskette verify VDASD See note 1 on page 90 and start operational loader 809x Related to recovery mode system See note 3 on page 90 firmware update from diskette 8092 Diskette initialization during See note 3 on page 90 recovery mode system firmware update 8098 Firmware image being read during See note 3 on page 90 recovery mode system firmware u
219. ca Sri Lanka 7 14F0033 Bahrain Bermuda Brunei Channel Islands Cyprus Ghana China Hong Kong S A R India Iraq Ireland Jordan Kenya Kuwait Malawi Malaysia Nigeria Oman People s Republic of China Qatar Sierra Leone Singapore Tanzania Uganda United Arab Emirates Dubai United Kingdom Zambia 14F0051 Liechtenstein Switzerland 14F0069 Chile Ethiopia Italy 10 14F0087 Israel Chapter 10 Parts Information 385 Keyboards and Mouse White 2 NG Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description Assy 1 93H8120 1 Keyboard 101 United States English ID 103P 93H8121 1 Keyboard 102 Canada French ID 058 93H8122 1 Keyboard 102 Canada French ID 445 93H8123 1 Keyboard 102 Spanish ID 171 93H8124 1 Keyboard 104 Brazil Portuguese ID 275 93H8125 1 Keyboard 102 Arabic ID 238 93H8126 1 Keyboard 102 Belgium French ID 120 93H8127 1 Keyboard 102 Belgium ID 120 93H8128 1 Keyboard 102 Bulgarian ID 442 93H8129 1 Keyboard 102 Czech ID 243 93H8130 1 Keyboard 102 Danish ID 159 93H8131 1 Keyboard 102 Dutch ID 143 93H8132 1 Keyboard 102 French ID 189 93H8133 1 Keyboard 102 German ID 129 93H8134 1 Keyboard 102 Greek ID 319 93H8135 1 Keyboard 101 Hebrew ID 212 93H8136 1 Keyboard 102 Hungarian ID 208 93H8137 1 Keyboard 102 Iceland ID 197 93H8138 1 Keyboard 102 Italy ID 142 93H8139 1 Keyboard 102 Norwegian ID 155 93H8140 1 Keyboard 102 Polish ID 214
220. cation P1 1011 2604 Power domain fault 1 Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 2 System board Location P1 1011 2610 Missing or misplugged memory Inspect system memory for proper installation of memory riser cards and DIMMs Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 113 Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued 114 Service Guide Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 2611 Regulator 1 Processor card Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 1011 2612 SPCN Problem System board Location P1 1011 2613 Power configuration fault 220V ac required 1011 3100 12C controller fault System board Location P1 1011 3101 12C bus 1 fault 1 Operator panel Location L1 2 System board Location P1 1011 3105 12C bus 5 fault System board Location P1 1011 3106 12C bus 6 fault System board Location P1 1011 3110 DASD backplane 1 DASD cage 1 Location B1 1011 3111 DASD backplane 2 DASD cage 2 Location B2 1011 3113 RIO bus adapter System board Location P1 1011 3114 PCI backplane fault System board Location P1 1011 3115 Operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 1011 3116 Fan controller fault System board Location P1 1011 3118 SPCN problem System board Location P1 1011 3119 DASD backplane 1 DASD cage 1 Location B1 1011 311A DASD backplane 2 DASD cage 2 Location B2 1011 311C Thermal sensor 1 Operator panel Location L1 2 System board Locatio
221. cation P1 M2 16 Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 406C 010D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 406C 0111 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 406C 0112 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 406C 0113 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 406C 0114 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 406C 011D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 406C 0121 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 406C 0122 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 406C 0123 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 406C 0124 406C 012D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 406C 0131 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 406C 0132 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 406C 0133 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 406C 0134 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 406C 013D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 406C 0
222. ccur The diagnostics operating instructions are displayed Go to MAP 0020 in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 49 Symptom Action The system login prompt is displayed You may not have pressed the correct key or you may not have pressed the key soon enough when you were to indicate a service mode IPL of the diagnostic programs If this is the case start over at the beginning of this Step Note Perform the system shutdown procedure before turning off the system If you are sure you pressed the correct key ina timely manner go to Step 1020 2 on page 52 The system does not respond when the password is entered The system stopped A POST indicator is displayed on the system console and an eight digit error code is not displayed Go to Step 1020 2 on page 52 If the POST indicator represents e Memory go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 e Keyboard 1 Replace the keyboard cable 2 Replace the keyboard 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 e Network go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 e SCSI go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 e Speaker go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 The system stops with a 4 digit number displayed in the operator panel display If the number d
223. ce Processor Boot Mode Menu See Boot Mode Menu on page 263 After the System Management Services starts the following Utilities screen displays fr gt Utilities Password Utilities Display Error Log Remote Initial Program Load Setup SCSI Utilities Select Console Mul tiBoot Select Language OK Prompt ONAOPWNHHE 297 Each option on the System Management Services Utilities menu is described in this section Password Utilities Entering this selection permits access to the options shown on the following screen a D Password Utilities 1 Set Privileged Access Password 2 Remove Privileged Access Password 3 Unattended Start Mode lt 0N gt a gt N Y Set Privileged Access Password The privileged access password protects against the unauthorized starting of the system programs When this option is selected another screen displays that allows the setting of a password You can set the password from either the service processor or System Management Services menus After the password is set both the service processor and System Management Services automatically use the same password The password is limited to eight characters Remove Privileged Access Password If you previously had set a privileged access password and want to remove it select Remove Privileged Access Password Note If you forget your password you must shut down the system and remove the battery for at least 30 s
224. ce aids to enable or disable operating system surveillance For operating system surveillance to work correctly you must set the following parameters e Surveillance enable disable e Surveillance interval The maximum time the service processor waits between heartbeats from the operating system before reporting a surveillance failure e Surveillance delay The maximum time the service processor waits for the first heartbeat from the operating system after the operating system has been started before reporting a surveillance failure Surveillance does not take effect until the next time the operating system is started after the parameters have been set You can initiate surveillance mode immediately from service aids In addition to the three options above a fourth option allows you to select immediate surveillance and rebooting of the system is not necessarily required If operating system surveillance is enabled and system firmware has passed control to the operating system and the service processor does not detect any heartbeats from the operating system within the surveillance delay period the service processor assumes the system is hung and takes action according to the reboot restart policy settings See Service Processor Reboot Restart Recovery on page 281 If surveillance is selected from the service processor menus that are only available at bootup then surveillance is enabled by default as soon as the system boo
225. ce the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4067 3285 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4067 3286 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4068 0002 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected system board fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4068 0003 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected processor fault All processors Location P1 C1 4068 0009 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4068 00A0 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected service processor firmware fault Update system firmware 4068 00A1 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected system firmware fault 1 Check for AIX updates 2 Check for system firmware updates 4068 00A2 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected service processor firmware PRD fault Update system firmware 4068 00A3 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory plugging fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4068 00A4 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected application caused fault Application softwar
226. cessor Power Flow Powering Off and Powering On the System Powering Off the System m amp Powering On the System Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service Processor Console Strategy Power On Self Test POST Indicators POST Keys 1 Key 5 Key 6 Key 8 Key System Unit Locations Front View Rear View System Board Operator Panel System Memory xi xii xii Xii XV xvii xvii xvii xvii xviii OOOMOONOOOHAARARRWWOD A iv Service Guide One Way Processor Memory Placement Rules Riser Card Memory Placement Rules Logical and Physical Locations Physical Location Codes Location Code Format Multiple FRU Callout Instructions AIX Location Codes AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations One Way Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations Specifications Dimensions Weight Operating Environment Operating Voltage Heat Output eae Acoustics External AC Power Cables Service Inspection Guide Chapter 2 Diagnostics Overview Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs Checkpoints FRU Isolation Electronic Service Agent for the server pSeries and RS 6000 Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features Service Processor Electronic Service Agent Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs Entry MAP sa Quick Entry MAP Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents MAP 1020
227. cessor and Memory Riser Card Cover on page 315 11 Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 347 Replacement Note If your system has a one way processor card installed the memory may be installed on this card Remove the processor card to upgrade the memory See Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card on page 342 1 With one hand touch any metal surface of the chassis to minimize static electrical charges and then pick up the memory DIMM 2 Locate the memory DIMM connector on the card and remove the dummy memory DIMM from the connector by pushing the tabs out on the memory connector Push Locking Tabs Out to Release Memory Module 3 Insert the memory DIMM by firmly pressing the DIMM into the connector Secure the DIMM into position with the locking tabs on each end of the connector Locking Tabs 4 Install the memory riser card in the system unit See Installing a Memory Rise Card or a One Way Processor Card on page 343 for more information 348 Service Guide 5 Replace the processor and memory riser card cover as described in Replacing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover on page 315 6 Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Processor Card Removal Replacement Battery Attention All cards are sensitive to electrostatic discharge
228. cessor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B27 25BE Processor system and 6xx bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B27 25BF Processor system and 6xx bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B27 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 263D Processor system and 6xx bus Memory filler card Location P1 M1 processor runtime diagnostics or P1 M2 detected memory filler fault 4B27 281F Processor system and 6xx bus SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault 4B27 282E Processor system and 6xx bus 1 System board Location P1 processor runtime diagnostics 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 detected system board fault 4B27 283F Processor system and 6xx bus SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault 4B27 288D Processor system and 6xx bus Memory riser card Location P1 M1 processor runtime diagnostics or P1 M2 detected memory riser fault 4B27 2A00 Processor system and 6xx bus Processor card Location P1 C1 proc
229. cessor card that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 4066 3101 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 4066 3281 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 4066 3284 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected PCI controller PHBO fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4066 3285 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4066 3286 Scan interface basic assurance tests detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4067 0001 4067 0003 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected system board fault 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected processor fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 All processors Location P1 C1 4067 0009 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4067 00A0 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected service processor firmware fault Update system firmwa
230. chine type and model from the old op panel onto the new stored in the VPD module on the op panel leave the new operator panel unprogrammed VPD module on the new op panel Call service support to get instructions on reprogramming the machine type and model and the system serial number in the VPD module B1xx 4648 CPU backplane VPD failure Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration B1xx 4650 A system processor failure has been Information only If the problem detected by the service processor All persists check the error logs for system processors have been reset other fault indications in an attempt to recover operations If no other fault indications are found go to and run the minimum configuration B1xx 4651 CPU VPD fault Processor card Location P1 C1 B1xx 4660 Memory subsystem failure cannot Go to isolate Configuration on page 57 B1xx 4661 Memory riser card VPD failure Go to Configuration on page 57 B1xx 4662 Memory DIMM VPD failure Go to Configuration on page 57 B1xx 4670 Processor cooling 1 Check ambient temperature 2 Check air supply to fans 3 Check fans for proper installation and operation 4 Check for unsupported cards that may be too hot 5 Operator panel Location L1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 243 Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B1xx 4671 I O cooling 1 Check ambient
231. complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 4066 0100 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory riser card Location P1 M2 detected memory riser card fault 4066 0101 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0102 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0103 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0104 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 010D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0111 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0112 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 detected memory DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 139 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued 140 Service Guide Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4066 0113 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0114 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 011D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 detec
232. control routines detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 244C 450F 244D Memory system and error code generation logging detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Memory system and error code generation logging detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 450F 244E Memory system and error code generation logging detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450F 244F Memory system and error code generation logging detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450F 248A Memory system and error code generation logging detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 202 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450F 24A1 Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450F 24A2 Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 450F 24A3 Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 450F 24A4 Memory system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 500 M
233. cted 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 244F Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 248A Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B27 24A1 Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 24A2 Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 24A3 Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B27 24A4 Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 222 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B27 25B6 Processor system and 6xx bus Power supply Location V1 or V2 or processor runtime diagnostics V3 detected 650W power supply fault 4B27 25BB Processor system and 6xx bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4B27 25BD Processor system and 6xx bus Pro
234. cted memory or P1 M2 riser fault 4607 2A00 I O system and 6xx bus processor Processor card Location P1 C1 runtime diagnostics detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4607 300A I O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or runtime diagnostics detected 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 207 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4607 300B I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 300C I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 300D I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 300E I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 301F I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4607 303A I O system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4608 244C I O system and othe
235. ctronics complex assembly in the system 3 Pull the CEC assembly out of the system Replacement Replace in reverse order 344 Service Guide System Memory Options Two slots are available for memory riser cards Each riser card had 16 sockets See System Board on page 15 which illustrates the positions of the memory riser cards in the system Four sizes of DIMMs are available 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB and 1 GB Certain 32 MB DIMMs from older RS 6000 systems can also be used when upgrading system memory Each of the empty memory riser card slots must have a memory filler card installed To upgrade your system memory you can e Install additional DIMMs e Install an additional populated memory riser card e Replace existing DIMMs with DIMMs of a larger size Memory Placement with a One Way Processor Card Systems that contain a processor card that has a single processor also known as a one way processor card can have memory DIMMs installed on the processor card or on a memory riser card if available e The minimum memory is one pair of DIMMs in slots 1 and 8 This is labeled pair A in the following figure 8 A 7 B 6 C 5 D 4 D 3 C 2 B 1 A The maximum memory is four DIMM pairs in slots 1 through 8 These are pairs A B C and D DIMM pairs must be installed in order beginning with pair A and then progressing to B C
236. d ATHOT r ignore Q r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEOQ1 r ignore O r timeout 1 done send AT amp F1Q0T r ignore Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 2 r expect O r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r expect O r timeout 2 done waitcall ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 page 420 Service Guide done send ATDT N R r expect O r timeout 60 delay 2 send ATHOT r expect O r timeout 2 done Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Ignore RTS Confirm command successful Se SR SR OSE OR OR Tone dialing command N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or We busy 7 r Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or We busy 7 r Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses SH SHR e H SRO SE H Reset modem Select profile 1 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer ON Confirm command successful Detec
237. d press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO 68 Service Guide One of the FRUs remaining in the system is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 Diskette drive 2 Diskette drive cable 3 System board see note 3 on page 41 Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go tof Step 1540 16 Step 1540 16 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the devices that you disconnected from the system board may be defective f 2 3 Te Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive Turn off the power and unplug the power cable from the wall outlet Attach a device parallel serial1 serial2 serial3 keyboard mouse 100BaseT Ethernet or SCSI that had been removed Note If the device you attached requires supplemental media use the Process Supplemental Media task to load the
238. d the loss of one of its power inputs Drive Bays on page 358 Action If the failing device is an SSA hot swap disk drive exchange the 6 pack assembly If the failing device is not an SSA hot swap disk drive go to the service information for that device 301CO 6 pack assembly See 100 Description Multiple disk drive modules have detected the loss of one of their power inputs Drive Bays on page 358 Action If the failing devices are SSA hot swap disk drives exchange the 6 pack assembly If the failing devices are not SSA hot swap disk drives go to the service information for those devices 303FE Disk drive module See 100 Description A disk drive microcode error has been detected Action Go to Sofware and Microcode Erors on page 426 before exchanging any FRUs 303FF Disk drive module See 100 Description A SCSI status that is not valid has been received Action Go tof Software and Microcode Errors on page 426 before exchanging any FRUs 33PAA External SSA cables 30 Description Excessive link reconfigurations have Internal SSA connections 30 been detected Disk drive module See 30 Action Go to drive Intermittent Link Verification on page 80 page 324 before exchanging any FRUs SSA adapter card See 10 Adapter Cards on page 332 Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 429 Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued
239. d Setup Menu 4 Telephone Number Setup Menu 5 Call Out Policy Setup Menu 6 Customer Account Setup Menu 7 Call Out Test 98 Return to Previous Menu 99 Exit from Menus Modem Configuration Menu see Serial Port Selection Menu see Serial Port Selection Menu on page 275 Serial Port Speed Setup Menu see Serial Port Speed Setup Menu on page 275 Telephone Number Setup Menu see Telephone Number Setup Menu or page 276 e Call Out Policy Setup Menu see Call Out Policy Setup Menu on page 277 e Customer Account Setup Menu see Customer Account Setup Menu on page 278 e Call Out Test Menu tests the configuration after the modem is installed and configured In order for this test to execute successfully at least one of the following numbers must be assigned Service center telephone number Customer administration center telephone number Digital pager telephone number Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 273 Modem Configuration Menu The first two lines of the Modem Configuration Menu are status lines showing the current selections Selections are made in the two sections labeled Modem Ports and Modem Configuration File Name Select the serial port that you want to activate and then select the modem configuration file for the modem on the port If you want to set up both of the serial ports with modems make your selections one port at a time Note Modem configuration is onl
240. d during system startup The display alternates between E1FD and another checkpoint Exxx where the error occurred Check the list of checkpoints for Exxx If the description for that checkpoint does not resolve the problem return here for more instruction Checkpoint E1FD may be displayed when an adapter or peripheral is malfunctioning To find which device is most likely to have caused the error follow these steps 1 Check the progress codes from last boot in the service processor s information menu Look for the last location code that was displayed before the E1FD error code 2 The device pointed to by this location is suspect 3 If the progress code listing only contains the E1FD and Exxx checkpoints restart the system and power off when the E1FD and Exxx codes are displayed Repeat step 1 4 Try removing the suspect device if it is not integrated Remove power from the system before changing the hardware configuration 5 Restart the system If it now boots normally without stopping at checkpoint E1FD the device that was removed in the previous step should be replaced 6 If the above steps have not resolved the problem go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 97 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E440 Validate NVRAM initialize partitions 1 Verify that the system firmwa
241. d field at the top of the screen Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu 11 12 13 14 15 16 Whe 18 19 Select Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter and press Enter The Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter menu displays Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the replace operation and then press the Enter key Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are instructed to remove the adapter When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot disconnect any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed Turn the locking latch and lift the plastic stop for the adapter Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and pull it straight out from the I O board Replace the adapter in the adapter slot Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and align the adapter in the slot guides Insert the adapter fully into the adapter slot connector If you are installing a full length adapter ensure that both ends of the adapter engage the card guides Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position Some full length cards can be supported by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter divider counterclockwise Connect appropriate cables and devices to th
242. d memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 fault 406C 0223 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 fault 406C 0224 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 fault 406C 022D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 fault 406C 0231 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 fault 406C 0232 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 fault 406C 0233 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 fault 406C 0234 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 169 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued fault Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406C 023D IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 fault 406C 02FF IPL MOPs detected memory failure Go to MAP 1540 Minimum on riser card 1 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406C 0300 IPL MOPs detected processor card Processor card Location P1 C1 fault Note If this error occurs on a Model 6FOModel 256 F0 first verify that the correct type of processor card is installed in the system Up to four processors are supported in a Model 6FOModel 256 F0 system if a 6 way processor is plugged into the system this error code will be generated and the system will not boot
243. d position Connect appropriate cables to the adapter Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Replacing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter To replace a hot pluggable PCI adapter perform the following steps i a eg 10 334 Service Guide If you have not already done so remove the front rear and left covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Then return here to continue Determine the slot from which you are removing the adapter Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped Note Removing a hot pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot plug procedures Before taking an adapter offline the devices attached to the adapter must be taken offline as well This action prevents a service representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system users Refer to PCI Hot Plug Manager Access on page 336 and follow the steps in the access procedure to select PCI Hot Plug Manager Then return here to continue Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter Press F4 to display the Device Names menu Select the adapter you are removing from the menu Answer Yes to Keep Definition Press Enter The ARE YOU SURE screen displays Press Enter to verify the information Successful unconfigure is indicated by the 0K message displayed next to the Comman
244. d self test detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 300D 460A 300E I O system and self test detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault I O system and self test detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 301F I O system and self test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 303A I O system and self test detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 244C I O system and wire test detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460B 244D I O system and wire test detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460B 244E I O system and wire test detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460B 244F I O system and wire test detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460B 248A I O system and wire test detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 212 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460B 24A1 I O system and wire test detected 1W Processor card
245. dant Power Supply Memory Riser Card and Processor Card Pa Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card Installing a Memory Riser Card or a One Way Processor Card Memory and Processor Card CEC coals Removal iv Gan 8 Replacement System Memory Options Memory Placement with a One Way Processor Card Memory Placement for a Memory Riser Card Memory DIMMs ge NP a e A Removing Memory DIMMs Replacement Processor Card Removal Replacement Battery Removal Replacement Operator Panel Removal Operator Panel Cable i Removal PCI Adapter Dividers Removal Replacement System Board Assembly Removal i Replacement Internal Disk Drive Bays Removing a Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Replacing a Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Removing Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays Replacing Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive noe SCSI and SSA Cabling Configurations Box Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling First Six Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling Second Six Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling Two Six Position SCSI RAID Bays Connected to a Single RAID Adapter One Six Position SCSI RAID Bay and One Six Position SSA Bay Two Six Position SSA Bays Connected to the Same SSA T Replacing Non Hot Plug Drives Removing a Media Drive from the Optional Media Position Replacing a Media Drive in the Optional Media Position Removing a Disk Drive from t
246. dem response send AT amp E12 amp E14 r Disable pacing Disable data compression expect Q r or OK r n timeout 2 Confirm commands successful send AT amp SF1 amp S0S9 1 r DSR independent of CD Force DSR on CD respond time 100ms expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 Confirm commands successful send ATVOS0 0 r Numeric response code Auto Answer off expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 Confirm commands successful done connect send ATDT N r Tone dialing command Se HE N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response expect 33 r or 31 r or 28 r or 26 r or 24 r or 21 r or 19 r or 13 r or 12 r or 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 done retry send A Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response expect 33 r or 31 r or 28 r or 26 r or 24 r or 21 r or 19 r or 13 r or 12 r or 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 done disconnect delay 2 Separate from previous data Appendix D Modem Configurations 407 condin waitcall 19 r or 13 r or 12 r or 1 r busy 7 r page ripo error 408 Service Guide send Wp delay 2 send ATHOT r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEQQ1 r ignore O r timeout 1 done send AT amp F amp EZEQT r ignore Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT amp E12 amp E14 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT amp SF1 amp S0S9 1 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATVQSQ 2 r
247. detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 fault 406A 010D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 fault 406A 0111 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 fault 406A 0112 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 fault 406A 0113 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 fault 406A 0114 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 fault 406A 011D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 fault 406A 0121 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 fault 406A 0122 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 fault 406A 0123 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 fault 406A 0124 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 fault 406A 012D Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 159 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406A 0131 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 406A 0132 406A 0133 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 406A 0134 Self tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 406A 013D
248. device 21EE 0001 Undetermined SCSI device type Before replacing any system test unit ready failed hardware error components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the SCSI device 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 If the missing SCSI devices are connected to the same backplane replace the SCSI backplane 6 pack or 2 pack 4 Replace the SCSI controller Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 127 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 21EE 0002 Undetermined SCSI device type test unit ready failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the media removable media devices 2 Replace the SCSI device 21EE 0003 Undetermined SCSI device type send diagnostic failed sense data available Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21EE 0004 Undetermined SCSI device type send diagnostic failed DevOfl cmd Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 Replace the SCSI device 21F0 0001 SCSI CD ROM test unit ready failed hardware error Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 0001 1 Replace the SCSI device 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 Replace the SCSI controller
249. devices being in the boot record a problem that prevents the system from communicating with the device that contains the boot record or the boot record being corrupted Go to Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 120 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 20EE 000C Pointer to the operating system not found in non volatile storage Values normally found in non volatile storage that point to the location of an operating system were not found This can happen for two reasons either your installed operating system does not support storing the values or some event occurred that caused the system to lose non volatile storage information drainage or replacement of the battery If you are running AIX this information can be reconstructed by running the bootlist command specifying the device that the operating system is installed on Refer to your AIX documentation for the exact syntax and usage of the bootlist command To boot the operating system so that the above mentioned values can be reconstructed power the system down and power it back up again This should cause the system to look for the operating system in the devices contained in the custom boot list or in the default boot list depending on the condition of the system If this is not successful use the System Management Services menus to modify the boot sequ
250. diagnostics are successful it may be necessary to perform an operating system specific recovery process or reinstall the operating system If diagnostics do not boot successfully 1 2 3 Step 4 Verify proper SCSI bus termination Check SCSI cabling It is possible that another attached SCSI device is causing the problem Do the following a Disconnect the signal and power cables from the disk drive cage backplane b Disconnect the disk drive s in the disk drive cage from the backplane c Disconnect the signal and power cables from any other SCSI devices attached to the SCSI adapter that the CD ROM drive is attached to Try to boot the standalone diagnostics again If you are still unable to load standalone diagnostics go to Step 4 f If standalone diagnostics load one of the disconnected devices is causing the problem Reconnect the devices one at a time and retry the boot operation until the problem recurs and replace the device that caused the problem If the problem appears to be one of the disk drives in the disk drive cage be aware it could be either the disk drive or the backplane Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems It is possible that another installed adapter is causing the problem Do the following i Remove all installed adapters except the one the CD ROM drive is attached to and the one used for the console Try to boot th
251. directed you to this note in the list and the location code should be a part of the entry in the log Checkpoint and Error Code Index The following table is an index to the checkpoints or error codes that you may receive to help diagnose a failure Locate the code you received and follow the instructions to determine your next step Table 3 Checkpoint and Error Code Index Checkpoint or Error What You Should Do Code 0000 xxxx Operator Panel Error Codes Go to Operator Panel Error Codes on page 109 and follow the instructions in the Operator Panel Error Code table 1XXX XXXX System Power Control Network SPCN Error Codes Go to SPCN Error Codes on page 110 and follow the instructions in the SPCN Error Code table 2XXX XXXX Firmware Error Codes Go to Firmware Error Codes on page 117 and follow the instructions in the Firmware Error Code table 4XXX XXXX Service Processor Error Codes 1 Perform slow boot See Performing Slow Boot on page 107 2 If the error codes are 406x xxxx or 450x xxxx and if their actions call out memor DIMMs or cards containing memory DIMMs go to Memory Related Error Codes on page 108 For all other error codes go to Confirming Initial Error Code on page 107 3 Go to Service Processor Error Codes on page 138 and follow the instructions in the Service Processor Error Codes table 8Xxx Service Processor Checkpoints QXxx AXxx Go to Service
252. ducts and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to products made by other than the manufacturer Questions on the capabilities of products made by other than the manufacturer should be addressed to the suppliers of those products 393 394 Service Guide Appendix C Service Processor Setup and Test For your convenience an example of a basic service processor setup checklist is included here Your setup may include more or fewer of the available features so you can adjust this checklist for your own application so that it is helpful to you Service Processor Setup Checklist 11 12 13 SO DON DM Unplug the power cord from the server Attach a local terminal for this setup procedure Plug in the system and power on the local terminal Attention Make sure that system power remains off Start the service processor menus See Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor on page 251 Set the system name See Privileged User Menus on page 254 Enable surveillance See Service Processor Functions on page 279 Configure Call In Call Out See Call In Call Out Setup Menu on page 273 Exit the service processor menus Unplug the power cord from the system Attach modems if needed See Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely on page 252 Plug in the system Attention Make sure that the system power remains off Test both of the following
253. e 4068 00A5 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected invalid system configuration Verify that system components are supported and properly installed 148 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4068 00A6 Other bus processor runtime 1 Ensure that memory is properly diagnostics detected no usable installed memory 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum 4 If the problem is not fixed call service support 4068 00A7 Other bus processor diagnostics Go to detected hardware problem 4068 00BO Other bus processor runtime System board Location P1 diagnostics detected bus controller lock unlock failure 4068 00B1 Other bus processor runtime System board Location P1 diagnostics detected bus controller failure 4068 00B7 Other bus processor runtime This error code appears after the diagnostics detected insufficient initial testing by the service processor hardware resources to continue IPL firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane l
254. e Disk bay 3 a two position SCSI disk drive bay D13 and D14 This bay supports two SCSI disk drives Disk bay 2 a six position hot plug disk drive bay D07 D12 This bay can accommodate a six position SCSI disk drive cage or a six position SSA disk drive cage Disk bay 1 a six position hot plug disk drive bay D01 D06 This bay can accommodate a six position SCSI disk drive cage or a six position SSA disk drive cage 575 watt power supply two required usable with 100 127 V ac low voltage or 200 240 V ac high voltage Standard 101 key enhanced keyboard Optional 101 102 key or 106 key enhanced keyboard Three button Operator Panel e 932 character LED diagnostics display e Power and Reset buttons Input Output Ports e 25 pin parallel e 9 pin serial 4 e Keyboard e Mouse e Ultra 2 SCSI LVD e 10 100BaseT Ethernet Security Features e Power on password e Privileged access password Unattended start mode Chapter 1 Reference Information 5 Data Flow with One Way Processor 6 Service Guide System Board Processor Card 1 way only es L2 C Memory S Controller SMI SMI
255. e BIST failure The problem is associated with bridge y Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2680 0Cxx Machine check occurred 1 Replace the part identified by the location code associated with this error code 2 If the location code associated with this error code identifies an adapter replace it See Replacing the Network Adapter on page 105 for adapter information related to this error If replacing the adapter does not correct the problem replace the system board See note 8 on page 41 Location P1 See Determining Location Code on page 105 for location code information related to this error 2803 Oxxx Real time clock RTC errors Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 135 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2803 0001 RTC not updating RTC initialization required Errors reported against the real time clock can be caused by low battery voltage and more rarely power outages that occur during normal system usage These errors are warnings that the real time clock data content needs to be reestablished and do not require any FRU replacement unless the error is persistent When one of these errors occurs the time and date information has been lost To set restore the time and date use the operating system facility If the error is persistent 1 Replac
256. e Bridge 1 18 xx or on page 30 19 xx PCI Slot 5 c05 P1 I5 10 5E J12 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note Bridge 1 on page 30 PCI Slot 5 Device P1 15 14 08 to J12 64 BIT PCI to PCI 14 0F or See Note Bridge 1 15 xx or on page 30 16 xx Internal SCSI controller P1 Z1 11 08 PCI to PCI Bridge 1 External SCSI controller P1 Z2 11 09 PCI to PCI Bridge 1 PCI Host Bridge Bus 2 P1 00 fff7f0a000 PCI to PCI Bridge 2 P1 20 58 20 5A 20 5B unused 20 5C 20 5E PCI Slot 6 Co6 P1 16 20 5A J13 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 2 on page 30 PCI Slot 6 Device P1 16 2D 08 to J13 64 BIT PCI to PCI 2D 0F or See Note Bridge 2 2E xx or on page 30 2F xx PCI Slot 7 C07 P1 I7 20 5C J14 64 BIT PCI to PCI Bridge 2 See Note on page 30 26 Service Guide FRU Name Slot Location AIX Physical Logical Name Code Location Connection Connection Code PCI Slot 7 Device P1 I7 2A 08 to J14 64 BIT PCI to PCI 2A 0F or See Note 1 Bridge 2 2B xx or on page 30 2C xx PCI Slot 8 C08 P1 I8 20 5E J14 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 2 on page 30 PCI Slot 8 Device P1 18 27 08 to J14 64 BIT PCI to PCI 27 0F or See Note 1 Bridge 2 28 xx or on page 30 29 xX Integrated Ethernet P1 E1 21 08 PCI to PCI Bridge 2 PCI to PCI Bridge 3 P1 20 60 20 62 20 63 20 64 20 65 unused 20 66 PCI Slot 9 cog Pi1 I9 20 60 J16 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note 1 Bridge 3 on page 30 PCI
257. e Bus Systems The system will not boot Go to Quick Entry MAP All other symptoms Go to Quick Entry MAP Quick Entry MAP Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents Problem Description Page No Service Actions A Repeating Data Pattern Appears on the Operator Panel Display OK Does Not Appear in the Primary I O Drawer Operator Panel Display Before Pressing the Power On Button 8 Digit Error Codes System Stops With an 8 Digit Number Displayed System Stops With a 4 Digit Number That Does Not Begin With 0 or 2 Displayed System Stops With a 3 Digit Number Displayed System Stops or Hangs With Alternating Numbers Displayed in the Operator Display Panel There Is a Display Problem Distortion Blurring Etc Power and Cooling Problems Flashing 888 in Operator Panel Display Other Symptoms or Problems You Cannot Find the Symptom in this Table Attention If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems 42 Service Guide Symptom Action Service Actions You have parts to exchange or a corrective action to perform 1 Go to Chapter 9
258. e Checkpoints Firmware uses checkpoints progress codes in the range of Exxx to EFFF These checkpoints occur during system startup and can be useful in diagnosing certain problems Service processor checkpoints are listed in Service Processor Checkpoints on page 85 Attention If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Firmware can hang due to multiple causes In many cases it can be caused by the primary processor or a memory problem in the first 64 MB of real memory If a location code is not provided with the checkpoint the following procedure will use the primary processor and low memory as the probable FRUs 1 If firmware is hung E100 through EFFF and a location code is displayed on the second line of the operator panel use that location code as the primary FRU 2 If no location code is present or if replacing the primary FRU indicated in the location code did not fix the problem then perform the following action a Power off the system and go to the service processor menus b From the service processor main menu select option 3 System Information Menu then select option 5 Read NVRAM c
259. e DIMM is taken offline again because of its history of failures The physical location of a DIMM is determined by xx yy where xx is the riser card location 11 for riser card 1 10 for riser card 2 and 3 for DIMMs on the processor card followed by the DIMM location on the riser card according to the following two illustrations 268 Service Guide Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 15 11 16 16 11 18 13 11 20 14 11 22 11 11 24 12 11 26 9 11 28 10 11 30 7 11 29 8 11 31 5 11 25 6 11 27 3 11 21 4 11 23 1 11 17 2 11 19 Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 15 10 32 16 10 34 13 10 36 14 10 38 11 10 40 12 10 42 9 10 44 10 10 46 7 10 45 8 10 47 5 10 41 6 10 43 3 10 37 4 10 39 1 10 33 2 10 35 Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 269 Processor Card Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 8 3 48 7 3 50 6 3 52 5 3 54 4 3 55 3 3 53 2 3 51 1 3 49 270 Service Guide Power Control Network Utilities Menu This menu allows the user to do a lamp test
260. e adapter Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 335 20 21 22 23 24 25 Continue to follow the screen instructions until you receive a message that the installation is successful Successful installation is indicated by the 0K message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen Press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu Select Install Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter Then follow the instructions on the screen Successful replacement is indicated by the 0K message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen If you do not have other adapters to replace continue with the next step OR If you have other adapters to replace press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu and then return to step 11 on page 335 Press F10 to exit the Hot Plug Manager If you have added removed or replaced any adapters run the diag a command If the system responds with a menu or prompt follow the instructions to complete the device configuration Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 PCI Hot Plug Manager Access The installation instructions for hot pluggable PCI adapters refer you to these procedures when it is appropriate to perform them Note A PCI adapter is only hot pluggable if the PCI adapter is supported for hot plug applications See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference order number
261. e basic assurance tests Verify that system components are detected invalid system configuration supported and properly installed 138 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4066 00A6 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1 Ensure that memory is properly detected no usable memory installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4 If the problem is not fixed call service support 4066 00A7 Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected hardware problem Configuration on page 57 4066 00BO Scan interface basic assurance tests System board Location P1 detected bus controller lock unlock failure 4066 00B1 Scan interface basic assurance tests System board Location P1 detected bus controller failure 4066 00B7 Scan interface basic assurance tests This error code appears after the detected insufficient hardware initial testing by the service processor resources to continue IPL firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory
262. e disk drive module This is probably a software problem Action 1 Try again to configure the disk drive module 2 Ifthe problem remains go to Software and Microcode Errors on page 426 before exchanging the FRU D0100 Disk drive module See 100 Description Unable to clear a disk drive module Hot Plug A Disk Drives on reservation page 324 Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU D0101 100 Description The disk drive module has been reserved since the diagnostics started The disk drive module is in use Action Release the disk drive module and run the diagnostics again D0200 Disk drive module See 100 Description The disk drive module timed out Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on while the diagnostics were running Action Rerun the diagnostics If the problem remains exchange the FRU for a new FRU D0300 Disk drive module See 100 Description The disk drive module failed the Hot Plug Disk Drives on diagnostic test Action Exchange the FRU for a page 324 new FRU D0400 Disk drive module See 100 Description The disk drive module is not ready Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on page 324 while the diagnostics are running Action Rerun the diagnostics If the problem remains exchange the FRU for a new FRU Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 433 Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem D0450 None Description A format operat
263. e disk drive modules in slots 2 and 4 have failed The disk drive module in slot 1 can communicate with the using system only through connector A1 of the SSA adapter The disk drive module in slots 5 and 6 can communicate with the using system only through connector A2 of the SSA adapter The disk drive module in slot 3 is isolated from the SSA adapter SSA Adapter B2 Bi Al Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 439 440 Service Guide Index A about this book xvii ac power cables 32 accessories 384 acoustical noise emissions 391 adapter POSTs power on self tests 423 adapter cards 329 removing 329 replace 332 aids diagnostic adapter POSTs power on self tests 423 disk drive module POSTs power on self tests 423 AIX location codes 19 21 AIX operating system documentation 266 304 314 323 324 327 330 336 attention LED 16 B battery disposal recycling 391 removal and replacement 349 boot list 250 boot mode menu 263 boot problems 102 C cables ac power 32 power 384 cabling SCSI 366 cabling SSA 366 call in testing 396 call in call out setup menu 273 call out testing 396 call out call home 288 call out policy setup menu 277 CD ROM drive 13 cfgmgr command 77 checkpoints 83 boot problems 102 description 36 firmware 91 service processor 85 c
264. e indicates a card slot for example P1 I3 replace the card in the indicated slot If this does not correct the problem then go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 For all other numbers record SRN 101 xxxx where xxxx is the four digit number displayed in the operator panel then go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note If the operator panel displays two sets of numbers use the bottom set of numbers as the error code System Stops With A 3 Digit Number Displayed The system stops and a 3 digit number is displayed in the operator panel display or on the console Record SRN 101 xxx where xxx is the 3 digit number displayed in the operator panel display then go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems System Stops or Hangs With Alternating Numbers Displayed in the Operator Display Panel The operator panel display alternates between the code E1FD and another Exxx code Record both codes Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 The operator panel display alternates between the codes E1DE and E1AD Record both codes Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 There Is a Display Problem BI ank Distortion Blurring Etc 44 Service Guide Symptom Action All display problems e If using a graphics display 1 Go
265. e operator panel and new errors in the service processor error log If a new error code is reported use it in subsequent steps to continue problem analysis If the system hangs with the same error code continue with the next step in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index If no 8 character error code is displayed on the operator panel use the original error code and continue with the next step in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index Confirming Initial Error Code The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log If the system has attempted to boot since an error terminated normal operation there may be specific fault information in the service processor error log Examine this error log before proceeding see System Information Menu on page 264 In the service processor error log the most recent error is at the top of the list and the oldest error is at the bottom Examine the time stamp associated with each error The time stamps in the service processor error log reflect coordinated universal time CUT which is also referred to as Greenwich mean time Find the error code in the service processor error log that directed you to this note If the error code is not in the error log perform the service actions for the error code that was first reported Examine the time stamps to look for a group of failures that happened within minutes prior to this error code In this group start at the error code with
266. e service processor is ready Go to MAP 0020 Problem Determination Procedure in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You have STBY displayed Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures The service processor is ready The system was shut down by the operating system and is still powered on This condition can be requested by a privileged system user with no faults See the service processor error log for possible operating system fault indications 45 Symptom Action All of the system POST indicators are displayed on the system console the system pauses and then restarts The term POST indicators refers to the device mnemonics that appear during the power on self test POST Go to Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 The system stops and all of the POST indicators are displayed on the system console The term POST indicators refers to the device mnemonics that appear during the power on self test POST Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 to isolate the problem The system stops and the message STARTING SOFTWARE PLEASE WAIT is displayed on the system console Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 The system does not respond to the password being entered or the system login prompt is displayed when booting in service mode 1 If the password is being entered or the service mode boot is being initiat
267. e service processor menus make it possible for you to configure service processor options as well as enable and disable functions Service processor menus are available using an ASCII terminal when OK is displayed on the operator panel or when the service processor has detected a server problem such as a surveillance failure For a summary of the service processor functions and the methods used to invoke them see the following table Service Processor Functions Service AIX Service SMS Processor Aids ASCII or Menus ASCII or graphics ASCII graphics terminals terminals terminals Read VPD image from last system boot y Read System POST Errors ye Read Service Processor Error Logs ye View Progress Indicators from last boot ys Power off System Ye Read NVRAM y2 Start Talk Mode yY Enable Disable Console Mirroring Y Setup Reboot Restart Policy ye y Enable Disable Modem Y Y Setup Modem Configuration Y y Setup Dial out Phone Numbers VY yi Setup Surveillance y y Select Modem Line Speed ye y Update System EPROMs Ye y Save Restore Hardware Maintenance Policies y Change General Access Password y Change Privileged Access Password Y Ye Select Language ye ye Enable Disable Unattended Start Mode Y y ye Passwords required if set 1 Operating system root password 2 Privileged access password 3 General access power on password 251
268. e standalone diagnostics again If unable to load standalone diagnostics go to Step 5 on page 104 If standalone diagnostics load reinstall adapters and attached devices as applicable one at a time and retry the boot operation until the problem recurs Then replace the adapter or device that caused the problem The system board can also cause the device or adapter to fail Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 4 Checkpoints 103 Step 5 The CD ROM drive SCSI cable SCSI adapter graphics adapter or the system board is most likely defective A TTY terminal attached to the serial port also can be used to determine if the graphics adapter is causing the problem This determination is done by removing the graphics adapter attaching a TTY to the serial port and retrying standalone diagnostics If the standalone diagnostics load replace the graphics adapter 1 Replace the CD ROM drive 2 Replace the SCSI cable 3 If the CD ROM drive is attached to a SCSI adapter rather than the integrated SCSI on the system board replace the SCSI adapter Replace the system board 5 If you replaced the indicated FRUs and the problem is still not corrected or the above descriptions did not address your particular situation go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 6 Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic I
269. e tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 fault 406B 01FF Wire tests detected memory failure Go to MAP 1540 Minimum on riser card 2 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406B 0200 Wire tests detected memory riser Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 card fault 406B 0201 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 fault 406B 0202 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 fault 406B 0203 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 fault 406B 0204 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 fault 406B 020D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 fault Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406B 020E Wire tests detected memory pair A Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 fault 406B 0211 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 fault 406B 0212 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 fault 406B 0213 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 fault 406B 0214 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 fault 406B 021D Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 fault 406B 0221 Wire tests detected memory DIMM Memory D
270. e the battery 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2803 0002 Bad time date values 1 Set time and date 2 Refer to Action under error code 28030001 2803 0003 RTC not updating not correctable Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2803 0004 RTC operating mode parameters for example data mode changed 1 Set time and date 2 Refer to Action under error code 28030001 2803 0005 RTC battery error Replace the battery Note Password time and date need to be set 2 Refer to Action under error code 28030001 2900 0002 Keyboard mouse controller failed self test Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 29A0 0003 Keyboard not present detected 1 Keyboard 2 Keyboard cable 3 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 411 Location P1 29A0 0004 Keyboard stuck key detected 1 Keyboard 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 29B0 0004 Mouse not present detected 1 Mouse 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2B2x xx11 Processor is manually disabled Use the service processor menus to re enable the processor and reboot the system 136 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2
271. e to the wall outlet Press the power button to turn on the power the fans in the front of the machine come on and the power LED on the operator panel come on and stay on NO Replace the system board Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems YES Go to Step 1520 7 One of the parts that was removed or unplugged is causing the problem Install or connect the parts in the following order 1 2 3 56 Service Guide Diskette drive power cable 2 pack and 6 pack assembly power cable s one at a time Disk drives one at a time 4 SCSI device power cable s lowest bay to highest bay 5 PCI adapters lowest slot to highest slot Turn on the power after each part is installed or connected If the system does not power on or the power LED on the operator panel does not stay on the most recently installed or connected part is causing the failure Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Install or connect one of the parts in the list Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet Press the power button to turn on the power aie a Do the fans in the front of the machine and the power LED on the operator panel come on and stay on NO Replace the last part installed Repeat these steps until all the parts have been installed If the symptom did not change and all the F
272. e user the opportunity to start the System Management Services by pressing the number 1 key on a directly attached keyboard or the number 1 on an ASCII terminal before the system attempts to boot again Default Boot List and Service Mode Bootlist The default boot list is Diskette CD ROM Tape Hard file Network Token ring e Ethernet OE ON Pressing the numeric 5 key on the keyboard causes the system to load standalone diagnostics if a diagnostic CD is present in the CD ROM drive Pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard loads online diagnostics from the hard file in the customized service mode boot list No diagnostic CD should be in the CD ROM drive because online diagnostics are typically run from a hard disk Like the default boot list the service mode boot list can contain five entries The numeric 6 key works like the numeric 5 key with the following exceptions e The system searches for a boot record according to the service mode boot list e Ifthe service mode boot list is discovered by a cyclical redundancy check to be corrupted the system rebuilds the service mode boot list according to the default boot list The default boot list contains five entries and for each matching device type found in the system unit the system makes an entry in the custom boot list e If no service mode boot list is present the system uses the default boot list 250 Service Guide Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor Th
273. ear View ej Loy 1 J LS 1 uHe 12 64 bit 5V Slots 11 at 33MHz 13 a 10 64 bit 3 3V Slots 09 at 66MHz 08 07 64 bit 5V Slots Di at 33MHz 2 T 04 64 bit 3 3V Slots at 66MHz 03 Fi x 11 DN 2 o q q o J 0 ia 10 9 8 6 5 1 amp Expansion Slots For adding PCI 8 Keyboard Port For keyboard 2 adapters connection 1 Expansion Slot C12 2 Expansion Slot C3 3 Test Port For testing during 9 Mouse Port For mouse connection manufacturing 4 Parallel Port For connecting a parallel 10 Power Connector For connecting the printer or other parallel devices power cable 5 External SCSI Port For connecting 11 amp Power Supplies V1 bottom V2 external SCSI devices 12 middle Power supplies are installed 6 100BaseT Ethernet Port For attaching 13 your computer to an Ethernet Twisted pair connection through a 100BaseT connector 7 9 Pin Serial Ports For a TTY terminal 14 modem or other serial devices from the side of the system unit Redundant Power Supply V3 Optional Disk Drive Bulkhead Connector For attaching internal disk drive bays to an SSA adapter or connecting internal hardfiles to the external SCSI port 5 or a SCSI adapter Serial ports 1 and 2 can only be used for service processor menus No heartbeat type devices can be used on these ports H
274. eartbeat type devices or cables must be installed on serial port 3 or serial port 4 14 Service Guide System Board 5a o Ca Ca CKO X Y LS gt gt NO ONG wn 127 A 15 1 amp Expansion Slots For adding PCI 8 9 Pin Serial Ports For a TTY terminal 2 adapters 11 modem or other serial devices 1 Expansion Slot C12 2 Expansion Slot C3 3 Test Port For manufacturing use only 12 Mouse Port 4 Parallel Port 13 Keyboard Port 5 SCSI Port 14 amp Memory Riser Card Slots e 5a Internal Port 1 speed must be set 15 to fast wide e 5b External Port 2 Ultra 2 6 Processor Card Connector 16 Battery 7 100BaseT Ethernet Port 17 Fan Cable Connector Note For locations of diskette and operator panel connectors see For AIX location codes and physical location codes see System Board Locations on page 22 Chapter 1 Reference Information 15 Operator Panel The following diagram shows the locations of the operator panel display and the operator panel pushbuttons i 3 4 5 6 7 w l o lt 7 ovo 3008 1 Q X 10 9 8 1 Power On Button 7 Speaker 2 Power On LED Green 8 Serial Number Plate 3 System Attention LED Yellow 9 Reset Icon
275. econds Unattended Start Mode lt ONs This selection is used to enable or disable unattended start mode Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state of the server after a temporary power failure which is necessary on servers that require automatic power on after a power failure The default setting is ON 298 Service Guide Display Error Log A screen similar to the following displays when you select this option You can view or clear your system error log C N Error Log Date Time ErrorCode Location Entry 1 99 06 30 02 15 35 25a80011 P1 1 Q1 Entry 2 99 07 01 03 18 36 20300026 P1 1 Q1 SS W Note The time stamp in this error log is Coordinated Universal Time UCT which is also referred to as Greenwich Mean Time GMT The AIX error log has more information available and time stamps with your local time Remote Initial Program Load Setup This option allows you to enable and set up the remote startup of your system You must first specify the network parameters as shown in the following screen a gt Network Parameters 1 IP Parameters 2 Adapter Parameters 3 Ping Note Some applications may require that IP addresses contain leading zeroes for numbers less than 100 For example 129 132 4 20 may need to be entered as 129 132 004 020 Chapter 8 Using System Management Services 299 IP Parameters Select the IP Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu
276. ected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450B 244E Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450B 244F Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 450B 248A Memory system and wire test Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 450B 24A1 Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450B 24A2 Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 450B 24A3 Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 450B 24A4 Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 450B 25B6 Memory system and wire test Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 450B 25BB Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 450B 25BD Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W processor fault 450B 25BE Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 195 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450B 25BF Memory system and wire test detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault P
277. ected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460B 300A I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 300B I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 300C I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 300D I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB stacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 300E I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB unstacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460B 301F I O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 213 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460B 303A I O system and wire test detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460C 244C 460C 244D I O system and IPL detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault I O system and IPL detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 244E I O system and IPL detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 244F I O system and IPL detected 1W 2M 500 MHz p
278. ected SCSI backplane fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 199 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450D 288D Memory system and attention handler 1 If more than one DIMM is called detected memory riser fault out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 or P1 C1 450D 2A00 Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450D 300A Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450D 300B Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450D 300C Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450D 300D Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 512MB stacked DIMM P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn fault 450D 300E Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 512MB unstacked DIMM P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn fault 450D 301F Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1
279. ed 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 244E 4609 244F I O system and memory test detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault I O system and memory test detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 248A I O system and memory test detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4609 24A1 I O system and memory test detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 24A2 I O system and memory test detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 24A3 I O system and memory test detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 24A4 I O system and memory test detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 25B6 I O system and memory test detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4609 25BB I O system and memory test detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 25BD I O system and memory test detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 25BE I O system and memory test detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 25BF 4609 263D I O system and memory test detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault I O system and memory test detec
280. ed 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 219 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460F 300D I O system and error code generation logging detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460F 300E I O system and error code generation logging detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460F 301F I O system and error code generation logging detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460F 303A I O system and error code generation logging detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B26 244C Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 244D Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 244E Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 244F Processor system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B26 248A Processor system and scan interface
281. ed DIMMs Processor card Location P1 C1 Operator panel Location L1 Operator panel cable System board Location P1 see note 3 on page 41 2 Plug in the power cable and wait for OK in the operator panel display 3 Turn on the power 4 Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on system configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE 000B NO YES Reinstall the original FRU Repeat the FRU replacement steps until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 in this MAP and follow the instructions for the new symptom Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Step 1540 4 No failure was detected with this configuration 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Install a pair of memory DIMMs on the processor card 60 Service Guide Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the
282. ed in groups but you may only receive an error for a single memory DIMM Verify that all memory DIMMs in the group containing the specified memory DIMM are of the same type and size yy describes the memory DIMM as follows 00 Unrecognized Unsupported memory DIMM 28 512 MB memory DIMM 38 128 MB memory DIMM 58 32 MB memory DIMM 68 256 MB memory DIMM 78 1 GB memory DIMM Notes 1 Refer to System Memory on page 16 for memory DIMM configuration rules A memory DIMM must be replaced with a supported type of DIMM and all DIMMs in a group must be of the same size 2 Check the system error logs to determine the location code associated with the error code Refer to lon page 25 to locate the DIMM and the rest of its group 132 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 25Cy y002 Memory module fails memory test If one memory DIMM is called out 1 Replace the memory DIMM 2 Replace the memory group 3 Replace the memory riser card If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 1 From the memory configuration deconfiguration menu select the card s specified by the location code s of the failing memory DIMM s If the first charact
283. ed on a keyboard attached to the system then the keyboard or its controller may be faulty In this case replace these parts in the following order a Keyboard b System planar Location P1 2 If the password is being entered or the service mode boot is being initiated from an ASCII terminal first ensure that the terminal is connected to S1 or S2 then use the problem determination procedures for the ASCII terminal 3 If the problem persists replace the system planar Location P1 No codes are displayed on the operator panel within a few seconds of turning on the system The operator panel is blank before the system is powered on Reseat the operator panel cable If the problem is not resolved replace these parts in the following order 1 Operator panel assembly See VPD note 2 lon page 41 2 System board See system board note B on page 41 3 If the problem is fixed go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems lf the problem persists go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 5 to isolate the problem 46 Service Guide Symptom Action The SMS configuration list or boot sequence selection menu shows more SCSI devices attached to a controller adapter than are actually attached A device may be set to use the same SCSI bus ID as the control adapter Note the ID being used by the controller ada
284. elect settings that enable hardware flow control and respond to DTR Note Some older modems do not respond to the X0 or amp R1 commands Edit out these commands from the modem configuration file if yours is such a modem See your modem manual for more information Some modems such as the IBM 7857 017 are not designed for the paging function Although they can be used for paging they return an error message when they do not get the expected response from another modem Therefore even though the paging was successful the error message causes the service processor to retry continuing to place pager calls for the number of retries specified in the Call Out Policy Setup Menu These retries result in redundant pages Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files The following table contains information to help you determine which modem configuration file to use with various modems Modem Setup Z Setup Z0 Setup F Setup FO Setup F1 Rare AT amp T DataPort 2001 X Ring interrupt only on first ring Bocamodem 1440E X Hayes Smart Modem X 300 IBM 5841 X IBM 5843 X IBM 7851 IBM 7852 10 IBM 7855 X USRobotics X 36 6K Sportster Zoom V 32 x Appendix D Modem Configurations 401 Customizing the Modem Configuration Files You can create your own modem configuration files or modify the samples provided After you customize your modem configuration files you
285. em board Location controller PHB1 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406E 3286 Scan control routines detected PCI Replace the system board Location controller PHB2 fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406F 0001 Error code generation logging Replace the system board Location detected system board fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406F 0003 Error code generation logging All processors Location P1 C1 detected processor fault 406F 0009 Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory fault Configuration on page 57 406F 00A0 Error code generation logging Update system firmware detected service processor firmware fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 179 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406F 00A1 Error code generation logging 1 Check for AIX updates detected system firmware fault y 2 Check for system firmware updates 406F 00A2 Error code generation logging Update system firmware detected service processor firmware PRD fault 406F 00A3 Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory plugging fault Configuration on page 57 406F 00A4 Error code generation logging Application software detected application caused fault 406F 00A5 Error code generation logging Verify that system components are detected invalid system configuration supported and properly installed 406F 00A6 Error code
286. em board Location P1 406E 00B7 Scan control routines detected insufficient hardware resources to continue IPL This error code appears after the initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406E 0100 Scan control routines detected memory riser card fault Memory riser card Location P1 M2 406E 0101 Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 406E 0102 Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 406E 0103 Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 406E 0104 406E 010D Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 406E 0111 Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 406E 0112 Scan control routines detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 176 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406E 0113 Scan control routines detec
287. em unit at the same time Handle the devices carefully in order to prevent permanent damage Removal and Replacement Procedures This is the starting point for all removal procedures in the system Perform the following steps 1 Find the location of the part you are replacing in System Location Codes on page 25 Find the field replaceable unit FRU you are removing in this section and follow the procedures When you have completed the removal procedure install the FRU by reversing the removal procedure unless otherwise noted After exchanging an item refer to MAP 0410 Repair Checkout in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Attention Itis not always necessary to power off the system to exchange a FRU You will be directed through a concurrent exchange if possible 310 Service Guide Covers Removing the Covers To remove the covers perform the following steps 1 Some procedures can be performed while the system power is on Refer to Hot Pluggable Options on page 316 to determine if the device you are installing is hot pluggable If the option you are installing is A hot pluggable device proceed to the next step e Not a hot pluggable device then shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 To remove the front cover grasp the cover at the top and pull out the top far enough to clear the front of the system
288. emory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum 4 lf the problem is not fixed call service support 406A 00A7 Self tests detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406A 00BO 158 Service Guide Self tests detected bus controller lock unlock failure System board Location P1 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406A 00B1 Self tests diagnostics detected bus System board Location P1 controller failure 406A 00B7 Self test detected insufficient This error code appears after the hardware resources to continue IPL initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406A 0100 Self tests detected memory riser card Memory riser card Location P1 M2 fault 406A 0101 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 fault 406A 0102 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 fault 406A 0103 Self tests detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 fault 406A 0104 Self tests
289. emoval and Replacement Procedures Covers Removing the Covers i Replacing Covers Removing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover Replacing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover Hot Pluggable FRUs Hot Pluggable Options Stopping the System Unit Disk Drive Options Disk Drive Slot LED Definitions Preinstallation Considerations Removing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives Replacing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives Configuring and Deconfiguring SCSI Hot Swap Disk Drives Removing Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives G ddr 5 Replacing Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives PCI Adapter Options PCI Slot LED Definitions Removing Adapter Cards Removing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter Removing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter Replacing Adapter Cards Replacing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter Replacing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter PCI Hot Plug Manager Access Accessing Hot Plug Management Functions PCI Hot Plug Manager Menu Fans and Fan Fillers i Removal Replacement Power Supplies Contents 293 293 294 295 298 298 299 303 303 304 307 307 307 309 310 310 311 311 314 315 315 316 316 317 318 319 319 323 324 326 328 328 329 330 332 333 334 336 336 337 338 338 338 vii viii Removal Replacement Installing the Redundant Power and Cooling Option Installing a Redundant Fan so YM Installing a Redun
290. en corrected and the B1xx 4690 can be treated as an informational message with no actions required 3 Call service support 244 Service Guide Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B1xx 4691 System firmware surveillance time out System firmware to service processor interface failure 1 2 Check for system firmware updates Go to the service processor main menu and select System Information Menu then select Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot Begin your repair action with the error code or checkpoint immediately preceding B1xx 4691 lf a location code appears with the error code or checkpoint replace the part at that location If no location code is specified and you have an 8 character error code go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 If no location code is specified and you have a 4 character checkpoint go to Checkpoint and Error Code Index on page 106 If the problem is not resolved call service support B1xx 4692 Operator panel task interface failure Check for system firmware updates Location P1 Y1 If the problem is not solved call service support B1xx 4693 Service processor firmware error Check for system firmware updates The type and model field in the VPD module may be set incorrectly The type and model field can be viewed using the service process
291. en al more information on the error status of the DIMMs If only one DIMM was recorded in the previous step a Replace the DIMM b Replace the memory group pair or quad c Replace the memory card If more than one DIMM was recorded and the DIMMs reside in more than one group pair or quad a Replace the memory card b Replace all of the failing DIMMs If more than one DIMM was recorded and the DIMMs reside in one group pair or quad a Replace all of the failing DIMMs b Replace the memory card Boot the system to the SMS menus Power off the system and go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify that all memory DIMMs are in the configured state after the repair action Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Operator Panel Error Codes Attention If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 4 Operator Panel Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 0000 1111 At power on failure of powe
292. enable system startup Also check to ensure that any client or server that addresses this system is updated 4 If you are servicing an SP system go to the start of Call MAP 100 in the RS 6000 SP Systems Service Guide order number GA22 7442 5 If you are servicing a clustered server system go to the start of Call MAP 100 in the Clustered server Installation and Service Guide order number SA22 7863 Symptom Starting Point You have a problem that does not prevent the Go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and system from booting server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You do not have a symptom Go to MAP 0020 Problem Determination Procedure in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You have an SRN Go to the Fast Path MAP in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems 41 Symptom Starting Point The system stops and a 3 digit number is displayed in the operator panel display Record SRN 101 xxx where xxx is the 3 digit number displayed in the operator panel display then go to the Fast Path MAP in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems The system stops and a 4 digit number beginning with 0 or 2 is displayed in the operator panel display Go to the Fast Path MAP in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multipl
293. ence also known as boot list to include devices that are known to contain a copy of the operating system For example select a hard disk known to have a copy of the operating system as the first and only device in the boot sequence boot list and attempt to boot again 20FB Oxxx Permanent addressing to map SPCN addresses to match RIO addresses Note 20FB Oxxx error codes will cause the system to hang 20FB 0010 Failed to find the keyword offset of SPCN configuration table in NVRAM Clear NVRAM and retry 2 Check for system firmware update 3 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 121 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 20FB 0020 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag 1 Clear NVRAM and retry before SPCN table update 2 Check for system firmware update 3 Replace the system board See note B on page dij Location P1 20FB 0021 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag 1 Clear NVRAM and retry after SPCN table update 2 Check system firmware update 3 Replace the system board See note B on page 41 Location P1 20FB 0030 Failure to read SPCN address from 1 Check for system firmware PCI host bridge update 2 Replace the system board See Uninitialized failed to read SPCN note 3 on page 41 Location P1 address 20FB 0031 Failure to read
294. er of the error status of any memory DIMM is 1 2 or 3 but not O or 4 this is a suspect memory DIMM Record its location See for more information on the error status of memory DIMMs 2 If only one DIMM was recorded in step one a Replace the DIMM b Replace the memory group c Replace the memory riser card 3 If more than one DIMM was recorded in step one and the DIMMs reside in more than one group pair or quad a Replace the memory riser card b Replace all failing DIMMs 4 If more than one DIMM was recorded in step one and they reside in one group pair or quad I a Replace all failing DIMMs b Replace the memory group c Replace the memory riser card Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 133 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2602 0001 Invalid PCI adapter vendor ID 1 2 Move adapter to another slot behind a different PCI bus Check for available firmware updates for adapter Apply update if available Run AIX diagnostics on adapter Replace if indicated Replacing Replace adapter See for adapter information related to this error Check for system firmware updates Apply if update available Replace system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2602 0002 Invalid PCI adapter device ID Move adapter to another slot behind a different PCI bus Check for available
295. er on self test POST Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 57 5 The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log It is a good idea to examine that error log before proceeding see Service Processor System Information Menu The service processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations and to attempt recoveries You can disable these actions while you diagnose and service the system If you disable them make notes of their current settings so that you can restore them easily The following table lists the settings Surveillance From the Service Processor Setup Menu go to the Surveillance Setup Menu and disable surveillance Unattended Start From the Service Processor System Power Control Menu disable unattended start mode Reboot Policy From the System Power Control Menu go to the Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu and set a Number of reboot attempts to 0 zero b Use OS Defined restart policy to No c Enable supplemental restart policy to No Call Out From the Call In Call Out Setup Menu go to the Serial Port Selection Menu and disable call out on both serial ports Step 1540 1 1 2 3 7 Ensure that the diagnostics and the operating system are shut down Turn off the power Select slow boot mode select Disable Fast System Boot on the system power control menu from the service processor main menu Turn on the power Inser
296. ered manually or you can use a default setting two seconds All values are measured in seconds Attention Setting the value lower than the default can prevent successful booting because the system power handling capabilities might be exceeded If the system no longer boots after setting this value access this utility again and increase the value It is also possible that adding disk drives can cause similar symptoms Changing this value changes the surge current requirements on the system As you increase the value the surge current requirements on the system are decreased Select Console Select this option to define which display is used by the system for system management If no console is selected the console defaults to serial port 1 Selecting this option causes a screen similar to the one that follows to display on each console that can be used as a firmware console Follow the instructions on the screen to select a particular console Note The firmware console is independent from the AIX console Press to select this console as the active console Chapter 8 Using System Management Services 303 MultiBoot Multiboot allows you to select a method for booting the system Mul tiboot Select Software Software Default Select Install Device Select Boot Devices OK Prompt Multiboot Startup lt OFF gt Dorwnre Select Software If this option is supported by the operating system the names of the ope
297. erver will use for reporting problems Serial Port Configuration To configure the serial port on an AIX system run the following from an AIX console e 1 2 SO 0 NIO O eo Log in as root user To determine if you have any serial ports already configured type Isdev Cc tty If no serial ports are configured none are listed If you want to configure serial ports that are not listed continue with the remaining steps Identify the serial port s with the modem s Type smit tty Select add tty Select RS232 Select Baud rate 9600 or higher Select login enable and set the flow control to RTS Commit the selections and set up any other needed serial ports Exit SMIT Appendix C Service Processor Setup and Test 397 398 Service Guide Appendix D Modem Configurations The service processor is designed to place little demand on an attached modem thereby increasing the setup and connection success rates Sample Modem Configuration Files This appendix contains information about several sample modem configuration files that either work directly with your modem or provide a good starting point for a custom setup The sample modem configuration files are located in your service processor firmware in the usr share modems subdirectory if your system server is running AIX with the following names A listing of each specific file is included in this appendix Generic Modem Configuration Files AIX
298. es procedures for powering off and powering on the system Powering Off the System Powering On If the system is operating under AIX type the shutdown command to power off the system If you cannot use this method you can power off the system by using the following operator panel power button procedure Attention Using the operator panel power button to power off the system might cause unpredictable results in the data files and the next IPL will take longer to complete 1 Open the access door 2 Press the power button on the operator panel BOFF appears in the operator panel display The operator panel power LED starts blinking at a fast rate When the power off sequence is complete the system goes into standby power mode as evidenced by the following OK displays in the operator panel display e The operator panel power LED starts blinking at a slow rate the System Perform the following steps to power on the system 1 Open the access door Look for OK on the operator panel display which indicates that the system is in standby mode 2 Press the power button on the operator panel The power LED on the operator panel starts blinking at a fast rate Checkpoint codes 9xxx appear in the operator panel display For details see IPL Flow on a 83 When the power on sequence is complete the power LED on the operator panel stops blinking and stays on Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service
299. ess Enter Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the drive When you are asked Are you sure press Enter The power LED above the drive that you selected will remain on 13 Remove the disk drive by pulling the disk drive lever toward you until it is completely open Then remove the disk drive from the slot The LED on the top of the slot will turn off when the disk drive is removed 14 Press F10 to exit smitty Replacing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives Notes 1 A six position disk drive bay is required for hot plugging of disk drives 2 Disk drives for the two position drive bay cannot be installed with the power on See Replacing Non Hot Plug Drives on page 370 Review the information in Disk Drive Options on page 317 before installing a disk drive Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 321 To replace a SCSI hot plug disk drive perform the following steps 1 Remove the disk drive from its protective packaging and open the drive latch handle 2 Install the disk drive in the drive slot Align the disk drive with the drive slot rails and slide the disk drive into the slot until it contacts the backplane at the rear of the drive bay The drive should be in far enough for the latch handle to engage the latch 3 Push the disk drive lever up and to the rear to lock the disk drive The LED above the slot wi
300. ess completes and control transfers to the operating system OS the service processor can monitor operating system activity see the Set Surveillance Parameters option in the Service Processor Setup Menu If OS activity stops due to a hardware or software induced failure the service processor can initiate a reboot restart process based on the settings in the Service Processor Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu and the OS automatic restart settings see the operating system documentation If you are using the AIX operating system the menu item under SMIT for setting the restart policy is Automatically Reboot After Crash True False The default is false When the setting is true and if the service processor parameter Use OS Defined Restart Policy is yes the default the service processor takes over for AIX to reboot restart after a hardware or surveillance failure Service Processor Reboot Restart Policy Controls The operating system s automatic restart policy see operating system documentation indicates the operating system response to a system crash The service processor can be instructed to refer to that policy by the Use OS Defined Restart Policy setup menu If the operating system has no automatic restart policy or if it is disabled then the service processor restart policy can be controlled from the service processor menus Use the Enable Supplemental Restart Policy selection Use OS Defined restart policy The default setti
301. essor resets itself and goes through a complete reboot Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory All failures that crash the system with a machine check or check stop even if intermittent are reported as a diagnostic callout for service repair To prevent the recurrence of intermittent problems and improve the availability of the system until a scheduled maintenance window processors and memory DIMMs with a failure history are marked bad to prevent their being configured on subsequent boots A processor or memory DIMM is marked bad under the following circumstances e A processor or memory DIMM fails built in self test BIST or power on self test POST during boot as determined by the service processor A processor or memory DIMM causes a machine check or check stop during run time and the failure can be isolated specifically to that processor or memory DIMM as determined by the processor run time diagnostics in the service processor A processor or memory DIMM reaches a threshold of recovered failures that results in a predictive callout as determined by the processor run time diagnostics in the service processor During boot time the service processor does not configure processors or memory DIMMs that are marked bad If a processor or memory DIMM is deconfigured the processor or memory DIMM remains offline for subsequent reboots until it is replaced or Repeat Gard is disabled The Repeat Gard funct
302. essor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 223 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B27 300A Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 300B Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 300C Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 300D Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 300E Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 301F Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B27 303A Processor system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B28 244C Processor system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2
303. essor system and other bus 1 System board Location P1 processor runtime diagnostics 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 detected system board fault 4B28 283F Processor system and other bus SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SCSI backplane fault 4B28 288D Processor system and other bus Memory riser card Location P1 M1 processor runtime diagnostics or P1 M2 detected memory riser fault 4B28 2A00 Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B28 300A Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 32MB DIMM fault 4B28 300B Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 128MB DIMM fault 4B28 300C Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 256MB DIMM fault 4B28 300D Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault 4B28 300E Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault 4B28 301F Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or processor runtime diagnostics P1 M2 n or
304. est detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 244F Processor system and self test detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 248A Processor system and self test detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4B2A 24A1 228 Service Guide Processor system and self test detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2A 24A2 Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 4B2A 24A3 Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4B2A 24A4 Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 4B2A 25B6 Processor system and self test Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 4B2A 25BB Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2A 25BD Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2A 25BE Processor system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2A 25BF Processor system and self test Processor card Location P
305. etected 650W power supply fault V3 4B29 25BB Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4B29 25BD Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B29 25BE Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B29 25BF Processor system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B29 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 263D Processor system and memory test Memory filler card Location P1 M1 detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 4B29 281F Processor system and memory test SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SSA backplane fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 227 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B29 282E Processor system and memory test detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 283F 4B29 288D Processor system and memory test detected SCSI backplane fault Processor system and memory test detected me
306. f the hang repeats check with service support to see if there is a firmware update that fixes the problem c lf not or the update does not fix the problem go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 d If this procedure does not fix the problem call service support Recovery mode flash update has failed Do the following a Activate the service processor pinhole reset switch on the system s operator panel and try the recovery mode flash update again b If the system hangs again make a new set of firmware update diskettes using new blank diskettes Retry the flash update with the new diskettes c If the same hang occurs with the new diskettes replace the following FRUs one at a time in this order 1 Diskette drive 2 System board d If this procedure does not fix the problem call service support The service processor was unable to configure the modem s attached to the serial port s Do the following a Check the modem modem cable and serial port for loose or unconnected cables Reset the service processor using the pinhole reset switch on the operator panel b If the hang repeats check with service support to see if there is a firmware update that fixes the problem c If there is not or the update does not fix the problem replace the following FRUs one at a time in this order 1 Modem cable 2 Modem 3 System board d If this procedure does not fix the problem call service support Firmwar
307. f the listing for a slot indicates it holds an Unknown device select the Install Configure Devices Added after IPL to configure the adapter in that slot Add a PCI Hot Plug Adapter Allows the user to add a new PCI hot plug capable adapter to a slot with the system turned on You will be asked to identify the PCI slot that you have selected prior to the actual operation The selected PCI slot will go into the Action state and finally into the On state Note The system will indicate the slot holds an Unknown device until you use the Install Configure Devices Added After IPL option to configure the adapter Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter Allows the user to remove an existing adapter or replace an existing adapter with an identical one For this option to work the adapter must be in the Defined state see Unconfigure a Device option below You will be asked to identify the PCI slot prior to the actual operation The selected PCI slot will go into the Action state Identify a PCI Hot Plug Slot Allows the user to identify a PCI slot The selected PCI slot will go into the Identify state Unconfigure a Device Allows the user to put an existing PCI adapter into the Defined state if the device is no longer in use This step must be completed successfully before starting a removal or replacement operation If this step fails the customer must take action to release the device Configure a Defined Device Chapter 9
308. face basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0202 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0203 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0204 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 020D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 detected memory DIMM fault Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4066 020E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 detected memory pair A fault 4066 0211 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0212 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0213 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0214 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 021D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0221 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0222 Scan interf
309. firmware updates 2 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 B1xx 469F Service processor firmware failure 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 B1xx 8FFO Informational message No action required Scan Log Dump Progress Codes Table 10 Scan Log Dump Progress Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU D130 xxxx Scan log dump in progress Informational message only As the dump progresses the xxxx characters in the display will change When the scan log dump is complete the system may reboot depending on the reboot policy settings 246 Service Guide Problem Determination Generated Error Codes Attention corrected go to indicated in the tables ou replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 11 Problem Determination Generated Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU MOBT 0000 The system hung during speaker POST This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterp
310. firmware updates for adapter Apply update if available Run AIX diagnostics on adapter Replace if indicated Replace adapter See page 105 for adapter information related to this error Check for system firmware updates Apply if update available Replace system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2602 0003 Invalid PCI adapter class code Move adapter to another slot behind a different PCI bus Check for available firmware updates for adapter Apply update if available Run AIX diagnostics on adapter Replace if indicated Replace adapter See page 105 for adapter information related to this error Check for system firmware updates Apply if update available Replace system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 134 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2602 0007 Failed to allocate bus resources to PCI adapter 1 Move adapter to another slot behind a different PCI bus 2 Check for available firmware updates for adapter Apply update if available 3 Run AIX diagnostics on adapter Replace if indicated Replacing Replace adapter See page 105 for adapter information related to this error 5 Check for system firmware updates Apply if update available 6 Replace system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2680 OAOy MX PCI bridg
311. g VPD via SPCN 122 Service Guide Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 20FC 0010 Failed to match RIO addressing with Replace the system board See note SPCN node entry address 3 on page 41 Location P1 20FC 0020 Failed to retrieve power package 1 Check for system firmware cooling VPD via SPCN Service update processor mailbox failed to get VPD 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20FC 0021 Failed to retrieve power package 1 Check for system firmware cooling VPD via SPCN System update mailbox failed to get power 2 Replace the system board See packaging and cooling device VPD note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20FC 0030 Corrupted power packaging and 1 Check for system firmware cooling device VPD format in the update SPCN configuration table 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 2100 0001 Unsupported SCSI bus mode Before replacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 Oxxx al If all SCSI devices have been Disconnect the SCSI cable from the SCSI controller the location code identifies and reboot the system If the error code persists replace the SCSI controller or I O planar if SCSI controller is integrated Reconnect the SCSI cable disconnected in step 1 and remove all the SCSI devices attached to the cable and reboot the system If the e
312. ge 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450A 2A00 Memory system and self test detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450A 300A Memory system and self test detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450A 300B Memory system and self test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450A 300C Memory system and self test detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450A 300D 194 Service Guide Memory system and self test detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450A 300E Memory system and self test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 512MB unstacked DIMM P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn fault 450A 301F Memory system and self test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450A 303A Memory system and self test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450B 244C Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 450B 244D Memory system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 det
313. generation logging 1 Ensure that memory is properly detected no usable memory installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4 lf the problem is not fixed call service support 406F 00A7 Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected hardware problem Configuration on page 57 406F 00B0 Error code generation logging System board Location P1 detected bus controller lock unlock failure 406F 00B1 Error code generation logging System board Location P1 detected bus controller failure 406F 00B7 Error code generation logging This error code appears after the detected insufficient hardware initial testing by the service processor resources to continue IPL firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406F 0100 Error code generation logging Memory riser card Location P1 M2 detected memory riser card fault 180 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action P
314. guring the system and diagnosing problems The keys are described below Note The program function keys F1 F12 on a keyboard attached to the system unit are no longer used and will be ignored during POST After the keyboard POST indicator displays you must use the numeric number keys to enter input The numeric 1 key when pressed during POST starts the System Management Services SMS interface The numeric 5 key when pressed during POST initiates a system boot in service mode using the default service mode boot list This mode attempts to boot from the first device of each type found in the list It does not search for other bootable devices of that type if the first device is not bootable Instead it continues to the next device type in the list The firmware supports up to five entries in the boot list The default boot sequence is Diskette CD ROM Hard file Tape drive if installed Network a Token ring b Ethernet OV a E A Chapter 1 Reference Information 11 6 Key The numeric 6 key works like the numeric 5 key except that firmware uses the customized service mode bootlist that was set up using the AIX service aids 8 Key To enter the open firmware command line press the numeric 8 key after the word keyboard displays and before the last word speaker displays during startup After you press the 8 key the remaining POST indicators display until initialization completes When initialization and POST are co
315. h remote users it is probably in control It may be wise to occasionally change some of the functional settings and then change them back just for the sense of security that the modem is communicating and to ensure it has been initialized recently If your system is particularly difficult to access physically another strategy is to protect it with an Uninterruptible Power Source UPS and a phone line surge protector In case recovery becomes necessary shut down your system using established procedures Disconnect the power cable and press the power button to drain capacitance while power is disconnected Disconnect and reconnect modem power and then reconnect system power to completely reinitialize your system 404 Service Guide Transfer of a Modem Session Because many modem command variations exist the sample modem configuration files located at the end of this appendix have been written to capture the largest number of workable modem settings The modem command amp Dn where n is a number generally sets the modem response to the Data Terminal Ready DTR signal from the server s serial port The desired response is that the modem will hold a connection while DTR is enabled and drop the connection when DTR is released Using this mechanism the server hangs up on a connection under normal conditions Consult your modem manual for its specific response scheme for the amp Dn command Two strategies are available for dealing wi
316. hapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 327 PCI Adapter Options Your system has ten PCI adapter slots in which you can install adapters When you install or remove adapters refer to the procedures in this section Some adapters can be installed while the system power is on These adapters are referred to as hot pluggable PCI adapters The system has light emitting diodes LEDs which are visible from the rear of the system to identify the state of a PCI slot during hot plug procedures One LED 1 is associated with each PCI slot 2 as shown in the following diagram The slot LEDs are also visible from inside the system unit when the left cover is removed 8 2 7 6 E 5 4 3 S 2 7A 1 ag i 90 OO PCI Slot LED Definitions The following table describes the possible states of the LEDs associated with the PCI slots These LEDs are visible from the rear or from inside of the system unit LED Indication PCI Slot State Definition Off Off Slot power is off It is safe to remove or replace an adapter flashes per second On not flashing On Slot power is on Do not remove or replace an adapter Flashing slowly one flash per Identify Indicates slot has been identified by the second software Do not remove or
317. he Two Position Disk Drive Bay Replacing a Disk Drive in the Two Position Disk Drive Bay Service Guide 339 339 339 339 340 342 342 343 344 344 344 345 345 346 346 348 349 349 349 349 350 351 351 353 353 354 354 354 354 355 355 356 357 358 362 366 367 368 368 369 369 370 371 gt 371 373 Chapter 10 Parts Information Covers Right Side Left Side Accessories Power Cords Keyboards and Mouse White Keyboards and Mouse Black Appendix A Environmental Notices Product Recycling and Disposal Environmental Design Acoustical Noise Emissions Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions Appendix B Notices Appendix C Service Processor Setup and Test Service Processor Setup Checklist ss Testing the Setup Testing Call in Testing Call Out Serial Port Configuration Appendix D Modem Configurations Sample Modem Configuration Files Generic Modem Configuration Files Specific Modem Configuration Files Configuration File Selection Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files Customizing the Modem Configuration Files IBM 7852 400 DIP Switch aca Xon Xoff Modems Ring Detection Terminal Emulators Recovery Procedures Transfer of a Modem Session Recovery Strategy Prevention Strategy Modem Configuration Sample Files Sample File
318. he card in slot 2 12 on planar P1 Depending on the AIX and firmware levels AIX diagnostics may include the extended location information when identifying a planar or card The extended location information or cable information is always included when identifying a cable or connector Location codes with extended location information that are displayed without a description identifying the devices always identify the cable attached to the port Multiple FRU Callout Instructions If an eight digit error code appears in the operator panel display or as described in a location code for a failing part may also be specified If the location code includes a blank space followed by a lowercase x followed by a number this is an error code with multiple FRU callouts This error can typically happen with memory DIMMs memory riser cards or processors and may involve mixed types of parts In this case check the system s configuration for FRU part numbers to determine the appropriate set of FRUs For example if the location code P1 M1 1 x2 was displayed this indicates memory pair A two DIMMs on the first memory riser card was suspected You can determine the FRU part numbers of the electronic assemblies in the system in two ways e Using the service processor menus From the general user menu select Read VPD Image from Last System Boot then enter 90 to display detailed vital product data VPD Typing the Iscfg vp pg command on the A
319. he memory DIMMs except the ones in slots 1 2 15 and 16 quad A Make sure the minimum memory DIMMs configuration of 256 MB is installed in the memory riser card in the first slot of the system or the one way processor card if there is no memory riser card Use either a pair or a quad depending on the memory DIMMs memory riser cards available 8 Replace the second memory riser card from slot P1 M2 if present with a memory filler card if one is available Otherwise record the DIMM locations remove all the memory DIMMs from the second memory riser card and install it back in slot P1 M2 9 Disconnect the SCSI cable from the SCSI connector on the system board 10 Disconnect the diskette drive cable from the diskette drive connector on the system board Removing fan 3 enables better access 11 Disconnect the internal parallel and debug port cables 12 Disconnect the signal and power connectors from the 2 pack and 6 pack assemblies 13 Remove the hot swap disk drive s from the hot swap bays 14 Disconnect the signal and power connectors from all the SCSI devices except the CD ROM drive 15 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display 16 Turn on the power 17 Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on sys
320. he service processor immediately begins mirroring service processor menus 290 Service Guide Service Processor Error Log The service processor error log an example of which follows contains information about error conditions detected by the service processor Error Log 1 11 30 99 19 41 56 Service Processor Firmware Failure B1004999 Enter error number for more details Press Return to continue or x to return to menu Press C to clear error log any other key to continue gt Note The time stamp in this error log is coordinated universal time UTC which is also referred to as Greenwich mean time GMT The AIX error log has additional information and time stamps with local time Entering an error number provides nine words of system reference code SRC data an example screen follows a PN Detail 6005 SRC word11 B1004999 word12 0110005D word13 00000000 word14 00000000 word15 00001111 word16 00000 000 word17 B1004AAA word18 0114005D word19 A4F1E909 B1004999 Press Return to continue or x to return to menu Se J If Return is pressed the contents of NVRAM will be dumped 320 bytes at a time starting at address 0000 Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 291 LCD Progress Indicator Log The following is an example of the LCD progress indicator log It shows the types of entries that the log might contain and is for example purposes only The progress indicator codes are listed from top
321. he system unit power cable from the system unit and the wall outlet Check that the external power cable to the system unit has continuity Check that the power outlet has been wired correctly with the correct voltage Connect the system unit power cable to the system unit and the wall outlet Did you find a problem NO Go to Step 1520 3 YES Correct the problem Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and Step 1520 3 5 6 server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet If you have not already done so remove the right side cover and locate the power supplies Grasp the handle of the bottom power supply pivot it downward and pull the power supply out of the system unit Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet Press the power button to turn on the power Do the fans in the front of the machine come on and the power LED on the operator panel come on and stay on NO 54 Service Guide Reinstall the power supply that you removed Repeat this step for the center and top power supplies if they are installed Step 1520 4 Step 1520 5 If the eet did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged go to Step 1520 4 YES Replace the power supply that you removed Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple
322. heartbeats Surveillance is available during two phases e System firmware bring up automatic e Operating system run time optional System Firmware Surveillance System firmware surveillance is automatically enabled during system power on It cannot be disabled by the user and the surveillance interval and surveillance delay cannot be changed by the user If the service processor detects no heartbeats during system IPL for a set time period it cycles the system power to attempt a reboot The maximum number of retries is set from the service processor menus If the fail condition persists the service processor leaves the machine powered on logs an error and displays menus to the user If call out is enabled the service processor calls to report the failure and displays the operating system surveillance failure code on the operator panel Operating System Surveillance Operating system surveillance provides the service processor with a means to detect hang conditions as well as hardware or software failures while the operating system is running It also provides the operating system with a means to detect a service processor failure caused by the lack of a return heartbeat Operating system surveillance is not enabled by default allowing you to run operating systems that do not support this service processor option Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 287 You can also use the service processor menus and the AIX diagnostic servi
323. hed keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard 7 Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO YES The last device connected or the SCSI cable or CD ROM is defective One of the FRUs remaining in the system is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 SCSI cable 2 6 pack assembly Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom Repeat this step until all the 6 pack assemblies are connected and tested Go to Step 1540 14 Step 1540 14 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the disk drives that you removed from the 6 pack assembly bay may be defective 1 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive 2 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 3 Install a disk drive in the 6 pack assembly bay Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 67 7 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel
324. hich extends into two horizontal rows Type 106 keyboard Identified by the Japanese Record error code MOKBDO03 then go to Step characters 1020 3 ASCII terminal keyboard Go to the documentation provided with the ASCII terminal and continue problem determination Step 1020 3 Take the following actions 1 Find the eight digit error code in Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on Note If the eight digit error code is not listed in Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page 105 look for it in the following e Any supplemental service manual for the device e The diagnostic problem report screen for additional information e The Service Hints service aid e The CEREADME file by using the Service Hints service aid in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems 2 Perform the action listed Step 1020 4 1 Turn off then turn on the system unit 2 When the keyboard indicator the word keyboard is displayed press the 1 key on the system console 3 When the System Management Services menu appears check the error log for any errors a Choose Error Log b If an error is logged check the time stamp c If the error was logged during the current boot attempt record it d Look up the error in Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page TO5 and do the listed action If no recent error is logged in the error log go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configurati
325. iagnostics questions were answered correctly before replacing any of the items in the FRU list Questions about the 7133 subsystem power and check light should have been answered as No when an SSA 6 pack assembly is installed in the system 3 Replace the disk drive module 4 If the problem remains replace the SSA 6 pack assembly 432 Service Guide Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem 60210 Disk drive module See 100 Description The disk drive module failed the Hot Plug A Disk Drives on diagnostic test page 324 Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU 60240 Disk drive module See 98 Description A configuration problem has Hot Plug Disk Drives on occurred A device cannot be configured for some unknown reason 2 Action 1 Replace the disk drive module If more than one DASD is suspect replace it with its amber check light either blinking or steady 2 If the problem remains replace the 6 pack assembly 7XXXX 80 Description A Service Processor module is missing from the expected configuration of the SSA loop 20 Action Replace the FRUs one at a time Go to re Position SCSI SES a SSA Disk MAP 410 Repair Checkout in to verify each Drive Bays on page 358 repair D0000 Disk drive module T 100 Description The using system cannot configure Hot g poA Disk Drives on th
326. ications lines D05 CAUTION This product is equipped with a three wire power cable and plug for the user s safety Use this power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock c01 DANGER To prevent electrical shock hazard disconnect all power cables from the electrical outlet before relocating the system D01 You may be directed to this MAP for several reasons Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 53 Step 1520 2 i ae The power LED on the operator panel is not flashing the operator panel display is blank and the power supply fans are not turning Go to Step 1520 2 The power LED on the operator panel is flashing the operator panel display is blank and the power supply fans are turning Go to Step 1520 3 OK STBY or DIAG STBY is displayed on the operator panel display and the power LED on the operator panel is flashing There is no indication of activity when the power button is pressed The power LED does not come on solid and none of the fans including the fans in the power supplies start to turn Go to Step 1520 3 OK STBY or DIAG STBY is displayed on the operator panel display and the power LED on the operator panel is flashing When the power button is pressed the system begins to power on but the power LED on the operator panel does not stay on Go to Step 1520 3 Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug t
327. ice processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4 If the problem is not fixed call service support 406C 00A7 IPL MOPs detected hardware Go to MAP 1540 Minimum problem Configuration on page 57 406C 00BO IPL MOPs detected bus controller System board Location P1 lock unlock failure 406C 00B1 IPL MOPs detected bus controller System board Location P1 failure 406C 00B7 IPL MOPS detected insufficient This error code appears after the hardware resources to continue IPL initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406C 0100 IPL MOPs detected memory riser Memory riser card Location P1 M2 card fault 406C 0101 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 167 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406C 0102 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 406C 0103 406C 0104 IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault IPL MOPs detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Lo
328. icular SSA loop Loops and Data Paths All devices that are attached to an SSA adapter card are connected through SSA links The SSA links are configured as loops Data and commands to a particular device pass through all other devices on the link between the adapter and the target device Data can travel in either direction around a loop The adapter can therefore access the disk drive modules through two data paths The using system cannot detect which data path is being used If a disk drive module fails or is turned off the loop is broken and one of the data paths to a particular module is no longer available The disk drive modules on the loop continue to work but an error is reported to the using system The following diagram shows that the disk drive module in slot 3 has failed The disk drive modules in slots 1 and 2 can communicate with the using system only through connector A1 of the SSA adapter The disk drive modules in slots 4 5 and 6 can 438 Service Guide communicate only through connector A2 of the SSA adapter SSA Adapter B2 Bi 5 Al Disk Slot 6 Disk Slot 5 Disk Slot 4 Disk fot 3 Disk Slot 2 Disk Slot 1 If two or more disk drive modules are turned off fail or are removed from the loop some modules might become isolated from the SSA adapter The following diagram shows that th
329. in TX 78758 3493 Imimimannmm mnnm Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape SA38 0568 03 LLL iiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiI HIiMIiMiiIiiIiAiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIi iIiiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIi iIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiI i iIiIiiIiIiI HHIiMiiMiiIiiii iIAiIiAiIiMiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiAiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiIiAiIiIiiIiIiiIiIiiIiAi ii Cut or Fold Along Line Cut or Fold Along Line Printed in U S A April 2002 SA38 0568 03
330. ing of the I O subsystem or remote I O subsystem A hang at one of these codes implies that a severe error occurred during the programming of I O subsystem registers or when interacting with adapters plugged into the system The last two digits in the checkpoint can be used to help isolate the location of the I O activity that caused the problem y indicates the PCI bus occurrence If y _ then the PCI bus is Y PCI bus 1 0 1 N See AIX and Physical Location Code Tables in Chapter 1 for location codes Using the information above go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 E600 SSA PCI adapter open firmware has run successfully If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on age 105 E601 SSA PCI adapter BIST has started but failed to complete after four seconds If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on age 105 E602 SSA PCI adapter open firmware has started If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the adapter identified by the location code See Determining Location Code on age 10 E603 SSA PCI adapter BIST has completed with an error If a location code is associated with the checkpoint replace the
331. intenance Information order number SA33 3285 SSA documentation is available online To access the online books visit the following Web site http xenon ssd hursley ibm com extweb docs Table 12 on page 427 lists the SRNs and describes the actions you should perform The table columns are as follows SRN Service reference number FRU List FRU or FRUs that might be causing the problem see also FRU Names and Abbreviations Used in the SRN Table on page 426 Probability by percentage that the FRU is causing the problem Problem Description of the problem and the action you must take Using the SRN Table Important You should have been sent here from SSA Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs or RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 Do not start problem determination from the SRN table always go tossa Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs on page 75 first 1 Locate the SRN in the table If you cannot find the SRN there is a problem with the diagnostics the microcode or the documentation Call your support center for assistance 2 Read carefully the Action you must perform for the problem Do not exchange FRUs unless you are instructed to do so 3 Normally exchange only one FRU at a time starting from the top of the FRU list for that SRN Always use instructions given in the page reference when exchanging FRUs After each FRU is exchanged g
332. interface basic assurance tests detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 205 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4606 288D I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4606 2A00 I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4606 300A I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 300B I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 300C I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 300D I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 300E I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4606 301F I O system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1
333. ion on page 57 4 lf the problem is not fixed call service support 4069 00A7 Memory tests detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4069 00BO Memory tests detected bus controller lock unlock failure System board Location P1 4069 00B1 Memory tests diagnostics detected bus controller failure System board Location P1 4069 00B7 Memory test detected insufficient hardware resources to continue IPL This error code appears after the initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 4069 0100 Memory tests detected memory riser card fault Memory riser card Location P1 M2 154 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4069 0101 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 DIMM fault 4069 0102 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 DIMM fault 4069 0103 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 DIMM fault 4069 0104 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 DIMM fault 4069 010D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Loca
334. ion L1 operator panel fault 450C 24A1 Memory system and IPL detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450C 24A2 Memory system and IPL detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 450C 24A3 Memory system and IPL detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 450C 24A4 Memory system and IPL detected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 500 MHz processor fault 450C 25B6 Memory system and IPL detected Power supply Location V1 or V2 or 650W power supply fault V3 450C 25BB Memory system and IPL detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 450C 25BD Memory system and IPL detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 450C 25BE Memory system and IPL detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault 450C 25BF Memory system and IPL detected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 668 MHz processor fault 450C 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450C 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450C 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450C 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450C 263D Memory system and IPL detected Memory filler card Location P1 M1 memory filler fault or P1 M2 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 197 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes co
335. ion also allows users to manually deconfigure a processor or memory DIMM or re enable a previously deconfigured processor or memory DIMM For information on configuring or deconfiguring a processor see the Processor Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 65 For information on configuring or 286 Service Guide deconfiguring a memory DIMM see the Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page Both of these are submenus under the System Information Menu You can enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard or Memory Repeat Gard using the Processor Configuration Deconfiguration Menu which is a submenu under the System Information Menu Run Time CPU Deconfiguration CPU Gard L1 instruction cache recoverable errors L1 data cache correctable errors and L2 cache correctable errors are monitored by the processor run time diagnostics PRD code running in the service processor When a predefined error threshold is met an error log entry with warning severity and threshold exceeded status is returned to AIX At the same time PRD marks the CPU for deconfiguration at the next boot AIX will attempt to migrate all resources associated with that processor to another processor and then stop the defective processor Service Processor System Monitoring Surveillance Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system and the system monitors the service processor This monitoring is accomplished by periodic samplings called
336. ion handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 DIMM fault 406D 0213 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 DIMM fault 406D 0214 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 DIMM fault 406D 021D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 173 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406D 0221 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 406D 0222 406D 0223 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 12 406D 0224 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 6 406D 022D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 5 x4 406D 0231 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 9 406D 0232 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 406D 0233 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 406D 0234 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 406D 023D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4
337. ion is in progress The format operation that was started on this disk drive module has not yet finished A format operation can take up to 30 minutes to run Action Wait for the format operation to finish before you run the diagnostics again You can observe the progress of the format operation by running the format service aid again on this disk drive module D0460 None Description A format operation has been degraded The format operation that was started on this disk drive module did not finish Possibly the disk drive module was switched off while the format operation was running Action Run the format service aid to format this disk drive module D4000 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The diagnostics cannot configure installation and service guide for the the SSA adapter using the system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU D4100 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The diagnostics cannot open the installation guide and the service SSA adapter guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU D4300 SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The diagnostics have detected an installation guide and the service SSA adapter POST failure guide for the using system Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU D44xx SSA adapter card See the 100 Description The diagnostics have detected that installation guide and the service the SSA adapter has corrupted the microcode guide for the u
338. irections If a replacement part is indicated direct reference is made to the part name The respective AIX and physical location codes are listed for each occurrence as required For a list of locations codes see AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables on page 21 To look up part numbers and view component diagrams see Chapter 10 Parts information on page 377 The beginning of the chapter provides a parts index with the predominant field replaceable units FRUs listed by name The remainder of the chapter provides illustrations of the various assemblies and components which make up these servers Electronic Service Agent for the server pSeries and RS 6000 Service support for your system can be enhanced through the use of the application program Electronic Service Agent This application provides a number of advantages for the systems customer including automatic error reporting and analysis without customer intervention The Electronic Service Agent kit includes the Electronic Service Agent for server pSeries and RS 6000 CD order number LCD4 1060 which contains documentation to help you set up and use Electronic Service Agent Chapter 2 Diagnostics Overview 37 Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features The service processor and Electronic Service Agent features protect users against unnecessary system downtime by advising support personnel both internal and external of a
339. is an SSA hot swap disk Drive Bays on page 358 drive go to exchange the disk drive module e If the failing device is not an SSA hot swap disk drive go to the service information for that device 2A106 6 100 Description Async code 06 has been received Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays on page 358 This code indicates that multiple disk drive modules have detected the loss of one of their power inputs Action e If the failing devices are SSA hot swap disk drives exchange the 6 pack assembly If the failing devices are not SSA hot swap disk drives go to the service information for those devices 428 Service Guide Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem 2A206__ Disk drive module See 100 Description A disk drive module has detected that one of its SSA links has failed the POSTs page 324 Action 1 Use the Link Verification Service Aid to determine where the SSA link is broken 2 Run diagnostics in the system verification mode to the two disk drive modules that are nearest to and on each side of the place where the link is broken The diagnostics show which disk drive module detected the problem 2FFFF None Description An async code that is not valid has been received 300C0 _ 6 pack assembly See 100 Description A disk drive module has detecte
340. is determined when keyboard input is detected from the other port From this point on the service processor only sends information to the active port and the mirror port This capability can be enabled by local or remote users providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions Console mirroring can be enabled for the current session only For more information see Console Mirroring on page 290 Start Talk Mode In a console mirroring session it is useful for those who are monitoring the session to be able to communicate with each other Selecting this menu item activates the keyboards and displays for such communications while console mirroring is established This is a full duplex link so message interference is possible Alternating messages between users works best OS Surveillance Setup Menu This menu can be used to set up operating system OS surveillance A N OS Surveillance Setup Menu 1 Surveillance Currently Enabled 2 Surveillance Time Interval 5 minutes 3 Surveillance Delay 10 minutes 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 q J Surveillance Can be set to Enabled or Disabled Surveillance Time Interval Can be set to any number from 2 through 255 Surveillance Delay Can be set to any number from 0 through 255 Refer to Service Processor System Monitoring Surveillance on page 287 for more information about surveillance Reset Service Processor If this optio
341. is menu a A GENERAL USER MENU 1 Power on System 2 Power off System 3 Read VPD Image from Last System Boot 4 Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot 5 Read Service Processor Error Logs 6 Read System POST Errors 99 Exit from Menus 1 gt Power on System Allows the user to start the system using the current ASCII terminal as the active console Power off System Allows the user to power off the system using the current ASCII terminal as the active console e Read VPD Image from Last System Boot Displays manufacturer vital product data such as serial numbers part numbers and so on that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in progress now e Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot Displays a number of the boot progress indicators which may include service processor checkpoints IPL checkpoints and or AIX configuration codes from the previous system boot This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults The progress indicator codes are listed from top latest to bottom oldest This information is not stored in non volatile storage If the system is powered off using the power on button on the operator panel this information is retained If the ac power dc power in a dc powered system is disconnected from the system this information will be lost For an example refer to LCD Progress Indicator Log on page 292 e Read Service Processo
342. isk drive RAID This map helps you solve problems that have occurred in SSA RAID arrays You have been sent to this MAP because you have one of the following SRNs 46000 47000 47500 49000 49100 49500 Attention Unless the using system needs to be switched off for some other reason do not turn off the power when servicing an SSA link Before starting this MAP ensure that all the disk drives are working correctly 1 Run diagnostics in Problem Determination mode to identify any disk drive problems that have occurred 2 Run the Link Verification service aid to find all power problems SSA link problems and SSA disk drives that have a Failed status 3 Correct all those problem before you continue If you still have a problem go to MAP 2324 in Advanced SerialRAID Adapters User s Guide and Maintenance Information order number SA33 3285 Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 81 SSA documentation is available online To access the online books visit the following Web site http xenon ssd hursley ibm com extweb docs 82 Service Guide Chapter 4 Checkpoints Checkpoints display on the operator panel as the system goes through powering on and the initial program load IPL This chapter explains the IPL flow of the system and provides a table that lists checkpoints that you might see in the operator panel IPL Flow The IPL process starts when ac power is connected to the system The IPL process has four phases
343. isplayed begins with the character 8 9 A or B go to Service Processor Checkpoints on page 85 If the number displayed is in the range E1xx EFFF go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 For all other numbers record SRN 101 xxx where xxx are the last three digits of the four digits of the four digit number displayed in the operator panel display Then go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note If the operator panel displays two sets of numbers use the bottom set of numbers as the error code The System Management Services menu is displayed Go to Step 1020 4 on page 52 50 Service Guide Symptom Action All other symptoms If you were directed here from the Entry MAP MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on Otherwise find the symptom in the Entry MAP on page 41 Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 51 Step 1020 2 There is a problem with the keyboard Find the type of keyboard you are using in the following table then follow the instructions given in the Action column Keyboard Type Action Type 101 keyboard U S Identified by the size Record error code MOKBD001 then go to Step of the Enter key which extends into only one horizontal row Type 102 keyboard W T Identified by the size Record error code MOKBD002 then go tof Step of the Enter key w
344. ize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful RI Power On enabled Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8 r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_f cfg COMPONENT_NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file for many recent Hayes compatible modems This example uses the AT amp F reset command to choose the factory defaults This set up is preferred for modems with extended amp commands For early vintage modems setup Z or ZO is recommended If your modem responds to the extended amp commands and to factory default choices amp n setup file FO or F1 is recommended Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products Inc C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp If the modem has configuration switches they should be set to the factory default settings ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 AT Attention Code 5 Inserts delay in dialing commands amp F Reset to default profile QQ Turn on responses EQ Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses VO Use numeric res
345. ked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 301F I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 303A I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460A 244C I O system and self test detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 400 MHz processor fault 460A 244D I O system and self test detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460A 244E I O system and self test detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460A 244F I O system and self test detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 500 MHz processor fault 460A 248A I O system and self test detected Operator panel Location L1 operator panel fault 460A 24A1 I O system and self test detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 450 MHz processor fault 460A 24A2 I O system and self test detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 460A 24A3 I O system and self test detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 450 MHz processor fault 460A 24A4 I O system and self test detected 6W Processor card Location P1 C1 500 MHz processor fault 460A 25B6 I O system and self test detected Power supply Location V1 or V2 or 650W power supply fault V3 460A 25BB I O system and self test detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 600 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error
346. kette drive disk node See the note on page 84 E1F0 Start O B E See the note on page 84 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 95 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E1F1 Begin selftest sequence on boot See the note on page 84 device s Begin SMS E1F2 Power on password prompt Prompt should be visible on the system console If a console is attached but nothing is displayed on it go to the MAP on page 41 with the symptom All display problems E1F3 Privileged access password prompt Prompt should be visible on the system console If a console is attached but nothing is displayed on it go to the MAP on page 41 with the symptom All display problems E1F5 Build boot device list See the note on page 84 E1F6 Determine boot device sequence See the note on page 84 E1F7 No boot image located Follow the repair actions listed for error code 20EEOOOB E1FB Scan SCSI bus for attached If a location code is available devices follow the repair actions listed for error code 21A000XX 96 Service Guide Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E1FD The operator panel alternates between the code E1FD and another Exxx code where Exxx is the point at which the error occurred Checkpoint E1FD indicates that an error has occurre
347. kpoint conditions e A four digit code in the range of 8xxx through EFFF not listed in the checkpoint tables e A four digit code is in the checkpoint tables but does not contain a repair action or FRU listing All of the FRUs listed in the repair action have been replaced and the problem has not been corrected Checkpoints listed in the following tables are in the format 8xxx 9xxx Axxx Bxxx or Exxx where x is any hexadecimal digit from 1 9 or A F If your system hangs with a displayed checkpoint that begins with anything other than 8 9 A B or E go to the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Use the following table to determine where to find the checkpoint Symptom Action You have a code that is of the form 8xxx 9xxx Go to Service Processor Checkpoints on AXxx Or Bxxx page 85 You have a code of the form Exxx Go to Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 You have a four character code that is not of Refer to the RS 6000 and server pSeries the form 8xxx 9xxx Axxx Bxxx or Exxx Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems manual 84 Service Guide Service Processor Checkpoints Service processor checkpoints are in the range 8xxx to Bxxx The message OK indicates successful service processor testing and initialization Firmware checkpoints are listed in Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 Note A spinning or twirling slash will
348. ks between double quote marks condout send AT amp FOQOT r Reset modem Select profile 0 ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEQT r expect Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect Q r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect Q r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r expect Q r timeout 2 done Se Shs Gik Si SRO SRO SHR SH SHR SHS Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Ignore RTS Confirm command successful Appendix D Modem Configurations 417 connect expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 retry expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 disconnect condin send ATDT N r done send A done delay 2 send Wp delay 2 send ATHOT r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEQQ1 r ignore 0 r timeout 1 done send AT amp FOQOT r ignore Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSQ 2 r expect O r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r expect O r timeout 2 done waitcall ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 page ripo 418 Service Guide done send ATDT N
349. l in phone number Call Out Policy Setup Menu Callout settings can be set using the following menu a gt CALL OUT POLICY SETUP MENU 1 Call Out policy First Al1 Currently First 2 Remote timeout in seconds Currently 120 3 Remote latency in seconds Currently 2 4 Number of retries Currently 2 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt Nz 4 e Call Out policy can be set to first or a11 If call out policy is set to first the service processor stops at the first successful call out to one of the following numbers in the order listed 1 Service center 2 Customer administrative center 3 Pager If call out policy is set to a11 the service processor attempts a call out to all of the following numbers in the order listed 1 Service center 2 Customer administrative center 3 Pager Remote timeout and remote latency are functions of your service provider s catcher computer Either use the defaults or contact your service provider for recommended settings e Number of retries is the number of times you want the server to retry calls that fail to complete Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 277 Customer Account Setup Menu This menu allows users to enter information that is specific to their account a sy Customer Account Setup Menu 1 Customer Account Number Currently Unassigned 2 Customer RETAIN Login userid Currently Unassigned 3 Customer RETAIN login password Cu
350. learances service 32 code error 105 commands cfgmgr 77 commands continued send diagnostic 423 common firmware error codes 239 configuration SSA and SCSI cabling 366 configure processor memory 286 connector SSA backplane 361 363 connectors 14 console mirroring 290 console strategy 10 continuous failure 75 cord power 384 cover removal system 311 covers 311 removing 311 replacing 314 customer account setup menu 278 D data flow 6 7 deconfigure processor memory 286 description ipl flow 83 devices handling static sensitive 310 devices hot pluggable 316 diagnostic aids adapter POSTs power on self tests 423 disk drive module POSTs power on self tests 423 loop configurations that are not valid 434 SSA disk drive identification 437 SSA loops and links 436 SSA rules for loops 438 SSA SRNs 425 diagnostics online 249 overview 35 standalone 249 disk formatting incompatible with the system 78 disk drive bays 355 disk drive module POSTs power on self tests 423 disk drive slot LED 317 disk drives 319 configuration 323 deconfiguration 323 internal 355 removal 358 removing 319 324 replacement 362 replacing SCSI hot plug 321 replacing SSA hot plug 326 two position SCSI bay installing 357 two position SCSI bay removing 356 441 diskette drive 13 E electronic service agent 38 emissions noise 391 entering open firmware 12 entry MAP 35 41 entry point MAPs 77 error code to FRU index 105 error c
351. less Modem Transfer refer to Transfer of a Modem Session on page 405 for more information This may take several minutes When the login prompt displays you have successfully called the service processor Type logout to disconnect from the operating system The message No Carrier displays on your remote terminal Call your server again The operating system answers and offers you the login prompt If these tests are successful call in is working Log in and type shutdown to shut down your server The message No Carrier displays on your remote terminal During the setup you entered your phone numbers for the pager on page 1276 and customer voice on page 276 These numbers are used for this test 1 2 3 Your remote terminal is disconnected as a result of the Call In test Call your server again At the service processor main menu select Call In Call Out Setup menu then select Call Out test This action causes a simulated error condition for the purposes of this test After a few moments a message displays regarding an illegal entry Press Enter to clear the message and return to the main menu When your telephone rings answer the call You should hear the sound of a telephone being dialed Your computer is trying to page you If this test is successful call out is working correctly 396 Service Guide Return to the Telephone Number Setup Menu on page 276 to enter the actual telephone numbers your s
352. licy to No 3 Enable supplemental restart policy to No Call Out From the Call In Call Out Setup Menu go to the Serial Port Selection Menu and disable call out on both serial ports Be prepared to record code numbers and use those numbers in the course of analyzing a problem Go to Step 1020 17 Step 1020 1 The following steps analyze a failure in loading the diagnostic programs Note Be prepared to answer questions regarding the operator panel display and to perform certain actions based on displayed POST indicators Ne key on the system console Enter a password if requested Nog Action column Insert the diagnostic CD ROM disc into the CD ROM drive Turn off the power Refer to Powering Off the System on page 9 Turn on the power Refer to Powering On the System on page 9 When the keyboard indicator is displayed the word keyboard press the numeric 5 Wait until the diagnostics are loaded or the system appears to stop Find your symptom in the following table then follow the instructions given in the Symptom Action The system stopped and a code is displayed on the operator panel Go to Entry MAP on page 41 The system stops with a prompt to enter a password Enter the password You are not allowed to continue until a correct password is entered When you have entered a valid password go to the beginning of this table and wait for one of the other conditions to o
353. ll turn on Log in as root user 5 At the command line type smitty 322 Service Guide 8 9 Select Devices Select Install Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter Successful configuration is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen Press F10 to exit smitty Replace the front cover as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Configuring and Deconfiguring SCSI Hot Swap Disk Drives If you need to configure or deconfigure a drive use the following procedures Configuring SCSI Hot Swap Disk Drives 1 2 3 OO p e 9 Log in as root user At the command line type smitty Select System Storage Management Physical and Logical Storage and press Enter Select Logical Volume Manager and press Enter Select Volume Groups and press Enter Select Set Characteristics of a Volume Group and press Enter Select Add a Physical Volume to a Volume Group Fill in the fields for the drive you are adding to the system Press F4 for a list of selections See the AIX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices to finish the drive configuration This publication is located on the AIX Documentation CD Access the documentation information by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive Press F10 to exit smitty Deconfiguring SCSI Hot Swap Disk Drives 1 1 2 3 o Ni OO A 0 Log in as root
354. lt 406D 012D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 DIMM fault 406D 0131 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 DIMM fault 406D 0132 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 DIMM fault 406D 0133 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 DIMM fault 406D 0134 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 DIMM fault 406D 013D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 DIMM fault 406D 01FF Attention handler detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum failure on riser card 2 that cannot be Configuration on page 57 and run automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406D 0200 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 riser card fault 406D 0201 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 DIMM fault 406D 0202 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 DIMM fault 406D 0203 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 DIMM fault 406D 0204 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 DIMM fault 406D 020D Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 DIMM fault 406D 020E Attention handler detected memory Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 pair A fault 406D 0211 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 DIMM fault 406D 0212 Attent
355. lug for the user s safety Use this power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock c01 Laser Safety Information Laser Compliance All lasers are certified in the U S to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for class 1 laser products Outside the U S they are certified to be in compliance with the IEC 825 first edition 1984 as a class 1 laser product Consult the label on each part for laser certification numbers and approval information Xii Service Guide CAUTION All IBM laser modules are designed so that there is never any human access to laser radiation above a class 1 level during normal operation user maintenance or prescribed service conditions Data processing environments can contain equipment transmitting on system links with laser modules that operate at greater than class 1 power levels For this reason never look into the end of an optical fiber cable or open receptacle Only trained service personnel should perform the inspection or repair of optical fiber cable assemblies and receptacles C25 C26 Preface xiii Xiv Service Guide Data Integrity and Verification IBM computer systems contain mechanisms designed to reduce the possibility of undetected data corruption or loss This risk however cannot be eliminated Users who experience unplanned outages system failures power fluctuations or outages or component failures must verify the accuracy of ope
356. m online or in the event that the user asked to be alerted to any service processor assisted restarts the system can call home to report the error The call home function can be initialized to call either a service center telephone number a customer administration center or a digital pager telephone number The service processor can be configured to stop at the first successful call to any of the numbers listed or can be configured to call every number provided If connected to the service center the service processor transmits the relevant system information the system s serial number and model type and service request number SRN If connected to a digital pager service the service processor inputs a customer voice telephone number defined by the customer An established sequence of digits or the telephone number to a phone near the failed system could be used to signal a system administrator to a potential system failure During normal operations the service processor can also be configured to monitor the AIX operating system If AIX does not respond to the service processor heartbeat the service processor assumes the operating system is hung The service processor can automatically initiate a restart and if enabled initiate the call home function to alert the appropriate people to the system hang Enabling operating system surveillance also enables AIX detect any service processor failures and report those failures to the Electronic
357. memory failure on riser card 2 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 4069 0200 Memory tests detected memory riser card fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4069 0201 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 4069 0202 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 4069 0203 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 4069 0204 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 4069 020D Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 4069 020E 4069 0211 Memory tests detected memory pair A fault Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 4069 0212 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 4069 0213 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 14 4069 0214 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4 4069 021D Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 3 x4 4069 0221 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 11 4069 0222 Memory tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM
358. memory DIMM is indicated by AB where B indicates the number of errors and A indicates the type of error according to the following table 1 Bring up failure 2 Run time non recoverable failure 3 Run time recoverable failure Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 267 4 Group integrity failure An error status of 00 indicates that the memory DIMM has not had any errors logged against it by the service processor To change the memory configuration select the number of the memory DIMM The memory DIMM state will change from configured to deconfigured or from deconfigured to configured Memory DIMMs are managed as a group deconfiguring a DIMM makes the whole group of four DIMMs unavailable In the example menu shown above each line shows two DIMMs and indicates whether they are configured To enable or disable Memory Repeat Gard use menu option 77 of the Processor Configuration Deconfiguration Menu If Memory Repeat Gard is disabled DIMMs that are in the deconfigured by system state will be reconfigured These reconfigured DIMMs are then tested during the boot process and if they pass they remain online If they fail the boot testing they are deconfigured even though Memory Repeat Gard is disabled The failure history of each DIMM is retained If a DIMM with a history of failures is brought back online by disabling Repeat Gard it remains online if it passes testing during the boot process However if Repeat Gard is enabled th
359. menu 259 speed setup menu 275 serial storage architecture 425 adapter description 436 description of SRN table 425 disk drive identification 437 disk drive module strings 437 FRUs in the SRN table 426 location codes 435 loop configurations that are not valid 434 loops and links 436 rules for loops 438 software and microcode errors 426 SSA SRNs 425 service clearance 32 service inspection guide 33 service mode 249 service processor backup settings 395 boot mode menu 263 call in call out setup menu 273 call out call home 288 call out policy setup menu 277 checklist 395 console mirroring 290 customer account setup menu 278 error log 291 functions 279 general user menu 253 language selection menu 272 main menu 254 memory configuration deconfiguration menu 266 267 menus 252 menus list 251 modem configuration menu 274 monitoring surveillance 287 operational phases 293 OS surveillance setup menu 258 passwords 257 power control network utilities menu 271 power on methods 280 privileged user menus 254 procedures in service mode 278 processor configuration deconfiguration menu 265 reboot restart policy setup menu 261 ring indicate power on menu 260 serial port selection menu 275 serial port snoop setup menu 259 serial port speed setup menu 275 service processor reboot restart recovery 281 service processor continued setup 395 setup checklist 395 setup menu 256 system information menu 264 system power control menu 260
360. micro The firmware level is denoted by XXYYMMDD where XX model designation YY year MM month and DD day of the release The firmware level can be determined by either of the following methods On the AIX command line by typing Iscfg vp grep F CL A line that begins with ROM level alterable displays the firmware level that is currently on the system Looking at the top of the service processor main menu System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image To update the system firmware using a locally available image perform the following steps 1 2 284 Service Guide Log in as root user If the directory tmp fwupdate does not exist create it by issuing the following command mkdir tmp fwupdate The firmware update file must be written into the tmp fwupdate directory on the system This can be done by using the ftp command to get the image from an ftp server or NFS mounting the directory on the host server for example The firmware update file can also be transferred to the target system by backing up the image onto diskette from another server and restoring it into the tmp fwupdate directory After the firmware update file has been written into the tmp fwupdate directory verify its existence by entering the following command ls tmp fwupdate CL img The update file will have the format CLyymmdd img The CL indicates that this is an update image for a system yy is the year mm is the month
361. mory riser fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4B29 2A00 Processor system and memory test detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B29 300A 4B29 300B Processor system and memory test detected 32MB DIMM fault Processor system and memory test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B29 300C Processor system and memory test detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B29 300D 4B29 300E Processor system and memory test detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Processor system and memory test detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B29 301F Processor system and memory test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B29 303A Processor system and memory test detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2A 244C Processor system and self test detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 244D Processor system and self test detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2A 244E Processor system and self t
362. mplete the open firmware command line an 0K prompt displays The open firmware command line should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug information To exit from the open firmware command prompt type reset all or power off the system and reboot 12 Service Guide System Unit Locations Front View 14 13 O 12 11 H Media Bay Optional Drive Bay D17 This position is for installing an optional media device CD ROM Drive Bay D16 Diskette Drive Bay D15 Operator Panel Display 9 amp 10 11 14 10 9 Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Bay D14 top Bay D13 bottom Bays for the installation of two SCSI disk drives Disk Drive Bay Bank DB2 top Bay DB1 bottom SES or SSA Bays for the installation of SCSI or SSA disk drives or RAID arrays Disk Drive Bay D07 top left Bay D12 top right Bay D01 bottom left Bay DO6 bottom right Disk drives in a SCSI or SSA disk drive bay Fan Positions Fan F01 bottom Fan F04 top Fans F01 and F03 are required Fans F02 and F04 are required only for the redundant power option Chapter 1 Reference Information 13 R
363. must access them through the Configure Remote Maintenance Policy Service Aid rather than from the service processor menus Note If you have already set up your serial ports line speeds authorizations and telephone numbers from the service processor menus use the service aid to specify your customized modem configuration files If you have not already set up your serial ports line speeds authorizations and telephone numbers from the service processor menus use the service aids to set them while you specify your customized modem configuration files To disable Auto Reliable Mode testing of the remote modem use the sample modem configuration file usr share modems modem_f cfg as a model that you can modify as follows 1 Find the necessary command in your modem manual 2 Copy the usr share modems modem_f cfg file to a new file with a different name for example modem_fx cfg 3 In the new file modem_fx cfg change the line Send ATEOT r to Send ATcccE0T r where ccc is the added command as specified in your modem manual as follows Change the third line of each of the following stanzas e condout e condin ripo 4 Save the changes 402 Service Guide IBM 7852 400 DIP Switch Settings If you are using a 7852 400 modem to enable service processor communications for proper operation the dual inline package DIP switches must be set according to the following table Switch Position Function 1 Up Force DTR 2 Up
364. n 450B 300B Memory system and wire test detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450B 300C Memory system and wire test detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450B 300D Memory system and wire test detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450B 300E 196 Service Guide Memory system and wire test detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450B 301F Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450B 303A Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 244C Memory system and IPL detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 400 MHz processor fault 450C 244D Memory system and IPL detected 2W Processor card Location P1 C1 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450C 244E Memory system and IPL detected 4W Processor card Location P1 C1 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450C 244F Memory system and IPL detected 1W Processor card Location P1 C1 2M 500 MHz processor fault 450C 248A Memory system and IPL detected Operator panel Locat
365. n 460D 300E I O system and attention handler detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460D 301F I O system and attention handler detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460D 303A I O system and attention handler detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460E 244C I O system and scan control routines detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 216 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460E 244D I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460E 244E I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460E 244F I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 460E 248A I O system and scan control routines Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 460E 24A1 I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 460E 24A2 I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 460E 24A3 I O
366. n 4509 303A Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or detected 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450A 244C Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 450A 244D Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450A 244E Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 450A 244F Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 450A 248A Memory system and self test Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 450A 24A1 Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 450A 24A2 Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 450A 24A3 Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 450A 24A4 Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 450A 25B6 Memory system and self test Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 450A 25BB Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 450A 25BD Memory system and self test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index
367. n MAPs 80 loading the system diagnostics 249 location codes 17 21 AIX 19 format 17 physical 17 locations 24 AIX 21 location code reference tables 21 logical 17 memory riser card and memory DIMMs 23 one way processor card memory DIMMs 24 physical 17 21 SSA adapter 436 SSA disk drive strings 437 SSA location codes 435 maintenance analysis procedures 35 41 minimum configuration Map 57 power MAP 53 problem determination 48 problem determination map 48 maintenance analysis procedures continued quick entry MAP 42 maintenance analysis procedures MAPs 41 75 MAPs maintenance analysis procedures using 75 MAPs Maintenance Analysis Procedures starting 77 media drives 370 replacing 370 memory configuration deconfiguration menu 266 267 memory DIMMs 346 install 348 removal 346 removing 346 replacement 348 memory riser card 342 install 343 removing 342 memory riser card and memory DIMM locations 23 memory description 16 345 messages service processor checkpoints 85 minimum configuration Map 57 minimum configuration MAP 35 modem configuration file selection 400 configurations 399 transfer 405 modem_f cfg sample file 415 modem_f0 cfg sample file 417 modem_f1 cfg sample file 419 modem_m0 cfg sample file 407 modem_m1 cfg sample file 409 modem_z cfg sample file 411 modem_z0 cfg sample file 413 module disk drive power on self tests POSTs 423 mouse 15 port 14 15 16 N noise emissions 391 O one way
368. n P1 1011 9014 Invalid address mode Update system firmware 1011 9038 Slave node fault System board Location P1 1011 9039 Rack node fault System board Location P1 1011 9042 EEPROM failure System board Location P1 1011 9043 Download failure 1 Check for system firmware update 2 Call service support 1011 9046 QDS packet sequence error 1 Check for system firmware update 2 Call service support 1011 9047 1011 9080 QDS block sequence error Undefined status code received 1 Check for system firmware update 2 Call service support System board Location P1 1011 90FO Rack dropped from configuration 1 Reset system and reboot 2 System board Location P1 1011 9101 SPCN failed to respond to CSP in time System board Location P1 1011 9102 Permanent address assignment failed System board Location P1 1011 9103 Download initialize timeout System board Location P1 1011 9104 Download completion timeout System board Location P1 1011 9105 Load damaged timeout System board Location P1 1011 9109 Download failure System board Location P1 1011 9114 Firmware image corrupted System board Location P1 116 Service Guide Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 9116 SPCN communication failure with
369. n P1 1011 7610 Fan 1 failure 1 Fan Location F1 2 System board Location P1 1011 7611 Missing fan 1 Fan 1 Location F1 1011 7620 Fan 2 failure 1 Fan2 Location F2 2 System board Location P1 1011 7621 Missing fan 2 Fan 2 Location F2 1011 7630 Fan 3 failure 1 Fan3 Location F3 2 System board Location P1 Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 7631 Missing fan 3 Fan 3 Location F3 1011 7640 Fan 4 failure 1 Fan4 Location F4 2 System board Location P1 1011 7641 Missing fan 4 Fan 4 Location F4 1011 7650 Power supply 1 fan failure 1 Power supply 1 Location V1 2 System board Location P1 1011 7651 Missing power supply 1 fan Power supply 1 Location V1 1011 7660 Power supply 2 fan failure 1 Power supply 2 Location V2 2 System board Location P1 1011 7661 Missing power supply 2 fan Power supply 2 Location V2 1011 1011 7670 7671 Power supply 3 fan failure Missing power supply 3 fan 1 Power supply 3 Location V3 2 System board Location P1 Power supply 3 Location V3 1011 8400 VPD configuration problem Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration 1011 1011 8401 8402 VPD access problem VPD access problem Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Config
370. n Self Tests POSTs Power on self tests POSTs reside in the SSA adapter These tests ensure that the adapter does not run the functional code until the hardware that uses the code has been tested The hardware consists of only the adapter card and any memory DIMMs and fast write cache modules that are attached to the adapter Some POST failures cause the adapter to become unavailable to the system Other POST failures allow the 423 adapter to be available although some function may not be enabled The particular tests that are run are related to the type of SSA adapter being used If a POST fails and prevents the adapter from becoming available an error is logged that indicates which FRUs must be exchanged for new FRUs 424 Service Guide Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors This appendix provides an explanation of serial storage architecture SSA software service request numbers SRNs and microcode errors Service Request Numbers SRNs SRN Table Service request numbers SRNs are generated for the SSA hot swap disk drive by the system error log analysis system configuration code diagnostics and customer problem determination procedures SRNs help you to identify the cause of a problem the failing field replaceable units FRUs and the service actions that might be needed to solve the problem If you get an SRN that is not defined in the following table see Advanced SerialRAID Adapters User s Guide and Ma
371. n control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 memory DIMM fault 406E 0312 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 memory DIMM fault 406E 031D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 memory DIMM fault x2 406E 0321 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 memory DIMM fault 406E 0322 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 memory DIMM fault 406E 032D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 memory DIMM fault x2 406E 0331 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 memory DIMM fault 406E 0332 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 memory DIMM fault 406E 033D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 memory DIMM fault x2 406E 03FF Scan control routines detected Go to MAP 1540 Minimum memory failure on processor card Configuration on page 57 and run that cannot be automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406E 3101 Scan control routines detected RIO 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 406E 3281 Scan control routines detected RIO 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 406E 3284 Scan control routines detected PCI Replace the system board Location controller PHBO fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 406E 3285 Scan control routines detected PCI Replace the syst
372. n is selected entering Y causes the service processor to reboot e Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu This option updates the system EPROMs After entering Y to indicate that you want to continue you are prompted to enter the update diskettes Follow the instructions on the screen When the update is complete the service processor reboots All system EPROMs that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same time They are as follows System power control network programming Service processor programming System firmware Run time abstraction services Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu This menu can be used to set up serial port snooping in which the user can configure serial port 1 as a catch all reset device From the service processor main menu select option 1 Service Processor Setup Menu then select option 8 Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu gt SERIAL PORT SNOOP SETUP MENU 1 System reset string Currently Unassigned 2 Snoop Serial Port Currently Unassigned 98 Return to Previous Menu y Use the system reset string option to enter the system reset string which resets the machine when it is detected on the main console on serial port 1 Use the snoop serial port option to select the serial port to snoop Note Only serial port 1 is supported After serial port snooping is correctly configured at any point after the system unit is booted to AIX whenever the reset string is ty
373. n page 41 Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 63 If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom changed check for loose cards and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go to Step 1540 9 Step 1540 9 1 2 3 4 Da 7 Make sure the diagnostic CD ROM is inserted into the CD ROM drive Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Plug the internal SCSI cable into the SCSI connector on the system board Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective In the following order exchange the FRUs that have not been exchanged 1 SCSI cable CD ROM drive 2 3 System board see note 3 on page 41 4 Processor card Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs h
374. n the service processor boot progress log the AIX error log and the operator panel display Understanding the definition and relationships of these codes is important to the service personnel who are installing or maintaining these servers Codes that can appear on the operator panel or in error logs are as follows Checkpoints Checkpoints display in the operator panel from the time ac power dc power in a dc powered system is connected to the system until the AIX login prompt is displayed after a successful operating system boot These checkpoints have the following forms 8xxx 8xxx checkpoints display from the time ac power dc power in a dc powered system is connected to the system until the OK prompt is displayed by the service processor on the operator panel display Several 9xxx checkpoints are displayed just before the 0K prompt displays 9xxx 9xxx checkpoints are displayed by the service processor after the power on sequence is initiated A system processor takes over control when 91FF displays on the operator panel Exxx Exxx checkpoints indicate that a system processor is in control and is initializing the system resources Control is being passed to AIX when E105 normal mode boot or E15B service mode boot displays on the operator panel Note Location code information may also display on the operator panel during this time Oxxx 0xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes Location codes may
375. n to change the language used by the System Management Services screens and the service processor menus C N Select Language English Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska DoPwonre d l Dy Note To correctly display languages other than English your ASCII terminal must support the ISO 8859 character set OK Prompt This option provides access to the open firmware command prompt This option should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug information Exiting System Management Services After you have finished using the System Management Services type x at the utilities menu to exit the System Management Services and boot your system Chapter 8 Using System Management Services 307 308 Service Guide Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures Before performing any of the removal or replacement procedures in this chapter read the following notices DANGER An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical shock Before installing or removing signal cables ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system ensure that the power cables for those
376. nal SCSI and SES cables Adjust the airflow control duct so that you can fit a screwdriver through the front of the system to remove the screws that mount the bottom of the PCI card support to the CEC unit Remove the screws that mount the top of the PCI card support to the system Remove the PCI card support assembly 16 17 18 19 20 21 Replacement i 2 Mark the locations and disconnect the following cables from the backplane assembly e Fan cable e Parallel cable assembly e Debug cable assembly Remove the CEC assembly see Memory and Processor Card CEC Assembly on page 344 Remove the cable plate assembly from the rear of the system 14 total screws Remove the two screws from the bottom left of the system board assembly that ground it to the chassis Remove the eight screws that mount the system board assembly to the chassis and remove the system board Remove the screws that mount the insulator to the back of the system board assembly and remove the insulator Save the screws and insulator for replacement Replace in reverse order Check fimware level by checking the version on the title of the service processor main menu If the firmware level is not at the correct level proceed as follows e Reprogram all system EPROMs using the service processor setup menu Select Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu option 7 The service processor settings have been set to default values These setting
377. nd to a keyboard entry This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide The system hung during memory POST This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 User s Guide Kanji type keyboard Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 MONE T000 The system hung during network POST This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 MOPS 0000 Power Failure This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 MOSC SI00 Unable to load diagnostics This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 MOSC S101 Unable to load diagnostics This error code is generated by the customer performi
378. ndler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460D 244E I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460D 244F I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 460D 248A I O system and attention handler Operator panel Location L1 detected operator panel fault 460D 24A1 I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault 460D 24A2 I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault 460D 24A3 I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 460D 24A4 I O system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 460D 25B6 I O system and attention handler Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 215 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460D 25BB I O system and attention handler detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 25BD I O system and attention handler detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 25BE I O system and attention handler detected 4W 600 MHz pr
379. ndler detected no usable 1 Ensure that memory is properly memory installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum 4 If the problem is not fixed call service support Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 171 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406D 00A7 Attention handler detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406D 00B0 406D 00B1 Attention handler detected bus controller lock unlock failure Attention handler diagnostics detected bus controller failure System board Location P1 System board Location P1 406D 00B7 Attention handler detected insufficient hardware resources to continue IPL This error code appears after the initial testing by the service processor firmware on the processors and memory completed successfully but a problem occurred when the firmware tried to communicate outside the processor and memory complex Suspect a problem with the backplane location P1 406D 0100 Attention handler detected memory riser card fault Memory riser card Location P1 M2 406D 0101 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memor
380. nds successful Numeric response code AT compatible messages Auto Answer disabled Confirm commands successful Tone dialing command N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks condout send AT amp F EQEQ r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT F0 Q2S8 6 r Set 6second expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATVOXOS0 0 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 done connect send ATDT N r expect 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 done retry send A expect 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 done disconnect delay 2 send delay 2 send ATHO r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEQQ1 r ignore O r timeout 1 done condin send AT amp F EQEQ r Reset to factory defaults Appendix D Modem Configurations 409 waitcall page ripo error 410 Service Guide ignore Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send AT FO Q2 r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATVOX0SO0 2 r expect O r timeout 2 done O r O r timeout 1 timeout 10 ignore expect expect 1 r timeout 60 done send ATD N
381. nformation for Multiple Bus Systems 104 Service Guide Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index Attention Start your activity in this chapter by going to Checkpoint and Error Code Index on page 106 In this table you may be asked to perform additional procedures before looking up the actions for a 4 character checkpoint or 8 character error code The Error Code to FRU Index lists fault symptoms and possible causes The most likely cause is listed first Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to replace when servicing the system e lf you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables e lf you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Four Character Checkpoints Four character progress codes and checkpoints in the form 8xxx 9xxx Axxx Bxxx and Exxx are listed in Firmware Checkpoints on page 91 If you have a four character code that begins with any character other than 8 9 A B or E refer to the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Operator Panel Replacement Licensed programs frequently rely on system information that is stored in the VPD module
382. ng Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 248 Service Guide Chapter 6 Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode The system diagnostics can be booted from the default boot list or from the service mode boot list The service mode boot list can be modified using the system diagnostics Display or Change Bootlist service aid The service mode boot list cannot be modified under the System Management Services For more information about using standalone or online diagnostics see Using the Standalone and Online Diagnostics in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems order number SA38 0509 Attention If this system unit is attached to another system be sure you isolate this system unit before stopping the operating system or running diagnostic programs Some system cabling changes such as installing wrap plugs or removing a device from the configuration may require action by the operator of the attached system before making the cabling changes on this system To load standalone diagnostics from the default boot list perform the following procedure 1 Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped then do so 2 Turn off the system Note If AIX is running enter the shutdown command 3 Wai
383. ng is yes This causes the service processor to refer to the OS automatic restart policy setting and take action the same action the operating system would take if it could have responded to the problem causing the restart Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 281 When this setting is no or if the operating system did not set a policy the service processor refers to enable supplemental restart policy for its action Enable supplemental restart policy The default setting is no If set to yes the service processor restarts the server when the operating system loses control and either The Use OS Defined restart policy is set to no OR The Use OS Defined restart policy is set to yes and the operating system has no automatic restart policy The following table describes the relationship among the operating system and service processor restart controls OS Automatic Service processor to Service Processor System response reboot restart use OS Defined Enable supplemental after crash setting restart policy restart policy None No No None No Yes Restarts None Yes No None Yes Yes Restarts False No No False No Yes Restarts False Yes No False Yes Yes True No No True No Yes Restarts True Yes No Restarts True Yes Yes Restarts 1 Service processor default 2 AIX default 282 Service Guide System Firmware Updates This section provides info
384. ng latch and lift the plastic stop for the adapter Some full length adapter cards can be removed by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter divider clockwise Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 329 7 Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and pull it straight out from the system board Store the adapter in a safe place 8 If you plan to replace the adapter go to Replacing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 333 9 If you do not plan to replace the adapter a Place a blank slot cover in the adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket Rotate the locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position b Replace the system unit covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Removing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter Perform the following steps to remove a hot pluggable adapter 1 If you have not already done so remove the front rear and left covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 2 Determine the slot from which you are removing the adapter 3 Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped Note Removing a hot pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot plug procedures Before taking an adapter offline the devices attached to the adapter must be taken offline as well This action
385. nge two or more FRUs in sequence do the following 1 2 Exchange the first FRU in the list for a new one Verify that the problem is solved For some problems verification means running the diagnostic programs see the using system service procedures If the problem remains a Reinstall the original FRU b Exchange the next FRU in the list for a new one Repeat steps 2 ana 3 until either the problem is solved or all the related FRUs have been exchanged Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 75 5 Perform the next action indicated by the MAP SSA disk drives have light emitting diodes LEDs to identify the state of the disk drive 1 shown in the following diagram Slot LEDs and drive LEDs are visible when the front cover and the disk drive bay cover are removed The following table defines the amber and green status LEDs 76 Service Guide Status LEDs LED Status Definition Green Top Flashing Drive activity Off Drive not spinning and no activity On Steady Drive spinning and no activity Slow Blink One link not active Amber Bottom On Steady Service action Concurrent maintenance Both links are bad Slow Blink Identify only Off Power good
386. ntinue with the diagnostics This is a separate and different operation from selecting the console display 5 If the NEW RESOURCE screen displays select an option from the bottom of the screen Note Adapters or devices that require supplemental media are not shown in the new resource list If the system has adapters or devices that require supplemental media select option 1 6 When the DIAGNOSTIC MODE SELECTION screen is displayed press Enter 7 Select All Resources if you were sent here from Step 1540 23 on page 72 select the adapter device you loaded from the supplemental media Did you get an SRN NO Go to Step 1540 21 on page 72 YES Go to Step 1540 20 Step 1540 20 Look at the FRU part numbers associated with the SRN or perform the action indicated by the SRN Have you exchanged all the FRUs that correspond to the failing function codes NO Exchange the FRU with the highest failure percentage that has not been changed Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 71 Repeat this step until all the FRUs associated with the SRN have been exchanged or diagnostics has run with no trouble found Run diagnostics after each FRU is exchanged If the system board or a network adapter is replaced see note 3 on page 41 Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems YES If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged
387. ntinued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450C 281F Memory system and IPL detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450C 282E 450C 283F Memory system and IPL detected system board fault Memory system and IPL detected SCSI backplane fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450C 288D Memory system and IPL detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450C 2A00 Memory system and IPL detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450C 300A Memory system and IPL detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 300B Memory system and IPL detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 300C Memory system and IPL detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 300D Memory system and IPL detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450C 300E Memory system and IPL detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIM
388. ntinued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 450F 283F Memory system and error code generation logging detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450F 288D Memory system and error code generation logging detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450F 2A00 Memory system and error code generation logging detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450F 300A Memory system and error code generation logging detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 300B Memory system and error code generation logging detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 300C Memory system and error code generation logging detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 300D Memory system and error code generation logging detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 450F 300E Memory system and error code generation logging detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1
389. number SA38 0508 contains information to help you plan your installation SSA Adapters User s Guide and Maintenance Information order number SA33 3272 is intended to help users and service representatives work with and diagnose problems with SSA adapters and devices RS 6000 SP Systems Service Guide order number GA22 7442 is intended to help users and service representatives work with and diagnose problems with SP systems Clustered server Installation and Service Guide order number SA22 7863 is intended to help users and service representatives work with and diagnose problems with clustered server systems Trademarks xviii The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both AIX RS 6000 pSeries e logo Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others Service Guide Chapter 1 Reference Information This chapter provides an overview of the system including a logical description and a physical overview of the system Additional details pertaining to the system are also provided These include e Memory overview and placement rules e General description of the operator panel e System location rules and descriptions e Powering on and off the system e Power flow Data flow Overview 2 Service Guide 387 VV 338 eebgee ae ale 09888 This system
390. ny unexpected changes in the system environment In combination the two features provide a flexible solution to automated system maintenance Service Processor The service processor runs on its own power boundary and continually monitors hardware attributes the AIX operating system and the environmental conditions within the system Any system failure which prevents the system from returning to an operational state a fully functional AIX operating system is reported by the service processor The service processor is controlled by firmware and does not require the AIX operating system to be operational to perform its tasks If any system failures are detected the service processor has the ability to take predetermined corrective actions The methods of corrective actions are e Surveillance Call home AIX operating system monitoring Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system through heartbeat communication with the system firmware The heartbeat is a periodic signal that the firmware can monitor During system startup the firmware surveillance monitor is automatically enabled to check for heartbeats from the firmware If a heartbeat is not detected within a default period the service processor cycles the system power and attempts to restart until the system either restarts successfully or a predetermined retry threshold is reached In the event the service processor is unsuccessful in bringing the syste
391. o to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems to verify the repair 425 Software and Microcode Errors Some SRNs indicate that a problem might have been caused by a software error or by a microcode error If you have one of these SRNs perform the following actions 1 Make a note of the contents of the error log for the device that has the problem 2 Go to the using system service aids and select Display Vital Product Data to display the VPD of the failing system Make a note of the VPD for all the SSA adapters and disk drive modules Report the problem to your support center The center can tell you whether you have a known problem and can if necessary provide you with a correction for the software or microcode FRU Names and Abbreviations Used in the SRN Table FRU names used in the table are as follows FRU Name in Table 6 pack assembly Blank Disk drive module Disk drive module External SSA cable Internal SSA cable SSA adapter card Abbreviations used in the table are Abbreviation in Table DMA FRU IOCC PAA POS POST 426 Service Guide Definition The disk drive modules blank disk drive modules and internal SSA cables are connected to the 6 pack assembly This module must be installed in a slot that does not contain a disk drive module This completes the SSA loop through the system unit A disk drive assembly to a carrier
392. obing PCI bridge secondary bus Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E156 Create PCI Ethernet node Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E15A Create 64 bit host primary PCI See the note on page 91 controller node 92 Service Guide Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E15B Transferring control to operating system service mode boot See Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 E15C Probe primary 64 bit PCI bus See the note on page P1 E15D Create host PCI controller node See the note on page 91 E15F Adapter VPD probe Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E162 SP node VPD creation See the note on page 91 E163 Create CPU VPD See the note on page 91 E165 Create planar clock VPD See the note on page P1 E166 Create CEC VPD See the note on page 91 E167 Collect power cards VPD See the note on page 91 E170 Start of PCI Bus Probe Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E172 First pass PCI device probe Follow the repair action listed for checkpoint E151 E174 Establishing host connection If the system is not connected to an active network or if the target server is inaccessible this can also result from incorrect IP parameters being supplied the system will still a
393. ocal regulations c9 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 349 Removal Shut down the system See Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet If you have not already done so remove the covers as described in Removing thel Covers on page 311 4 Remove the processor and memory card cover as described in Removing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover on page 315 5 Remove both memory riser cards or blank memory cards See Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card on page 342 6 Locate the battery 1 on the system board A a a a Oe w oo z i 7 Pry the battery out of its mount using your fingernail or small blunt object After the top of the battery has cleared the mount pull it up and out of the system unit Replacement 1 Ensure that the battery polarity is correct With the positive side of the battery facing out insert the battery between the front and rear battery mounts and gently push it 350 Service Guide down into the socket Note Be sure to reset the time and date and other system options that might have been lost when the battery was removed If you are running AIX you might have to run the bootlist command from AIX while you are logged in as root user This action restores
394. ocation P1 4068 0100 Other bus processor runtime Memory riser card Location P1 M2 diagnostics detected memory riser card fault 4068 0101 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 0102 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 0103 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 0104 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 149 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4068 010D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 4068 0111 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 4068 0112 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 4068 0113 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 4068 0114 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 4068 011D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 4068 0121 O
395. ocation P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 24A3 Processor system and wire test detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 24A4 Processor system and wire test detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 25B6 Processor system and wire test detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 230 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued detected memory filler fault Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2B 25BB Processor system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2B 25BD Processor system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2B 25BE Processor system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B2B 25BF Processor system and wire test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B2B 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2B 263D Processor system and wire test Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2
396. ocation Codes on page 25 which contain location codes that are used to identify functional units in the system The following diagram shows the right side of the system with the cover removed Power Supply Locations Physical AIX Location Location Codes Codes E S S Chapter 1 Reference Information 21 System Board Locations AIX Physical Slot Location Location Name Codes Codes C12 31 08 P1112 Cll 34 08 Pl 111 C10 37 08 P1 110 C9 3A 08 P1 19 C8 27 08 P1 18 C7 2A 08 Pl 17 C 2D 08 P1 16 C5 14 08 P1 15 C4 17 08 P1 14 C3 1A 08 P1 13 Debug O1 R1 P1 R1 11 08 P1 Z1 P1 Cl es 11 09 P1 z2 a 4 21 08 P1 E1 01 S54 P1 S4 01 82 P1 S2 a COL 01 83 P1 s3 al 01 51 P1 S1 Yael QOL ork PiK o6 01 01 P1 01 Battery Fan Connector 00 00 P1 M1 00 00 P1 M2 Note See System Board on page 15 for descriptions of connectors 22 Service Guide Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations 15 A 16 A 13 B 14 B 11 C 12 C 9 D 10 D 7 D 8 D 5 C 6 C 3 B 4
397. ocedures 55 Step 1520 6 Step 1520 7 Reinstall the memory DIMMs on the processor card one pair at a time until the problem recurs Replace the memory DIMM pair one DIMM at a time that was just installed e If the memory riser card was just installed remove all of the memory DIMMs from the memory riser card If the system does not come up replace the memory riser card Reinstall the memory DIMMs on the memory riser card one quad at a time until the problem recurs Replace the memory DIMM quad one DIMM ata time that was just installed Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all FRUs have been exchanged go to Step 1520 6 YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries w OO NO O A Do Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Press the power button to turn off the power Unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Record the slot numbers of all the PCI adapters Label and record the location of any cables attached to the adapters Disconnect any cables attached to the adapters and remove all the adapters Unplug the power cable from the diskette drive Unplug the power cable s from the 2 pack and 6 pack assemblies Unplug the disk drives from the 2 pack and 6 pack assemblies Unplug the power cables from all the SCSI devices in the media bays Connect the system unit power cabl
398. ocessor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 25BF I O system and attention handler detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 263D I O system and attention handler detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460D 281F I O system and attention handler detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460D 282E I O system and attention handler detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 283F I O system and attention handler detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460D 288D 460D 2A00 I O system and attention handler detected memory riser fault I O system and attention handler detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 Processor card Location P1 C1 460D 300A I O system and attention handler detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460D 300B 460D 300C I O system and attention handler detected 128MB DIMM fault I O system and attention handler detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 460D 300D I O system and attention handler detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 M
399. ocessor card Location P1 C1 4508 25BD Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 25BE Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4508 25BF Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 189 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4508 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4508 25EA 4508 25EB 4W processor card fault 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4508 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4508 263D 4508 281F Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory filler fault Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4508 282E Memory system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected system board fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4508
400. ocessors each with 4 MB of L2 cache Two or four 750 MHz processors each with 8 MB of L2 cache e Six 668 MHz processors each with 8 MB of L2 cache e Six 750 MHz processors each with 8 MB of L2 cache The Model 6FO can have one to four processors of either of two processor types in various configurations e Minimum configuration is one 450 MHz processor which has 2 MB of L2 cache e Two or four 450 MHz processors each with 4 MB of L2 cache OR Chapter 1 Reference Information 3 Memory Media Drives Minimum configuration is either one 600 MHz processor which has 2 MB of L2 cache or one 750 MHz processor which has 8 MB of L2 cache Two or four 600 MHz processors each with 4 MB of L2 cache Two or four 750 MHz processors each with 8 MB of L2 cache 256 MB minimum to 32 GB maximum One or two memory riser cards each riser card has 16 sockets 128 MB 256 MB 512 MB and 1 GB dual inline memory modules DIMMs are available Certain 32 MB DIMMs from older systems can also be used when upgrading the system memory Three media bays are available Optional media bay D17 that can accommodate 5 25 inch drives such as CD ROM drives tape drives or other removable media drives Standard CD ROM drive with sliding tray D16 Standard 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive D15 Internal Hard Disk Drives Three bays are available to install disk drives as follows Power Supply Keyboard Mouse 4 Service Guid
401. odel F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 Service Guide Publication No SA38 0568 03 Overall how satisfied are you with the information in this book Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Overall satisfaction o How satisfied are you that the information in this book is Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Accurate Complete Easy to find Easy to understand Well organized 000 0 bo Applicable to your tasks Please tell us how we can improve this book Thank you for your responses May we contact you Yes No Dissatisfied Dissatisfied Very Dissatisfied Very Dissatisfied When you send comments to IBM you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Name Address Company or Organization Phone No Readers Comments We d Like to Hear from You SA38 0568 03 Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 40 ARMONK NEW YORK a POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE es E Information Development E Department H6DS 905 6C006 11501 Burnet Road Aust
402. odem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer ON Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Confirm command successful Se SHR OSH OR H OSES SEO SEO SR Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or ihr N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command biz Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command Reset to factory defaults Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Confirm command successful RI Power On enabled Se H e SHR SRO SESE H H H Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8 r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_f0 cfg COMPONENT_NAME ESPSETUP ENT FUNCTIONS Modem configuration This example uses the AT amp FO r This set up is preferred for vintage modems setup Z or Z0 the extended amp commands and work properly with this setup Trademark of Hayes Microcomp C COPYRIGHT International Bu All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property US Government Users Restricted disclosure restricted by GSA A
403. odes common firmware 239 firmware 117 operator panel 109 problem determination generated 247 service processor 138 SPCN 110 error logs 291 Ethernet port 14 15 F failure continuous 75 fan position 13 firmware 284 level 284 update 284 firmware checkpoints 91 firmware error codes 117 firmware updates system 283 flow data 6 7 flow IPL 83 flow powerdata 8 fragility of disk drive modules 423 FRU isolation 37 FRU index 105 FRUs hot pluggable 316 G general user menu 253 H handling static sensitive devices 310 hot pluggable devices 316 hot pluggable FRUs 316 hot pluggable PCI adapter procedures 336 ic connector 360 361 362 363 indicators POST 10 installation procedure 309 adapters 332 disk drive bay two position 356 357 disk drive bays 358 362 442 Service Guide installation procedure continued disk drives non hot plug 370 fans 338 hot plug disk drives SCSI 321 hot plug disk drives SSA 326 media drives 370 memory DIMMs 348 memory riser card 343 processor card 343 redundant fans 339 redundant power supply 340 IPL flow 83 IPL phases 83 isolation FRU 37 K keyboard 4 port 14 15 keyboards 386 388 keys numeric 1 key 11 numeric 5 key 11 numeric 6 key 12 numeric 8 key 12 L LAN activity LED 16 language selection menu 272 language select 307 laser compliance statement xii laser safety information xii LCD progress indicator log 292 LED disk drive 317 link verificatio
404. oller PHB1 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406B 3286 Wire tests detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406C 0001 IPL MOPs detected system board fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406C 0003 IPL MOPs detected processor fault All processors Location P1 C1 406C 0009 IPL MOPs detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406C 00A0 IPL MOPs detected service processor firmware fault Update system firmware 166 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406C 00A1 IPL MOPs detected system firmware 4 Check for AIX updates fault 2 Check for system firmware updates 406C 00A2 IPL MOPs detected service Update system firmware processor firmware PRD fault 406C 00A3 IPL MOPs detected memory plugging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum fault Configuration on page 57 406C 00A4 IPL MOPs detected application Application software caused fault 406C 00A5 IPL MOPs detected invalid system Verify that system components are configuration supported and properly installed 406C 00A6 IPL MOPs detected no usable 1 Ensure that memory is properly memory installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the serv
405. ollow the cabling diagram for your system configuration 6 Slide the disk drive cage all the way into the system unit until it contacts the front frame B1 B1 B2 B2 OOAONOORWN 7 Install six screws to hold the disk drive cage in the system unit There are four screws in the front of the unit and two inside the back one at the upper left one at the lower right Use the long nut driver provided with the disk drive cage to install the screws 8 Install the disk drives in the disk drive cage you just installed Refer to Replacing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives on page 321 9 Replace the covers as described in Replacing Covers on page 314 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 365 SCSI and SSA Cabling Configurations The diagrams in this section show the cabling for many of the configurations available on this system Locate the diagram here that most closely matches your system s drive configuration and connect your cables to match the diagram Note The two six position SCSI disk drive bays must be connected to separate SCSI buses Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling Internal Four Drop SCSI Cable SCSI Cable View of Right Side View of Left Side 366 Service Guide First Six Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay Cabling Internal SCSI Cable View of Right Side View of Left Side OR Internal SCSI Cable To Bulkhead Bulkhead Connector
406. on on page 57 D 52 Service Guide MAP 1520 Power Step 1520 1 Note This is not a start of call MAP Use this Power MAP only if you have been directed here from a MAP step in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems This procedure is used to locate power problems in system units If a problem is detected this procedure helps you isolate the problem to a failing FRU Observe the following safety notice during service procedures DANGER An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical shock Before installing or removing signal cables ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system ensure that the power cables for those devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected If possible disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device Use one hand when possible to connect or disconnect signal cables to prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical potentials During an electrical storm do not connect cables for display stations printers telephones or station protectors for commun
407. onfiguration on page 57 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 101 Boot Problems and Concerns Step 1 Step 2 Depending on the boot device a checkpoint may be displayed on the operator panel for an extended period of time while the boot image is retrieved from the device This is particularly true for tape and network boot attempts If booting from CD ROM or tape watch for activity on the drive s LED indicator A blinking LED indicates that the loading of either the boot image or additional information required by the operating system being booted is still in progress If the checkpoint is displayed for an extended period of time and the drive LED is not indicating any activity there might be a problem loading the boot image from the device Note For network boot attempts if the system is not connected to an active network or if the target server is inaccessible this can also result from incorrect IP parameters being supplied the system will still attempt to boot Because time out durations are necessarily long to accommodate retries the system may appear to be hung This procedure assumes that a CD ROM drive is connected to the internal SCSI connector and that a diagnostics CD ROM is available Restart the system and access the firmware SMS main menu Select Multiboot 1 If the intended boot device is correctly specified in the boot list a Remove all removable media from devices in the boot list from which you do not want to boot b
408. onnect the power cables from the top rear of the backplane Then disconnect the signal cables from the backplane Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 359 SCSI SES Drive Bay Cables 2 5 AN 1 IC Connector 4 Power Connector 2 SCSI Connector 5 SCSI Connector 3 Power Connector 360 Service Guide AOUN SSA Drive Bay Cables olm f f 5 4 1C Connector 5 SSA Connector Power Connector 6 SSA Connector Power Connector 7 Power Connector SSA Connector Remove the six screws that hold the disk drive cage in the system unit There are four screws in the front of the unit and two inside the back one at the upper left one at the lower right Use the long nut driver provided with the disk drive cage to remove the screws Slide the disk drive cage all the way out of the system unit Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 361 Replacing Six Position SCSI SES or SSA Disk Drive Bays 1 If you are installing a second disk drive bay and an adapter to connect the disk drive bay to the system install the adapter first Refer to Replacing Adapter Cards on page 332 2 Locate the new disk drive bay cage and connect the power cables to the top rear of the backplane Then connect the signal cables to the backplane SCSI SES Drive Bay Cables
409. ons 415 retry expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 disconnect condin done send A done delay 2 send g4 delay 2 send ATHOT r ignore O r or OK r timeout 2 send ATEOQI r ignore O r timeout 1 done send AT amp FQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 2 r expect O r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 r expect O r timeout 2 done waitcall ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 page ripo error 416 Service Guide done send ATDT N R3 r expect O r timeout 60 delay 2 send ATHOT r expect O r timeout 2 done send AT amp FQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect O r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 r expect O r timeout 2 done Repeat the previous command Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or We busy 7 r Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses SOSH OSE H e SHR SHR SE Reset to factory defaults Ignore modem response Initialize m
410. ons are e Height 610 mm 24 0 inches e Width 483 mm 19 0 inches 30 Service Guide e Depth 728 mm 28 7 inches Weight 70 kg 155 Ib Minimum to 95 kg 209 Ib Maximum Operating Environment Temperature 10 to 38 C 50 to 100 F Humidity 8 to 80 noncondensing Wet Bulb 23 C 73 F operating and nonoperating Maximum Altitude 2135 m 7000 feet Operating Voltage 100 to 125 V ac 50 to 60 Hz e Power Source Loading 0 86kKVA maximum e Electrical Output 780 watts 200 to 245 V ac 50 to 60 Hz e Power Source Loading 1 2kVA maximum Electrical Output 1090 watts maximum Heat Output Maximum Operating 478 BTUs per hour Chapter 1 Reference Information 31 Acoustics e Non Redundant 2 Way 4 Way Operating 6 1 Bels Idle 5 9 Bels e Redundant 6 Way Operating 6 8 Bels Idle 6 6 Bels System Service Clearances Install the system so that it can be moved to an area providing 457 mm 18 in on the front and 457 mm 18 in on the left side If you are planning to install a Models F80 6FO or 6F1 system in an RS 6000 SP system environment refer to RS 6000 SP Planning Volume 1 Hardware and Physical Environment order number GA22 7280 for server planning information External AC Power Cables To avoid electrical shock a power cable with a grounded attachment plug is provided Use only properly grounded outlets Power cables used in the United States and Canada are listed by
411. onses settings become effective when a menu is exited using option 98 or 99 256 Service Guide Passwords Passwords can be any combination of up to eight alphanumeric characters You can enter longer passwords but the entries are truncated to include only the first eight The general access password can be set only characters The privileged access password can be set from service processor menus or from System Management Services SMS utilities see Chapter 8 Using System from service processor menus For security purposes the service processor counts the number of attempts to enter correct passwords The results of not recognizing a correct password within this error threshold are different depending on whether the attempts are being made locally at the server or remotely through a modem The error threshold is three attempts If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords at the server the service processor commands the server to resume the initial program load IPL This action is taken based on the assumption that the server is in an adequately secure location with only authorized users having access Such users must still successfully enter a login password to access AIX If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords remotely the service processor commands the server to power down to prevent potential security attacks on the server by unauthorized remote users The following table
412. operator panel display Turn on the power Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on system configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE000B NO Go to Step 1540 5 YES Repeat this step until all the memory DIMMs are installed and tested Go to Step 1540 8 on page 63 Step 1540 5 One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective 1 2 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Exchange the FRUs in the following order e Last pair of memory DIMMs installed one DIMM at a time e Processor card e System board see note 3 on page 41 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on system configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE000B NO Reinstall the original FRU Repeat this step until the defective FRU is identified or all the FRUs have been exchanged If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service suppor
413. optional media position of the system or disk drives in the two position SCSI disk drive bay Removing a Media Drive from the Optional Media Position A CAUTION A class 1 laser is contained in the device Do not attempt to operate the drive while it is disassembled Do not attempt to open the covers of the drive as it is not serviceable and is replaced as a unit C07 1 Ifyou have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the front and right covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Pull the locking knob on the media bay bracket and remove the blank by pulling it straight out from the system unit 5 Label the cables at the rear of the drive and disconnect them from the drive 370 Service Guide Replacing a Media Drive in the Optional Media Position Perform the following steps to remove either the blank cover or the old drive from the bracket and install the new drive onto the bracket iP 2 3 8 9 Remove the three screws from the blank cover bracket Separate the blank cover or drive from the bracket Install the new drive into the bracket as shown in the following diagram To secure the drive use the three media media
414. or an operator via the open firmware script editing command nvedit It may not be possible to resolve the problem without a detailed analysis of the nvram script the current system configuration and device tree contents 1 The problem can be caused by a SCSI adapter whose SCSI bus ID has been changed from the default setting no longer appearing in the system This can be caused either by removing a SCSI adapter or a problem with a SCSI adapter a Select the SCSI ID utility from the SMS menu s 1 Verify the list of SCSI controllers adapters If the list is not correct suspect a problem with the adapter s installed but not listed 2 Select the option to save the configuration information 3 Restart the system b If the problem persists boot the operating system and verify the SCSI bus IDs of any installed available SCSI controllers change as necessary and restart the system 2 Contact your support representative for further assistance 25A8 0999 NVRAMRC script evaluation error stack unbalanced on completion This is a firmware debug environment error There is no user action or FRU replacement for this error Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 131 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 25Cy y001 Memory module is not supported Replace unsupported DIMM Note that memory DIMMs are install
415. or code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 032D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 detected memory DIMM fault x2 406F 0331 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0332 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 033D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 detected memory DIMM fault x2 406F 03FF Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory failure on Configuration on page 57 and run processor card that cannot be minimum configuration for further automatically isolated isolation 406F 3101 Error code generation logging 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 detected RIO port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 406F 3281 Error code generation logging 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 detected RIO port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 183 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406F 3284 Error code generation logging detected PCI controller PHBO fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406F 3285 406F 3286 Error code generation logging detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Error code generation logging detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Replace the sy
416. or function Read VPD Image from Last System Boot which is option 1 in the System Information Menu on page 264 If the type and model field is not set correctly call service support Call service support B1xx 4694 Service processor firmware failure Check for system firmware updates System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 4695 System power control network to service processor interface failure Check for system firmware updates System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 245 Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B1xx 4696 System firmware interface failure 1 Check for system firmware update 2 Call service support B1xx 4698 Firmware problem 1 Check for system firmware update 2 Call service support B1xx 4699 Service processor firmware failure 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 Call service support B1xx 469A System firmware interface 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 Call service support B1xx 469B Firmware to I O interface 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 469C Firmware to I O interface 1 Check for system firmware updates 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 469E Service processor firmware failure 1 Check for system
417. or runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 4067 013D 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 4067 01FF 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory failure on riser card 2 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 4067 0200 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory riser card fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 4067 0201 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 15 4067 0202 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 4067 0203 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 16 4067 0204 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 2 4067 020D 4067 020E 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory pair A fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 1 x4 Memory Pair A Location P1 M1 1 x2 4067 0211 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 13 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 145 Table 7
418. or system and IPL detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25BE 4B2C 25BF Processor system and IPL detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor system and IPL detected 6W 668MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 232 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2C 263D Processor system and IPL detected Memory filler card Location P1 M1 memory filler fault or P1 M2 4B2C 281F Processor system and IPL detected SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 SSA backplane fault 4B2C 282E Processor system and IPL detected 1 System board Location P1 system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2C 283F Processor system and IPL detected SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 SCSI backplane fault 4B2C 288D Processor system and IPL detected Memory riser card Location P1 M1 memory riser fault or P1 M2 4B2C 2A00 Processor system and IPL detected Proce
419. ory DIMM x2 fault 4067 0321 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0322 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 032D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4067 0331 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 0332 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4067 033D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4067 03FF 6xx bus processor runtime Go to MAP 1540 Minimum diagnostics detected memory failure Configuration on page 57 and run on processor card that cannot be minimum configuration for further automatically isolated isolation 4067 3101 6xx bus processor runtime 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 C1 diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault 2 System board Location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 147 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 3281 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 C1 2 System board Location P1 4067 3284 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected PCI controller PHBO fault Repla
420. ory DIMMs 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 lf you have not already done so remove the processor and memory riser card cover as described in Removing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover on page 315 5 If you have not already done so remove the memory riser card as described in Removing a Memory Riser Card or One Way Processor Card on page 342 346 Service Guide 6 Locate the memory DIMM connectors and determine which DIMMs you want to remove 15 A 16 A 13 B 14 B 11 C 12 C 9 D 10 D 7 D 8 D 5 C 6 C 3 B 4 B 1 A 2 A 7 Remove the memory DIMMs by pushing the locking tabs out on the memory connectors Push Locking Tabs Out to Release Memory Module Install blank DIMM covers in the memory connector 8 9 Install the memory riser card in the system unit See Installing a Memory Riser Card or a One Way Processor Card on page 343 for more information 10 Replace the processor and memory riser card cover as described in Replacing Pro
421. ossible Failing FRU 406F 0101 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 15 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0102 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0103 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0104 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 010D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0111 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0112 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0113 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0114 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 011D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0121 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0122 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0123 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0124 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 012D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M
422. our service provider for the correct service center telephone number to enter Until you have that number leave this field unassigned Customer Administration Center Telephone Number is the number of the system administration center computer catcher that receives problem calls from servers Contact your system administrator for the correct telephone number to enter here Until you have that number leave this field unassigned Digital Pager Telephone Number is the number for a numeric pager carried by someone who responds to problem calls from your server Contact your administration center representative for the correct telephone number to enter For test purposes use a test number which you can change later See the note on page for information about using certain modems for paging Note At least one of the preceding three telephone numbers must be assigned in order for the call out test to execute successfully Customer Voice Telephone Number is the telephone number of a phone near the server or answered by someone responsible for the server This is the telephone number left on the pager for callback For test purposes use a test number which you can change later Customer System Telephone Number is the telephone number to which your server s modem is connected The service or administration center representatives need this number to make direct contact with your server for problem investigation This is also referred to as the cal
423. over down until it latches into place If the power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet plug it in now If the system is not operating press the power button on the operator panel once to start the system If you have installed new adapters or devices you might need to refer to the AIX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices to configure the new adapter or device This publication is located on the AIX Documentation CD Access the documentation information by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive 314 Service Guide Removing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Remove the knurled screw 1 that holds the processor and memory riser card cover and open the cover If the cover is opened far enough you can remove it from the frame Replacing Processor and Memory Riser Card Cover To replace the processor and memory riser card cover perform the removal steps in the reverse order Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 315 Hot Pluggable FRUs Note You do not have to power down the system
424. ows the slash Extended location information identifies a device that is part of the parent a connector or a cable Cable information follows the pound sign Cable information identifies a cable that is connector to parent The following are examples P1 C1 identifies a processor card C1 plugged into planar P1 P1 M1 identifies a memory riser card M1 plugged into planar P1 P 1 Z1 A3 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI ID 3 attached to SCSI bus 1 on planar 1 P1 K1 identifies a keyboard attached to K1 on planar P1 P1 S1 identifies serial port 1 controller on planar P1 the connector for serial port 1 or the cable attached to serial port 1 P1 12 E3 identifies an Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2 12 on planar P1 the connector for Ethernet controller 3 or the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3 P1 l2 E3 identifies the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2 12 on planar P1 Chapter 1 Reference Information 17 The period identifies sublocations DIMMs on a memory riser card SCSI addresses cables The following are examples e P1 M1 4 identifies DIMM 4 on memory riser card 1 plugged into planar P1 e P1 C1 1 identifies processor 1 on processor card 1 plugged into planar P1 e P2 Z1 A3 1 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI address of LUN 1 at SCSI ID 3 attached to SCSI bus 1 from planar 2 e P1 l2 E3 2 identifies the second in a series of cables attached to Ethernet controller 3 on t
425. p Buso SMI BUS 0 1 a a SMI BUS 2 3 Memory Card 1 only Is optional SMI SMI RIO SMI SMI 2 256 MB 16 GB PCI Host Bridge 64 bit 64 bit PCI Bus 1 PGI Bus 2 Converged Support Processor PCI to PCI PCI to PCI PCI to PCI Bridge 1 Bridge 2 Bridge 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BV 5v 3 3 3 3 3 3 5V 5V viivii v vV vi v S6SI sl ls e s s s s s s s L L IL EVEL LIJL LIIL ol lollo J100 foliolo ollel lollo T T T E net it t T TI ITI T T 3 4 5 ll7 la 9 10 11 12 Data Flow with Two to Six Way Processor System Board 2 Way System 6 Way System L2 P 6XX Memory L2 P p H 2 Bus 0 Controller XX __ L2 P Busi i fom PLP LP 2 SMI BUS 0 1 i OR 4 Way System Memory Cards 1 or 2 SMI BUS 2 3 P L2 SMI SMI Jp RIO Piru SMI SMI 2 256 MB 32 GB PCI Host Bridge 64 bit 64 bit PGI Bus 1 PCI Bus 2 Converged Support Processor PCI to PCI PCI to PCI PCI to PCI Bridge 1 Bridge 2 Bridge 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
426. page 41 406A 3285 Self tests detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406A 3286 406B 0001 Self tests detected PCI controller PHB2 fault Wire tests detected system board fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406B 0003 Wire tests detected processor fault All processors Location P1 C1 406B 0009 Wire tests detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406B 00A0 Wire tests detected service processor firmware fault Update system firmware 406B 00A1 Wire tests detected system firmware fault 1 Check for AIX updates 2 Check for system firmware updates 406B 00A2 Wire tests detected service processor firmware PRD fault Update system firmware 406B 00A3 Wire tests detected memory plugging fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406B 00A4 Wire tests detected application caused fault Application software 406B 00A5 Wire tests detected invalid system configuration Verify that system components are supported and properly installed 162 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406B 00A6 Wire
427. page 91 using code E174 20A8 0003 Cannot get server hardware address Refer to Table 2 on page 91 using code E174 20A8 0004 Bootp failed Refer to Table 2 on page 91 using code E175 20A80005 File transmission TFTP failed Check network connection try again 20A8 0006 Boot image too large Contact your next level of support for assistance 20D0 000F Self test failed on device no error Refer to System Location Codes on and or location code information page 25 to see if a location code is available available for the device the error was reported against 1 Replace device indicated by the location code if available 2 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 20D0 0010 Self test failed on device cannot Contact your service support locate package representative for assistance 20D0 0011 Firmware RTAS attempt to allocate Contact your next level of support for memory failed assistance 20E0 Oxxx Security 20E0 0001 Privileged access password entry The password has been entered error incorrectly Retry installing the password 20E0 0004 Battery drained or needs replacement 1 Replace battery 2 Replace the system board See note 3 on page 41 Location P1 20E0 0009 Invalid password entered system The password has been entered locked incorrectly 3 times Turn off then turn on the system unit then enter the password correctly 20EE 0003 IP parameter requires 3 dots Enter valid IP parameter Example 00
428. pdate 809C Firmware image being written See note 3 on page 90 during recovery mode system firmware update 809F Diskette error during recovery See note 3 on page 90 mode system firmware update 8100 Start operational loader See note 1 on page 90 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 85 Table 1 Service Processor Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU 81xx Load code into DRAM from VDASD See note 1 on page 90 where xx number of loads 81FE Load service processor operating See note 1 on page 90 system 81FF Start service processor operating See note 1 on page 90 system 9000 Primary service processor task See note 1 on page 90 initializing 9009 IPL ROS has started See note 1 on page 90 9010 Primary service processor thread See note 1 on page 90 waiting for response 9020 Service processor state set to See note 1 on page 90 pre standby 9021 Service processor state set to See note 1 on page 90 standby 9022 Service processor state set to IPL See note 1 on page 90 9030 Waiting for secondary thread See note 1 on page 90 acknowledge 9033 I O base initialization See note 1 on page 90 9034 12C initialization See note 1 on page 90 9035 ISA initialization See note 1 on page 90 9036 Mailbox initialization See note 1 on page 90 9037 SLLA initialization VPD See note 1 on page 90 9038 NVRAM initialization See note 1 on page
429. ped on the main console the system unit reboots Pressing Enter after the reset string is not required so make sure that the string is not common or trivial A mixed case string is recommended Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 259 System Power Control Menu This menu is used to set power control options Other menus that control boot options are available here ie N SYSTEM POWER CONTROL MENU 1 Enable Disable Unattended Start Mode Currently Enabled 2 Ring Indicate Power On Menu 3 Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu 4 Power On System 5 Power Off System 6 Enable Disable Fast System Boot Currently Enabled 7 Boot Mode Menu 98 Return to Previous Menu 99 Exit from Menus 1 gt gt 260 Service Guide Enable Disable Unattended Start Mode Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state of the server after a temporary power failure Unattended start mode can also be set through the System Management Services SMS menus It is intended to be used on servers that require automatic power on after a power failure For more information see System Power On Methods on page 280 Ring Indicate Power On Menu A RING INDICATE POWER ON MENU 1 Ring indicate power on Currently Enabled 2 Number of rings Currently 3 30 Refresh Modem Settings 98 Return to Previous Menu g Ring indicate is enabled by default on both serial port
430. performance or to accommodate modem capabilities a gt Serial Port Speed Setup Menu 1 Serial Port 1 Speed Currently 9600 2 Serial Port 2 Speed Currently 9600 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt L D A serial port speed of 9600 baud or higher is recommended Valid serial port speeds are as follows 50 600 4800 75 1200 7200 110 1800 9600 134 2000 19200 150 2400 38000 300 3600 57600 115200 Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 275 Telephone Number Setup Menu Use this menu to set or change the telephone numbers for reporting a system failure 7 276 Service Guide Telephone Number Setup Menu 1 Service Center Telephone Number Currently Unassigned 2 Customer Administration Center Telephone Number Currently Unassigned 3 Digital Pager Telephone Number Currently Unassigned 4 Customer Voice Telephone Number Currently Unassigned 5 Customer System Telephone Number Currently Unassigned 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt D Service Center Telephone Number is the number of the service center computer The service center usually includes a computer that takes calls from servers with call out capability This computer is referred to as the catcher The catcher expects messages in a specific format to which the service processor conforms For more information about the format and catcher computers refer to the README file in the AIX usr samples syscatch directory Contact y
431. ponse Disable pacing Disable data compression Confirm successful command DSR independent of CD Force DSR on CD respond time 100ms Confirm commands successful Numeric response code Auto Answer OFF Confirm commands successful Handle unexpected modem responses expect 8 r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Sample File modem_m1 cfg Auto Reliable feature All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 N Call Out phone number R COMPONENT_NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP modem_m1 FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7857 017 modem with This feature must be turned off for Catcher calls This example uses the AT amp F reset command to choose the factory defaults To allow dial commands for digital pagers it is necessary to reduce the number of characters in the dial command been set to 6 seconds S8 6 for that reason Each comma delay has C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Return phone number Reset to factory defaults EQ data compression disabled E echo disabled Ignore modem response Trellis modulation disabled Retrain with adaptive rate Confirm comma
432. ponses S0 0 Automatic answer inhibit Escape to command mode S0 2 Answer on second ring HO Hang up X0 0 Limit modem response codes T Tone mode When used as T r it is a no op to maintain program synchronization when modem may will echo the commands amp C1 Detect CD amp D2 Respond to DTR often the default N Call Out phone number P Paging phone number S Modem speed available to users Following are common responses from a wide range of modems 16 15 12 10 5 and 1 are connection responses Add others as required 7 busy 6 no dial tone 4 error 3 no carrier 2 ring 0 0K PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks condout send AT amp FQOT r Reset to factory defaults ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 Ignore modem response send ATEQT r Initialize modem Echo OFF expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 Enable responses Numeric send ATQOVOXOT r Limit response codes expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm commands successful send ATSQ 0 r Set AutoAnswer OFF expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm command successful send AT amp C1 amp D2 r Detect carrier and DTR expect Q r timeout 2 Confirm command successful done connect send ATDT N r Tone dialing command N from Call Home setup Expect a connection response expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or 10 r or 5 r or 1 r busy 7 r timeout 60 Appendix D Modem Configurati
433. prevents a service representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system users To verify that the adapter is in the Defined state run the command 1s dev C1 resourcename where resourcename is the logical name of the adapter If the device is not in the Defined state contact the system administrator to have the adapter put in the Defined state If the device cannot be put in the Defined state go to Map 210 3 in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems 330 Service Guide ON go 10 tii 2 13 14 15 For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from the system configuration see the AlX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices This publication is located on the AIX Documentation CD Access the documentation information loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive Refer to PCI Hot Plug Manager Access on page 336 and follow the steps in the access procedure to select PCI Hot Plug Manager Then return here to continue Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter Press F4 to display the Device Names menu Select the adapter you are removing from the menu If you are replacing an adapter with an identical one answer Yes to Keep Definition If you are removing an adapter permanently answer No to Keep Definition Press Enter Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot Plug Manager
434. primary console some initialization traffic will be sent to any serial device attached to that port As a result that serial device s connection and function could be affected These impacts may make that port unattractive for devices other than a temporary local ASCII terminal 406 Service Guide Modem Configuration Sample Files Sample File modem_m0 cfg COMPONENT NAME ESPSETUP ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP modem_mO FUNCTIONS Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7852 400 modem with Auto Reliable feature This feature must be turned off for Catcher calls This example uses the AT amp F reset command to choose the factory defaults C COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp 1996 All Rights Reserved Licensed Materials Property of IBM US Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp The modem has configuration switches They should be set to the factory default settings except switches 11 and 12 These must be to UP AT responses and DOWN Asynchronous operation respectively ICDelay 1 DefaultTO 10 CallDelay 120 N Call Out phone number R Return phone number PROGRAMMING NOTE No blanks between double quote marks condout send AT amp F amp E2E0T r Reset to factory defaults Reliable mode Echo off ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 Ignore mo
435. processor card memory DIMM locations 24 online diagnostics 249 online publications xvii open firmware entering 12 operating system documentation AIX 266 304 314 323 324 327 330 336 operator panel 16 operator panel cable removal 353 operator panel cable removal and replacement 353 operator panel display 13 16 operator panel error codes 109 ordering publications xvii overview 2 diagnostics 35 P parallel port 14 15 parts keyboard 386 388 power cords 384 parts information 377 pdisk with no associated hdisk 77 phases ipl 83 physical location codes 17 21 port 14 15 POST indicators 10 POST keys numeric 1 key 11 numeric 5 key 11 numeric 6 key 12 numeric 8 key 12 POSTs power on self tests 423 power cables 384 power cables ac 32 power connector 14 15 power connector SCSI backplane 360 362 power connector SSA backplane 361 363 power control network utilities menu 271 power flow 8 power MAP 35 53 power on button 16 power on LED 16 power on self test 10 power on self tests POSTs 423 powering on and off 9 preface xvii primary console 406 privileged user menus 254 problem determination POSTs adapter 423 POSTs disk drive module 423 problem determination generated error codes 247 SSA disk drive identification 437 SSA FRUs in the SRN table 426 SSA software and microcode errors 426 SSA SRNs 425 problem determination MAP 35 48 procedures hot pluggable PCI adapter 336 processor and memory riser c
436. processor runtime diagnostics detected memory failure on riser card 1 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 4068 0300 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected processor card fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4068 0301 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 4068 0302 4068 030D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 x2 4068 0311 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 152 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4068 0312 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 031D Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 diagnostics detected memory DIMM x2 fault 4068 0321 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068 0322 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault 4068
437. pter this can be checked or changed through an SMS utility and verify that no device attached to the controller is set to use that ID If settings do not appear to be in conflict 1 Replace the SCSI cable 2 Replace the device 3 Replace the SCSI adapter or system board if connected to one of the two integrated SCSI controllers on the system board See system board note 3 on page 41 if the system board is replaced Note In a twin tailed configuration where there is more than one initiator device normally another system attached to the SCSI bus it may be necessary to change the ID of the SCSI controller or adapter with the System Management Services The System Management Services menu is displayed The device or media you are attempting to boot from may be faulty 1 Check the SMS error log for any errors To check the error log a Choose error log b If an error is logged check the time stamp c If the error was logged during the current boot attempt record it d Look up the error in Checkpoints on page 91Jand do the listed action e If no recent error is logged in the error log continue to the next step below 2 Go to Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 You have a problem that does not prevent the system from booting Go to the Fast Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You have an SRN Go to the Fas
438. pter 7 Using the Service Processor 265 266 Service Guide The error status of each processor is indicated by AB where B indicates the number of errors and A indicates the type of error according to the following table 1 Bring up failure 2 Run time non recoverable failure 3 Run time recoverable failure A status of 00 indicates that the CPU has not had any errors logged against it by the service processor To enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard use menu option 77 CPU Repeat Gard is enabled by default If CPU Repeat Gard is disabled processors that are in the deconfigured by system state will be reconfigured These reconfigured processors are then tested during the boot process and if they pass they remain online If they fail the boot testing they are deconfigured even though CPU Repeat Gard is disabled The failure history of each CPU is retained If a processor with a history of failures is brought back online by disabling Repeat Gard it remains online if it passes testing during the boot process However if Repeat Gard is enabled the processor is taken offline again because of its history of failures Note The processor numbering scheme used by the service processor is different from the numbering scheme used by AIX Consult the AIX documentation before configuring or deconfiguring a processor to ensure that the correct processor is selected The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web address http
439. pulling the disk drive lever toward you until it is completely open Then pull the drive out of the slot Replacing a Disk Drive in the Two Position Disk Drive Bay The section helps you install non hot plug drives in the two position SCSI disk drive bay 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the front and right covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 373 4 Remove the screws that hold the cover onto the two position SCSI drive bay and remove the cover iS a 5 Remove the disk drive from its protective packaging and open the drive latch handle 6 Set the SCSI address jumpers at the rear of the drive to the correct address Refer to the documentation provided with your drive for details on setting the SCSI address 374 Service Guide 7 Slide the disk drive into the bay as shown in the following diagram 8 Replace the two position SCSI disk drive bay cover 9 Replace the system unit covers
440. r Error Logs Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 253 Displays the service processor error logs For an example refer to Service Processor Error Log on page 291 e Read System POST Errors This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log information Exit from Menus Selecting this option will exit the service processor menus You can re enter the menus by pressing any key on the console Privileged User Menus Main Menu The following menus are available to privileged users only The user must know the privileged access password if set to access these menus At the top of the Main Menu is a listing containing e Your system s current firmware version e The firmware copyright notice e The system name given to your server during setup You need the firmware version for reference when you either update or repair the functions of your service processor The system name an optional field is the name that your server reports in problem messages This name helps your support team for example your system administrator network administrator or service representative to more quickly identify the location configuration and history of your server The system name is set from the Main Menu using option 6 Note The information under the Service Processor Firmware heading in the following Main Menu illustration is example information only 254 Service Guide 1 gt Ne
441. r bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 244D I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 244E I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 244F I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 248A I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4608 24A1 I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 24A2 I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 24A3 I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4608 24A4 I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 208 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4608 25B6 I O
442. r good 1 j System board signal from power supply Location P1 2 Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 0000 1112 At power off failure of power good 4 A System board signal from power supply Location P1 2 Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 0000 1113 While power on failure of 1 System board power good signal from power supply Location P1 2 Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 0000 1114 Operator panel and service processor Information message have been reset after main power disturbance 0000 2222 Operator panel not communicating If system cannot be powered off with service processor reset the service processor by activating the pinhole reset switch or by disconnecting then reconnecting power 2 System board Location P1 0000 3333 SPCN communications error System board Location P1 0000 3334 12C repeater error System board Location P1 0000 BBBB TOD battery malfunction Location P1 V4 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 109 SPCN Error Codes Attention If a power supply or fan is hot swapped wait five minutes then recheck the AIX error log If the system has to be shut down to replace a power supply or fan reboot the system wait five minutes after the AIX login prompt appears then recheck the AIX error log If the detailed information for the most recent error with the same identifier indicates that the original problem has not been fixed by
443. r panel and insert it in the new operator panel Make sure you insert the module in the same position as it was in the old panel 2 1 VPD Module 2 Cable Connector Replace in reverse order Operator Panel Cable Removal Attention lf the operator panel cable is disconnected settings for passwords date and time and service processor call in functions will be lost These settings can be reset after the cable is replaced 1 2 3 OO NOG Power off the system see Powering Off and Powering On the System on page 9 Disconnect the ac power cord from the system Remove the front cover to access the operator panel see Removing the Covers on page 311 Pull the knobs on each side of the operator panel to unlock it Pull the operator panel outward from the system Loosen the thumbscrews that hold the cable restraint plate to the operator panel Slide the restraint plate to the back of the operator panel Disconnect the cable from the back of the operator panel Disconnect the cable from the system board Replacement 1 2 Replace the operator panel cable by reversing the steps in the removal procedure Power on the system see Powering Off and Powering On the System on page 9 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 353 PCI Adapter Dividers Removal 1 Remove all PCI adapters see Removing Adapter Cards on page 329 2 Gently t
444. r panel assembly b Replace the system board Refer to note 3 on page 41 If the service processor menu is not displayed replace the system board Refer to note If an ASCII terminal is NOT available replace the following one at a time 1 Operator panel assembly Refer to Operator Panel on page 351 2 System board Refer to note 3 on page 41 You have a blank display on the operator panel Go to MAP 1520 Power on page 53 8 Digit Error Codes You have an 8 digit error code displayed in the operator panel display or on the console Record the error code Go to Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page 105 System Stops With An 8 Digit Number Displayed The system stops with an 8 digit error code displayed in the operator panel display or on the console Record the error code Go to Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index on page 105 Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 43 Symptom Action System Stops With A 4 Digit Number Th at Does Not Begin With 0 or 2 Displayed The system stops and a 4 digit checkpoint that does not begin with 0 or 2 displayed in the operator panel display or on the console If the number displayed begins with the characters 8 9 A or B then go to If the number displayed is in the range E1xx EFFF make note of any location code that is displayed on the second line of the operator panel If the location cod
445. r supply Location V1 or V2 or processor runtime diagnostics V3 detected 650W power supply fault 4B28 25BB Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 4B28 25BD Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4B28 25BE Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4B28 25BF Processor system and other bus Processor card Location P1 C1 processor runtime diagnostics detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4B28 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B28 263D Processor system and other bus Memory filler card Location P1 M1 processor runtime diagnostics or P1 M2 detected memory filler fault 4B28 281F Processor system and other bus SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 processor runtime diagnostics detected SSA backplane fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 225 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B28 282E Proc
446. rating system installed are shown This option might not be supported by all operating systems If you are running AIX and you receive the following message No Operating System Installed This indicates that information in nonvolatile storage could have been lost as would happen if the battery had been removed To re create this value run the bootlist command under AIX with the appropriate parameters See the bootlist command in your AIX documentation The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web address http www 1 ibm com servers aix library Select Technical Publications AIX documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD The documentation is made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive Software Default If this option is supported by the operating system you can select the default operating system to start the system This option might not be supported by all operating systems Select Install Device Produces a list of devices such as the CD ROM from which the operating system may be installed Select a device and the system searches that device for an operating system to install 304 Service Guide Select Boot Devices Select this option to view and change the custom boot list which is the sequence of devices read at startup time The boot list can contain up to five devices The following is an example of this screen Select
447. ration on page 57 unless otherwise indicated in the tables If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4066 0001 Scan interface basic assurance tests Replace the system board Location detected system board fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 4066 0003 Scan interface basic assurance tests All processors Location P1 C1 detected processor fault 4066 0009 Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory fault Configuration on page 57 4066 00A0 Scan interface basic assurance tests Update system firmware detected service processor firmware fault 4066 00A1 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1 Check for AIX updates detected system firmware fault 2 Check for system firmware updates 4066 00A2 Scan interface basic assurance tests Update system firmware detected service processor firmware PRD fault 4066 00A3 Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory plugging fault Configuration on page 57 4066 00A4 Scan interface basic assurance tests Application software detected application caused fault 4066 00A5 Scan interfac
448. rations performed and data saved or transmitted by the system at or near the time of the outage or failure In addition users must establish procedures to ensure that there is independent data verification before relying on such data in sensitive or critical operations Users should periodically check the IBM support websites for updated information and fixes applicable to the system and related software XV Xvi Service Guide About This Book ISO 9000 This book provides maintenance information that is specific to the Enterprise Server Model F80 and server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 as well as to adapters and attached devices that do not have their own service information In this book the Enterprise Server Model F80 and server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 are hereafter referred to as the system or the server This book also contains Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs that are not common to other systems MAPs that are common to all systems are contained in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems This book is used by the service technician to repair system failures This book assumes that the service technician has had training on the system unit ISO 9000 registered quality systems were used in the development and manufacturing of this product Online Publications RS 6000 and pSeries publications are available online To access the online books visit our
449. rd Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 460F 25BE I O system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 460F 25BF I O system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 460F 263D I O system and error code Memory filler card Location P1 M1 generation logging detected memory or P1 M2 filler fault 460F 281F I O system and error code SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 generation logging detected SSA backplane fault 460F 282E I O system and error code 1 System board Location P1 generation logging detected system 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 board fault 460F 283F I O system and error code SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 generation logging detected SCSI backplane fault 460F 288D I O system and error code Memory riser card Location P1 M1 generation logging detected memory or P1 M2 riser fault 460F 2A00 I O system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 460F 300A I O system and error code Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or generation logging detected 32MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 460F 300B I O system and error code Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or generation logging detected 128MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 460F 300C I O system and error code Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or generation logging detect
450. rd fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 263D Processor system and attention handler detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4B2D 281F Processor system and attention handler detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4B2D 282E Processor system and attention handler detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 283F Processor system and attention handler detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4B2D 288D Processor system and attention handler detected memory riser fault Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 234 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2D 2A00 Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2D 300A Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2D 300B Processor system and attention Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or handler detected 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B
451. re 142 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4067 00A1 6xx bus processor runtime 1 Check for AIX updates diagnostics detected system firmware 2 Check for system firmware fault updates 4067 00A2 6xx bus processor runtime Update system firmware diagnostics detected service processor firmware PRD fault 4067 00A3 6xx bus processor runtime Go to diagnostics detected memory plugging fault 4067 00A4 6xx bus processor runtime Application software diagnostics detected application caused fault 4067 00A5 6xx bus processor runtime Verify that system components are diagnostics detected invalid system supported and properly installed configuration 4067 00A6 6xx bus processor runtime 1 Ensure that memory is properly diagnostics detected no usable installed memory 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum 4 lf the problem is not fixed call service support 4067 00A7 6xx bus processor runtime Go to diagnostics detected hardware problem 4067 00BO 6xx bus processor runtime System board Location P1 diagnostics detected bus controller lock unlock failure 4067 00B1 6xx bus processor runtime System board Location
452. re as needed levels are at the current release levels update as necessary 2 Replace system board location P1 if problem persists See the note on page 84 E441 Generate options node NVRAM 1 Verify that the system firmware configuration variable properties levels are at the current release levels update as necessary 2 Replace system board location P1 if problem persists See the note on page 84 E442 Validate NVRAM partitions 1 Verify that the system firmware levels are at the current release levels update as necessary 2 Replace system board location P1 if problem persists See the note on page 84 E443 Generate NVRAM configuration Suspect a system firmware variable dictionary words problem if problem persists Verify that the system firmware is at current release level Update back level system firmware if necessary See the note on page 84 E500 Configure remote I O subsystem 1 Configure I O subsystem 2 The appearance of this code indicates that the I O subsystem configuration has started or progressed to the point where the code can be displayed See the note on page 84 98 Service Guide Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E51y E511 E5FF Where y is not equal to 0 Configure remote I O subsystem components The E51y E511 to ES5FF codes are reserved for activities relating to configuration or test
453. rectly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password if prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO 70 Service Guide Repeat this step until the defective device or cable is identified or all the devices and cables have been disconnected If all the devices and cables have been removed then one of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective To test each FRU exchange the FRUs in the following order 1 Adapter last one installed 2 System board see note 3 on page 41 If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom changed check for loose cards and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES The last device or cable that you disconnected is defective Exchange the defective device or cable Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Step 1540 19 1 Follow the instructions on the screen to select the system console 2 When the DIAGNOSTIC OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS screen is displayed press Enter 3 Select Advanced Diagnostics Routines 4 lf the DEFINE TERMINAL screen is displayed you must define the terminal following the instructions on the screen before you can co
454. red Follow up to a failed boot attempt The service processor initiates a power on sequence if a failed boot attempt is detected due to a hardware or software failure Fast slow boot IPL settings Using the service processor menus you can select the IPL type mode and speed of your system boot Attention Selecting fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped and a shorter memory test being run Service Processor Reboot Restart Recovery Reboot describes bringing the system hardware back up for example from a system reset or power on The boot process ends when control passes to the operating system process Restart describes activating the operating system after the system hardware is re initialized Restart must follow a successful reboot Boot IPL Speed When the server enters reboot recovery slow IPL is automatically started which gives the POST an opportunity to locate and report any problems that may otherwise be undetected Failure During Boot Process During the boot process either initially after system power on or upon reboot after a system failure the service processor monitors the boot progress If progress stops the service processor can re initiate the boot process reboot if enabled to do so The service processor can re attempt this process according to the number of retries that has been set in the Reboot Restart Policy Setup Menu Failure During Normal System Operation When the boot proc
455. replace an adapter at this time Flashing rapidly six to eight Action Indicates slot is ready for removing or replacing an adapter 328 Service Guide Removing Adapter Cards With this system you can remove PCI adapters with the power on These adapters are referred to as hot pluggable PCI adapters Some adapters are not hot pluggable and power must be removed from the system for adapter removal Before you remove an adapter determine if the PCI adapter you are installing is hot pluggable See the PC Adapter Placement Reference order number SA38 0538 Also review the information in PCI Adapter Options on page 328 If you are removing a PCI adapter that is Not hot pluggable continue with Removing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter e Hot pluggable go to Removing a Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter on page 330 Removing a Non Hot Pluggable PCI Adapter Perform the following steps to remove a non hot pluggable adapter 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet 3 If you have not already done so remove the front rear and left covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Determine the slot from which you are removing the adapter 5 Disconnect any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed 6 Turn the locki
456. rise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 MOBT 0001 The system hung during Starting Software This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 MOKB D000 The system hung during keyboard POST This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 User s Guide Keyboard MOKB D001 The system did not respond to a keyboard entry This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Type 101 keyboard MOKB D002 The system did not respond to a keyboard entry This error code is generated by the customer performing Problem Determination in the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6F0 and 6F1 User s Guide Type 102 keyboard Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 247 Table 11 Problem Determination Generated Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU MOKB D003 MOME M002 The system did not respo
457. rmation and instructions for updating the system firmware You may need to perform these steps if you are installing an option or if your support representative has instructed you to update your firmware Always check the pSeries amp RS 6000 Support Web site for the latest firmware images and update instructions The Web address is http Awww rs6000 ibm com support micro Downloading the firmware update image and update instructions from the Web is preferred If the system is running but access to the Web is not available see System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image on page 284 If the system cannot be powered on but the service processor menus are available see Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus on page 285 If the service processor programming has been corrupted the service processor will automatically enter recovery mode when power is applied to the system Recovery mode is described later in this section To check the level of firmware that is currently on the system see Determining the General Information on System Firmware Updates All the types of system firmware that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same time They are e System power control network programming e Service processor programming e IPL programming e Run time abstraction services It is strongly recommended that you create a set of firmware update diskettes from the Web site as soon as possible after
458. rned on and before the operating system is loaded the system does a power on self test POST This test performs checks to ensure that the hardware is functioning correctly before the operating system is loaded During the POST a POST screen displays and POST indicators appear on the fimware console if one is connected The next section describes the POST indicators and functions that can be accessed during the POST POST Indicators POST power on self test indicators indicate tests that are being performed as the system is preparing to load the operating system The POST indicators are words that display on the system console Each time that the system starts another step in the POST a POST indicator word appears on the console Each word is an indicator of the tests that are being performed 10 Service Guide POST Keys 1 Key 5 Key The POST screen displays the following words Memory Memory test Keyboard Initialize the Keyboard and mouse The window for pressing a key to access the System Management Services or to initiate a service mode boot is now open See POST Keys for more information Network Self test on network adapters SCSI Adapters are being initialized Speaker Sounds an audible tone at the end of POST The POST keys if pressed after the keyboard POST indicator displays and before the last POST indicator speaker displays cause the system to start services or to initiate service mode boots used for confi
459. rocessor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 263D Processor system and scan control routines detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4B2E 281F Processor system and scan control routines detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4B2E 282E Processor system and scan control routines detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 283F 4B2E 288D Processor system and scan control routines detected SCSI backplane fault Processor system and scan control routines detected memory riser fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4B2E 2A00 Processor system and scan control routines detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2E 300A 4B2E 300B Processor system and scan control routines detected 32MB DIMM fault Processor system and scan control routines detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2E 300C Processor system and scan conirol routines detected 256MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 236 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B
460. rocessor card Location P1 C1 450B 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450B 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450B 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450B 25F2 450B 263D 6W processor card fault Memory system and wire test detected memory filler fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450B 281F Memory system and wire test detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450B 282E Memory system and wire test detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 450B 283F Memory system and wire test detected SCSI backplane fault SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 450B 288D Memory system and wire test detected memory riser fault 1 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 450B 2A00 Memory system and wire test detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 450B 300A Memory system and wire test detected 32MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 M
461. rocessor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 248A I O system and IPL detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 460C 24A1 I O system and IPL detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 24A2 I O system and IPL detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 24A3 I O system and IPL detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 24A4 I O system and IPL detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 25B6 I O system and IPL detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 460C 25BB I O system and IPL detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 25BD 460C 25BE I O system and IPL detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault I O system and IPL detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 25BF I O system and IPL detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460C 263D I O system and IPL detected memory filler fault Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 460C 281F I O system and IPL detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 460C 282E I O system and IPL detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1
462. rocessor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460F 244E I O system and error code generation logging detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460F 244F 460F 248A I O system and error code generation logging detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault I O system and error code generation logging detected operator panel fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Operator panel Location L1 460F 24A1 I O system and error code generation logging detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460F 24A2 I O system and error code generation logging detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 460F 24A3 I O system and error code generation logging detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 218 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 460F 24A4 I O system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 460F 25B6 I O system and error code Power supply Location V1 or V2 or generation logging detected 650W V3 power supply fault 460F 25BB I O system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 460F 25BD I O system and error code Processor ca
463. roring Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 S1 and serial port 2 S2 When console mirroring is enabled the service processor sends information to both serial ports The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the active port The mirror port is determined when keyboard input is detected from the other port From this point on the service processor only sends information to the active port and the mirror port This capability can be enabled by local or remote users providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions Console mirroring can be enabled for the current session only System Configuration The following describes the configuration for console mirroring e Service processor Modem connected to one serial port and enabled for incoming calls e Local ASCII terminal connected to the other serial port This local terminal can be connected directly to your server or connected through another modem Console mirroring can be started in the following scenarios e Remote session first then local session added 1 Remote session is already in progress 2 Remote user uses service processor menus to enable console mirroring allowing both consoles to be active e Local session first then remote session added 1 Local session is already in progress 2 The service processor receives a call from the remote user 3 The local user selects the option to enable console mirroring T
464. rrently Unassigned 98 Return to Previous Menu 1 gt S Y Customer Account Number is assigned by your service provider for record keeping and billing If you have an account number enter it Otherwise leave this field unassigned e Customer RETAIN Login User ID and Customer RETAIN Login Password apply to a service function to which your service provider may or may not have access Leave these fields unassigned if your service provider does not use RETAIN Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode When the system is in service mode the following service processor parameters are suspended Unattended start mode e Reboot restart policy e Call out e Surveillance When service mode is exited the service processor parameters revert to the customer settings 278 Service Guide Service Processor Functions This section discusses some of the service processor functions in greater detail The service processor supports the functions listed in the following table Built in Functions Initialization and Test Service Processor BIST System Chip Initialization Error Data Collection BIST POST errors and status Isolation to Field Replaceable Unit FRU on failure Configuration CPU Complex validation VPD Collection System Management Reset and Reboot on System Firmware failure Reboot on system failure Local User Function User Interface Local async console Tex
465. rror code persists replace the SCSI cable One at a time reconnect the SCSI devices disconnected in step 3 If the error code returns replace the last SCSI device you reconnected reattached and the error code has not been returned there may have been a bad connection Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in in the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 123 Table 6 Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 2100 0002 Unsupported SCSI bus mode high voltage differential Before eplacing any system components refer to the notes in error code 21A0 Oxxx 1 Disconnect the SCSI cable from the SCSI controller the location code identifies and reboot the system If the error code persists replace the SCSI controller or I O planar if SCSI controller is integrated Reconnect the SCSI cable disconnected in step 1 and remove all the SCSI devices attached to the cable and reboot the system If the error code persists replace the SCSI cable One at a time reconnect the SCSI devices disconnected in step 3 If the error code returns replace the last SCSI device you reconnected If all SCSI devices have been reattached and the error code has not been returned there may have been a bad connection Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in in the RS 6000 and server pSeries
466. s from checkpoint E156 E1D3 Create SCSI block device node SD Perform Repair actions from checkpoint E156 E1D4 E1DB Create SCSI byte device node ST Create floppy controller FDC node Perform Repair actions from checkpoint E156 Replace the system board See the note on page e4 E1DC Dynamic console selection If a console is attached but nothing is displayed on it follow the steps associated with All display problems in the Entry MAP tables If selection screen s can be seen on the terminals and the appropriate key on the input device associated with the desired display or terminal is pressed within 60 seconds but there is no response to the keystroke e If selecting the console with a keyboard attached to the system replace the keyboard If replacing the keyboard does not fix the problem replace the service processor Location Code P1 e If selecting the console with an ASCII terminal suspect the ASCII terminal Use the problem determination procedures for the terminal Replace the service processor Location Code P1 if these procedures do not reveal a problem Note Terminal settings should be set to 9600 Baud No Parity 8 Data bits 1 Stop bit E1DE Alternating pattern of E1DE and E1AD is used to indicate a default catch condition before the firmware checkpoint word is available See the note on page B4 E1DF Create dis
467. s memory NVRAM content 264 Service Guide e Read Service Processor Configuration Displays current service processor configuration Processor Configuration Deconfiguration Menu This menu allows the user to change the system processor configuration If it is necessary to take one of the processors offline this menu allows you to deconfigure a processor and then reconfigure the processor at a later time An example of this menu is shown below 1 gt AE PUNE 98 N PROCESSOR CONFIGURATION DECONFIGURATION MENU Enable Disable CPU Repeat Gard Currently Enabled 00 Configured by system 31 Deconfigured by system 0 1 2 00 Configured by system 3 00 Configured by system Return to Previous Menu Note This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot sequence The first time the system is powered up or after the system s non volatile RAM NVRAM has been erased this table may be empty The table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX The fields of the previous table represent the following Column 1 1 Menu selection index Column 2 0 Logical processor device number assigned by AIX You can display these logical device numbers by issuing the following command on the AIX command line Isdev C grep proc Column 3 3 0 Processor address list used by the service processor and should be ignored Column 4 00 Error status of the processors Cha
468. s must be restored if not previously set to default values e Manually reset all settings e If the service processor settings had previously been saved you can restore the settings by using the procedure in Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings on page 252 Internal Disk Drive Bays The system has positions for three disk drive bays which are available for installing additional disk drives Because many configurations are possible for each system this procedure instructs you how to install the disk drive bay hardware and then refers you to cabling diagrams when appropriate for the type of bay you are installing The following diagram shows the system with the front cover removed and with the disk drive bays identified Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 355 O O O o Se 0 0 SSS F Ole O C D14 DB3 D13 DB2 O D DI DI DIDID ollo iala zl iel llo Lol a2 DB1 O D D DI D Di D 0 0 0 0 0 jo 1 12 13 L4 15 Le If you are installing e Atwo position SCSI disk drive bay continue with Removing a Two Position SCSI Disk Drive Bay e Asix position SCSI
469. s slows down before attempting to replace another of the three supplies Failure to do so will cause the system to shut down because the high RPM of the cooling fans signifies that the system recognizes that one of the three supplies is missing To remove a power supply perform the following steps Attention When you remove a power supply it must be replaced within 1 5 minutes avoid overheating the system T 2 3 4 Replacement Remove the right side cover as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Grasp the handle of the power supply Pivot the handle downward With one hand supporting the power supply from the bottom use the handle to pull out the power supply Replace in reverse order Installing the Redundant Power and Cooling Option The redundant power and cooling option consists of two fans and an extra power supply in addition to the base fans and power supplies that are already installed in your system Installing a Redundant Fan Use the following procedure to install redundant fans in your system 1 If you have not already done so shut down the system as described in Stopping the System Unit on page 316 2 If you have not already done so unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 339 3 If you have not already done so remove the front rear and right side covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 31
470. se the following table to determine your starting point When possible run online diagnostics in service mode Online diagnostics perform additional functions compared to standalone diagnostics This ensures that the error state of the system is captured in NVRAM for your use in fixing the problem The AIX error log and SMIT are only available when diagnostics are run from the hard drive Notes 1 If more than eight digits are displayed in the top line of the operator panel display use only the first eight digits to find the error in the tables The digits that display beyond the first eight digits are location codes that can assist you in diagnosing the problem See AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables on page 2 2 Licensed programs frequently rely on system information stored on the VPD module on the operator panel assembly If the MAPs indicate that the operator panel assembly should be replaced swap the VPD module from the old operator panel to the new one If the old VPD module has to be replaced call technical support for recovery instructions If recovery is not possible notify the system owner that new keys for licensed programs may be required 3 If a network adapter or the system board is replaced the network administrator must be notified so that the client IP addresses used by the server can be changed In addition the operating system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in order to
471. see Handling Static Sensitive Devices on page 310 Note Installing a processor card into your system unit may require updating the firmware A diskette is included with your new processor card if that is required Power off the system see Powering Off and Powering On the System on page 9 Disconnect the ac power cord Remove the left side cover see Removing the Covers on page 311 Remove the door to the CEC a Remove the knurled screw at the right to unlock the door b Pivot the door to the left to remove it Compress the tabs on each side of the processor unit to unlock the unit PON 6 Pivot the tabs outward to disconnect the processor unit from its connector 7 Pull the processor unit straight out of the CEC Replace in reverse order Note If you replace a 1 way processor unit with a 2 way 4 way or 6 way processor unit be sure to remove any memory DIMMs from the 1 way unit and transfer them to a memory riser card CAUTION A lithium battery can cause fire explosion or a severe burn Do not recharge disassemble heat above 100 degrees C 212 degrees F solder directly to the cell incinerate or expose cell contents to water Keep away from children Replace only with the part number specified for your system Use of another battery may represent a risk of fire or explosion The battery connector is polarized do not attempt to reverse the polarity Dispose of the battery according to l
472. service processor detects ring indicate and prompts you for a password if set When verified the service processor menus display remotely Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings All the settings you make except language from the service processor menus can be backed up either for recovering from a fault that may corrupt these settings or for replicating these settings to other servers that include a service processor The AIX service aid Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies can be used to save your settings after initial setup or whenever the settings must be changed for system operation purposes It is strongly recommended that you use this AIX service aid for backing up service processor settings to protect the usefulness of the service processor and the availability of the server Refer to Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies in the Introducing Tasks and Service Aids section of the RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems SA38 0509 252 Service Guide Menu Inactivity The service processor exits menu mode after ten minutes of inactivity and displays a message indicating that it has done so Pressing any key on the ASCII terminal causes the main menu to be displayed General User Menu The menu options presented to the general user are a subset of the options available to the privileged user The user must know the general access password if set to access th
473. sing system but cannot download a new version of the microcode Action Exchange the FRU for a new FRU Note In this SRN an x represents a digit 0 through F DFFFF SSA adapter card See the 100 Description A command or parameter that has installation guide and the service been sent or received is not valid This problem is guide for the using system caused either by the SSA adapter or by an error in the microcode Action Go to Software and Microcode Errors on page 426 before exchanging the FRU D6PAA Action Go to Advanced SerialRAID Adapters through User s Guide and Maintenance Information order SSA03 number SA33 3285 SSA Loop Configurations That Are Not Valid Note This section is related to SRN 48000 434 Service Guide SRN 48000 shows that the SSA loop contains more devices or adapters than are allowed The following condition exists the loop contains more than 48 devices If the SRN occurred when either you or the customer switched on the using system 1 Switch off the using system 2 Review the configuration that you are trying to make and determine why that configuration is not valid 3 Review Rules for SSA Loops on page 438 4 Correct your configuration by reconfiguring the SSA cables or by removing the excess devices or adapters from the loop 5 Switch on the using system If the SRN occurred because additional devices or adapters were added to a working SSA
474. sk drive modules are connected to these connectors either those modules are failing or their SSA links have not been enabled Permanently on Both SSA links are active normal operating condition Slow flash Only one SSA link is active Disk Drive Module Strings In the system unit the disk drive modules are arranged in a string of two to six disk drive modules This string has its own two SSA connectors This string is connected through an internal SSA cable to a pair of connectors on the SSA adapter to make an SSA loop The SSA cables provide the SSA links The following diagram shows the relationships between the SSA connectors and the disk drive module string in a system unit Disk or Blank B2 Disk Only B1 Disk or Blank ae Disk or Blank A2 Disk or Blank A1 Disk Only Pdisks Hdisks and Disk Drive Module Identification The physical disk drives pdisks in an SSA subsystem can be configured as logical units LUNs A LUN is also known as an hdisk and can consist of one or more physical disk drives An hdisk in an SSA subsystem might therefore consist of one pdisk or several pdisks The configuration software also allocates an identification hdisk and pdisk number to each disk drive module during the configuration of the SSA link The disk drive modules do not have fixed physical addresses The
475. sk was most likely formatted on a different type of using system 1 Format the pdisk 2 Issue the system cfgmgr command 3 Retry the Configuration Verification service aid 3 If the problem remains a software error has probably occurred Call your support center for assistance Have the system diagnostics or problem determination procedures given you a 5 digit SRN for the SSA hot swap disk drive NO Go to Step 2010 4 YES Go to Service Request Numbers SRNs on page 425 If the system diagnostics are available go to Step 2010 5 If the stand alone diagnostics are available but the system diagnostics are not available run the stand alone diagnostics then go to Step 2010 5 If the system diagnostics and stand alone diagnostics are not available go to 2010 1 on page 77 Run the diagnostics in the problem determination mode Note Do not run the advanced diagnostics because errors are logged on other using systems that share the same loop Did the diagnostics give you a 5 digit SRN for the SSA hot swap disk drive NO Go to Step 2010 6 YES Go to Service Request Numbers SRNs on page 425 Are all LEDs off on the drives in a 6 pack NO Go to step Step 2010 9 on page 79 YES Go to Step 2010 7 Are any power cables loose or in need of replacement NO Go to Step 2010 8 on page 79 YES Fix or replace the power cables as required Go to MAP 410 Repair 78 Service Guide
476. ssor card Location P1 C1 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2C 300A Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 300B Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 300C Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 300D Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB stacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 300E Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB unstacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 301F Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2C 303A Processor system and IPL detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 1GB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4B2D 244C Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault 4B2D 244D Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2D 244E Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2D 244F Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault 4B2D 248A Processor system and attention Operator panel Location L1 handler detec
477. stacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4506 300E Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4506 301F Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4506 303A Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4507 244C Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 244D Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 244E Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 244F Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 248A Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4507 24A1 Memory system and 6xx bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4507 24A2 Memory system
478. starting the system The system powers on without answering the call Unattended start mode refer to Enable Disable Unattended Start Mode on page zeo The service processor can be enabled to recover from the loss of ac power dc power in a dc powered system see Enable Disable Unattended Power On Mode in the System Control Power Menu When ac power dc power in a dc powered system is restored the system returns to the power state at the time ac loss dc loss in a dc powered system occurred For example if the system was powered on when ac loss dc loss in a dc powered system occurred it reboots restarts when power is restored If the system was powered off when ac loss dc loss in a dc powered system occurred it remains off when power is restored Timed power on refer to the shutdown t command on servers using AIX Working in conjunction with AIX the service processor in your server can operate a timer much like the wake up timer on your clock radio You can set the timer so that your server powers on at a certain time after shutting down The timer is battery operated so power interruptions that occur while the server is off do not affect its accuracy Refer to the AIX shutdown t command for details on setting the timer Note If an ac power dc power in a dc powered system loss is in progress when the timed power on attempt occurs the server is not able to power on when ac power dc power in a dc powered system is resto
479. stem Location Codes If a returned value is not listed in this table see Physical Location Code Standard Prefixes under Diagnostic Numbers and Codes in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems FRU Name Slot Location AIX Physical Logical Name Code Location Connection Connection Code System board P1 Processor Card c01 P1 C1 Processor 1 P1 C1 00 00 Processor 2 P1 C1 00 02 Processor 3 P1 C1 00 04 Processor 4 P1 C1 00 06 Processor 5 P1 C1 00 08 Processor 6 P1 C1 00 0A Memory DIMMs 1 way P1 C1 M1 to 00 00 P1 C1 M8 Memory riser card 1 Mo1 P1 M1 00 00 Memory DIMM 1 16 P1 M1 1 to 00 00 See P1 M1 16 Memory riser card 2 M02 P1 M2 00 00 Memory DIMM 1 16 P1 M2 1 to 00 00 See P1 M2 16 PCI Host Bridge Bus 1 P1 00 fff7f09000 ISA Bus P1 10 80 PCI to PCI Bridge 1 Pi 10 58 10 5A 10 5C 10 5E Chapter 1 Reference Information 25 FRU Name Slot Location AIX Physical Logical Name Code Location Connection Connection Code PCI Slot 3 C03 P1 I3 10 5A J10 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note Bridge 1 on page 30 PCI Slot 3 Device P1 13 1A 08 to J10 64 BIT PCI to PCI 1A 0F or See Note Bridge 1 1B xx or on page 30 1C xx PCI Slot 4 C04 P1 l4 10 5C J11 64 BIT PCI to PCI See Note Bridge 1 on page 30 PCI Slot 4 Device P1 14 17 08 to J11 64 BIT PCI to PCI 17 0F or See Not
480. stem board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 4506 244C Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 244D Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 244E 4506 244F Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 4M 500 MHz processor fault Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 2M 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 248A Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected operator panel fault Operator panel Location L1 4506 24A1 Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 24A2 Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 24A3 Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 24A4 Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 25B6 Memory system and scan interface b
481. stem board Location P1 See basic assurance tests detected note 3 on page 41 system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4506 283F Memory system and scan interface SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 basic assurance tests detected SCSI backplane fault 4506 288D Memory system and scan interface 1 If more than one DIMM is called basic assurance tests detected out go to the service processor memory riser fault Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 2 Memory riser card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 or P1 C1 4506 2A00 Memory system and scan interface Processor card Location P1 C1 basic assurance tests detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4506 300A Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected 32MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4506 300B Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 128MB DIMM fault 4506 300C Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or basic assurance tests detected 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 185 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4506 300D Memory system and scan interface basic assurance tests detected 512MB
482. stics detected 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4608 300A I O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or runtime diagnostics detected 32MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4608 300B I O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or runtime diagnostics detected 128MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4608 300C I O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or runtime diagnostics detected 256MB P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn DIMM fault 4608 300D I O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or runtime diagnostics detected 512MB stacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 209 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4608 300E I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 512MB unstacked DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4608 301F I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 128MB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4608 303A I O system and other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected 1GB DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 244C I O system and memory test detected 1W 2M 400 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4609 244D I O system and memory test detect
483. supplemental media first Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power After the keyboard indicator is displayed press the number 5 key on the directly attached keyboard or the number 5 key on an ASCII terminal keyboard Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO The last device or cable that you attached is defective To test each FRU exchange the FRUs in the following order 1 Device and cable last one attached 2 System board see note 3 on page 41 If the symptom did not change and all the FRUs have been exchanged call your service support person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 69 YES Repeat this step until all of the devices are attached Go to Step 1540 17 Step 1540 17 The system is working correctly with this configuration One of the FRUs adapters that you removed is probably defective 1 2 4 5 6 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet Install a FR
484. system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 460E 24A4 I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 460E 25B6 I O system and scan control routines Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 460E 25BB I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 460E 25BD I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 460E 25BE I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 460E 25BF I O system and scan control routines Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 460E 263D I O system and scan control routines Memory filler card Location P1 M1 detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 460E 281F I O system and scan control routines SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SSA backplane fault 460E 282E I O system and scan control routines 1 System board Location P1 detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 460E 283F I O system and scan control routines SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SCSI backplane fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 217 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU
485. t 450D 24A4 Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 450D 25B6 Memory system and attention handler Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 450D 25BB Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 450D 25BD Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 450D 25BE Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 450D 25BF Memory system and attention handler Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 450D 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450D 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450D 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450D 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450D 263D Memory system and attention handler Memory filler card Location P1 M1 detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 450D 281F Memory system and attention handler SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 detected SSA backplane fault 450D 282E Memory system and attention handler 1 System board Location P1 detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 450D 283F Memory system and attention handler SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 det
486. t Path MAP in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You suspect a cable problem See RS 6000 and server pSeries Adapters Devices and Cable Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 47 Symptom Action You do not have a symptom Go to MAP 0020 Problem Determination Procedure in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You do not have a determined symptom Go to MAP 0020 Problem Determination Procedure in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems You Cannot Find the Symptom in this Table All other problems Go to MAP 0020 Problem Determination Procedure in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems MAP 1020 Problem Determination Purpose of this MAP Use this MAP to get an error code if you were not provided with one by the customer or you are unable to load diagnostics If you are able to load the diagnostics go to MAP 0020 in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log It is_ a good idea to examine that error log before proceeding see System Information Menu on page 264 Be prepared to record code numbers and use those numbers in the course of analyzing a problem The ser
487. t based menus with NLS Operator Panel messages Power and Miscellaneous Status and Data Access Power On Off Configurable Reboot Policy VPD Error data SP Error data system Service Processor Setup Utilities Passwords Phone numbers Language NLS selection Call In Call Out enable disable System Name Modem Configuration Remote User Functions Call Out Call Home Reporting OS termination Boot failure Surveillance failure Checkstop Machine check Identify system by name Call In Power on through ring indicate Password security check Console mirroring Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 279 System Power On Methods This section discusses the following system power on methods 280 Service Guide Power on switch Service processor menus Privileged users can power on the system by selecting the System Control Power Menu option from the main menu and then selecting the Power on System option from the system power control menu General users should select Power on System on the general user menu Remote power on via ring indicate signal The server automatically powers on when it detects a ring indicate signal from a modem attached to serial port 1 S1 or serial port 2 S2 A remote user can call the server to activate ring detection by the modem Listen for a few more rings than the threshold number for
488. t carrier and DTR Ignore RTS Confirm command successful JE t e e OR H H H H H Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or V r N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command ripo error Reset modem Select profile 1 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer OFF Confirm command successful Detect carrier and DTR Ignore RTS Confirm command successful RI Power On enabled Handle unexpected modem responses send AT amp F1Q0T r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEQT r expect Q r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect Q r timeout 2 send ATSQ 0 r expect Q r timeout 2 send AT amp C1 amp D2 amp R1 r expect Q r timeout 2 done expect 8 r or 7 r or 6 r or 4 r or 3 r delay 2 done Appendix D Modem Configurations 421 422 Service Guide Appendix E SSA Problem Determination Procedures Problem determination procedures are provided by power on self tests POSTs service request numbers SRNs and maintenance analysis procedures MAPs Some of these procedures use the system service aids
489. t person for assistance If the symptom has changed check for loose cards cables and obvious problems If you do not find a problem return to Step 1540 1 on page 58 and follow the instructions for the new symptom YES Go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures Step 1540 6 No failure was detected with this configuration 1 Turn off the power and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 2 Install a quad of memory DIMMs on the memory riser card 3 Connect the system unit power cable to the wall outlet and wait for OK on the operator panel display Turn on the power 5 Wait for the operator panel to stabilize at a checkpoint Note Checkpoints E1F2 and E1F3 are stable as soon as they appear Other checkpoints may take up to 3 minutes to ensure stability depending on system configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE000B NO Go to Step 1540 7 YES Repeat this step until all the memory DIMMs are installed and tested on the first memory riser card Record the positions of the memory DIMMs in the second memory riser card if previously installed Remove all of the memory DIMMs from the second memory riser card except the first quad Repeat this step until all the memory DIMMs are installed and tested on second memory riser card Go
490. t the diagnostic CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Note If you cannot insert the diagnostic CD ROM go to Step 1540 2 When the word keyboard is displayed the word keyboard on an ASCII terminal or the keyboard and hand icon on a graphical display press the numeric 5 key Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed NO Go to Step 1540 2 YES Go to Step 1540 19 on page 71 Step 1540 2 fi 2 58 Service Guide Turn off the power If you have not already done so configure the service processor with the instructions in note e Then return here and continue Exit service processor menus and unplug the system unit power cable from the wall outlet 4 Disconnect all external cables such as parallel serial 1 serial 2 serial 3 serial 4 keyboard mouse 100BaseT Ethernet SCSI 5 Remove both side covers as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 6 Record the slot numbers of the PCI adapters Label and record the location of any cables attached to the adapters Disconnect any cables attached to the adapters and remove all the adapters 7 Ifthe system has a one way processor card with memory DIMMs installed record the DIMM locations and remove all the memory DIMMs except the ones in slots 1 and 8 pair A If a memory riser card with memory DIMMs is installed in slot P1 M1 record the DIMM locations and remove all t
491. t until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off then press the power button to turn on the system 4 Immediately insert the diagnostic CD ROM into the CD ROM drive 5 When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup press the numeric 5 key on the keyboard 6 Enter any requested passwords Online diagnostics can be loaded by booting from a hard file in the custom boot list by pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard To boot from the devices listed in the service mode boot list perform the following procedure 1 Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped then do so 2 Turn off the system Note If AIX is running enter the shutdown command 3 Wait until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off then press the power button to turn the system on 4 When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup press the numeric 6 key on the keyboard 249 5 Enter any requested passwords After any requested passwords have been entered the system attempts to boot from the first device of each type found on the list If no bootable image is found on the first device of each type on the list the system does not search through the other devices of that type for a bootable image instead it polls the first device of the next type If all types of devices in the boot list have been polled without finding a bootable image the system restarts This action gives th
492. ted memory filler fault Processor card Location P1 C1 Memory filler card Location P1 M1 or P1 M2 4609 281F I O system and memory test detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4609 282E I O system and memory test detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 210 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4609 283F I O system and memory test detected SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 SCSI backplane fault 4609 288D I O system and memory test detected Memory riser card Location P1 M1 memory riser fault or P1 M2 4609 2A00 I O system and memory test detected Processor card Location P1 C1 6W 4M 500 MHz processor fault 4609 300A I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 32MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 300B I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 128MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 300C I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 256MB DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 300D I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB stacked DIMM fault P1 M2 n or P1 C1 Mn 4609 300E I O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 n or 512MB unstac
493. ted Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 memory DIMM fault 406E 0114 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 memory DIMM fault 406E 011D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 0121 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 memory DIMM fault 406E 0122 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 memory DIMM fault 406E 0123 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 memory DIMM fault 406E 0124 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 memory DIMM fault 406E 012D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 0131 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 memory DIMM fault 406E 0132 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 memory DIMM fault 406E 0133 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 memory DIMM fault 406E 0134 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 memory DIMM fault 406E 013D Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 memory DIMM fault 406E 01FF Scan control routines detected Go to MAP 1540 Minimum memory failure on riser card 2 that Configuration on page 57 and run cannot be automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 406E 0200 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 memory riser card fault 406E 0
494. ted memory DIMM fault 4066 0121 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0122 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0123 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0124 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 012D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0131 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0132 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0133 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 0134 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 013D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 4066 01FF Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory failure on riser card Configuration on page 57 and run 2 that cannot be automatically minimum configuration for further isolated isolation 4066 0200 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 detected memory riser card fault 4066 0201 Scan inter
495. ted operator panel fault 4B2D 24A1 Processor system and attention Processor card Location P1 C1 handler detected 1W 2M 450 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 233 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2D 24A2 Processor system and attention handler detected 2W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 24A3 Processor system and attention handler detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 24A4 Processor system and attention handler detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25B6 Processor system and attention handler detected 650W power supply fault Power supply Location V1 or V2 or V3 4B2D 25BB Processor system and attention handler detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25BD Processor system and attention handler detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25BE Processor system and attention handler detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25BF Processor system and attention handler detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2D 25EA 4W processor ca
496. tem configuration Does the operator panel stabilize with code E1F2 E1F3 E1F7 or 20EE000B NO Go to Step 1540 3 on page 60 YES If the system has a one way processor card with additional memory DIMMs to be tested go to Step 1540 4 on page 60 If the system has memory riser cards with additional memory DIMMs to be tested go to Step 1540 6 on page 62 If there are no additional memory DIMMs to be tested go to Step 1540 8 on page 69 Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures 59 Step 1540 3 One of the FRUs remaining in the system unit is defective Note If the system stopped with a checkpoint or error code different from the one that directed you to this MAP perform the action indicated by the new checkpoint or error code If the new checkpoint or error code has no action indicated or the action does not correct the problem continue with this step 1 Turn off the power remove the power cable and replace the FRUs one at a time with new or previously removed FRUs in the following order a b c d e f g h Memory DIMMs quad A on memory riser card 1 if present with new or previously removed DIMMs Memory riser card Location P1 M1 if present with a new or previously removed memory riser card Memory riser card Location P1 M2 if present with a new or previously removed memory riser card Memory DIMMs pair A on one way processor card if present with new or previously remov
497. temperature 2 Check air supply to fans 3 Check fans for proper installation and operation 4 Check for unsupported cards that may be too hot 5 Operator panel Location L1 B1xx 4681 JTAG Scan Interface 1 Processor card Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 B1xx 4690 Operating system surveillance time 1 This error code indicates that the out AIX to service processor operating system terminated early interface failure which usually implies an operating system crash This error code may appear in the service processor error log by itself However in the AIX error log there should be another error which points to the cause of the operating system crash Use the other error as the starting point for your service action 2 The other possibility is that the operating system was not found during a prior boot attempt To determine if this occurred do the following Look at the AIX error log entry containing B1xx4690 This will be a SCAN_ERROR_CHRP error with an identifier of BFEC0425 In the detail data find the string B1xx4690 If present it will be at byte 60 of the detail data Then go forward 8 bytes after the B1 to byte 68 and look at bytes 68 and 69 If the values of bytes 68 and 69 are A2B0 this indicates that the firmware was unable to find a bootable device in the boot list that is set in the SMS menus If the system is up the boot list problem has be
498. terminal does not disconnect after logging off you must command the remote terminal emulator to hang up This then breaks the connection Appendix D Modem Configurations 405 Recovery Strategy The recovery strategy consists of making two calls to establish a remote session This solution is the easiest to implement and allows more freedom for configuring your server s serial ports To set up a remote terminal session dial into the service processor and start the system After the operating system is loaded and initialized the connection will be dropped At this point call the server back and the operating system will answer and offer you the login prompt Prevention Strategy The disconnect is caused by the operating system when it initializes the Primary Console The tests listed in Transfer of a Modem Session on page 405 are conducted with the remote terminal selected as the primary console to manifest the modem s response to DTR transitions e If a local ASCII terminal or a graphics console is to be a permanent part of your server then make one of them the primary console Your remote terminal will no longer experience the connection loss e Ifa local console is not a permanent part of your server you can still assign either the unused graphics console or the unused serial port as the primary console This gives you the desired seamless connection at your remote terminal e If you choose to use the unused serial port as the
499. th the modem s response to DTR e Recovery e Prevention Before you use one of these strategies determine if your server s modem is set up correctly to respond to DTR With the remote terminal connected to serial port 1 and defined as the Primary Console Device there are two tests you can perform 1 Will the modem drop the connection after the System initialization complete message displays at the remote terminal If Yes the modem is set up correctly If No try another amp Dn setting for your server s modem See your modem manual for this information The amp Dn command appears in three places each in three of the sample modem configuration files as follows 2 Will the servers modem disconnect when the power drops You can make this observation at the remote terminal by commanding your server to shut down and power off Use the AIX command shutdown F Watch for the message NO CARRIER on your remote terminal If Yes this is the correct response The modem is set up correctly If No try another amp Dn setting for your server s modem See your model manual for this information The amp Dn command appears in three places each in three of the sample modem configuration files Only the following sample modem configuration files contain the amp Dn command in three places each e modem_f cfg modem_f0 cfg modem_fi cfg If you are using modem_z cfg or modem_z0 cfg you cannot control DTR response If your remote
500. the earliest time stamp To get a list of possible FRUs select the detail screen for each error code and perform the listed repair actions If the repair actions for an error code are ineffective continue to work upward through this group of error codes which is forward in time from the earliest time stamp to the latest until the problem is fixed or ou reach the error code that was first reported If the system is still not fixed go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 107 Memory Related Error Codes You have been directed here because you have an 8 character error code that indicates a problem with system memory This section will help you isolate to the failing FRU 108 Service Guide If the location code or the service action calls out one DIMM do the following 1 Replace the memory DIMM 2 Replace the memory group pair or quad 3 Replace the memory card If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration menu to verify memory DIMMs state see Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page for more information then do the following 1 From the Memory Configuration Deconfiguration menu select the card s specified by the location code s of the failing DIMM s If the first character of the error status of any DIMM is 1 2 or 3 but not 0 or 4 this is a suspect DIMM Record its location Sets ae eer M
501. ther bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 4068 0122 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 4068 0123 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 4068 0124 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 4068 012D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 4068 0131 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 4068 0132 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 4068 0133 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 4068 0134 Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 150 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4068 013D Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 4068 01FF Other bus processor runtime diagnostics detected memory failure on riser card 2 that cannot be automatically isolated Go to
502. therwise If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected go to MAP 410 Repair Checkout in RS 6000 and server pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems Note Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B006 1403 Missing service processor resource Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 239 Table 9 Common Firmware Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU B006 1404 Service processor firmware fault 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 B006 1405 Service processor firmware fault 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 B006 1406 Service processor program error 1 Update system firmware 2 Check for AIX updates 3 System board Location P1 B006 1407 Service processor resource allocation 1 Update system firmware problem 2 Check for AIX updates 3 System board Location P1 B006 1408 Service processor program error 1 Update system firmware 2 Check for AIX updates 3 System board Location P1 B006 1409 Service processor program error 1 Update system firmware 2 System board Location P1 B10F 1000 Service processor DRAM failure System board Location P1 B10
503. timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 2 r expect O r timeout 2 done waitcall ignore 2 r timeout 1 expect 2 r timeout 10 expect 16 r or 15 r or 14 r or 12 r or timeout 60 page ripo error 414 Service Guide done send ATDT N R r expect O r timeout 60 delay 2 send ATHOT r expect O r timeout 2 done send ATZOQOT r ignore O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATEOT r expect O r or OK r n timeout 2 send ATQOVOXOT r expect O r timeout 2 send ATSO 0 r expect O r timeout 2 done Separate from previous data Assure command mode Allow mode switching delay Set modem switch hook down i e hang up Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Disable responses SOR SRR OR H H H Reset modem Select profile 0 Ignore modem response Initialize modem Echo OFF Enable responses Numeric Limit response codes Confirm commands successful Set AutoAnswer ON Confirm command successful SH t e SHR SR SE SE Ignore first ring Pick up second ring or timeout Expect a connection response 10 r or 5 r or Wr N pager call center number Add enough commas to wait for time to enter paging number R paging number Confirm successful command Wait before hanging up Hang up Confirm successful command Reset modem Select profile 0 Ignore modem response Initial
504. tinued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406F 0233 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 10 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0234 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 8 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 023D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 M1 7 x4 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 02FF Error code generation logging Go to MAP 1540 Minimum detected memory failure on riser card Configuration on page 57 and run 1 that cannot be automatically minimum configuration for further isolated isolation 406F 0300 Error code generation logging Processor card Location P1 C1 detected processor card fault 406F 0301 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M8 amp detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0302 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 030D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M1 detected memory DIMM fault x2 406F 0311 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0312 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 031D Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 detected memory DIMM fault x2 406F 0321 Error code generation logging Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 detected memory DIMM fault 406F 0322 Err
505. tion P1 M2 1 x4 DIMM fault 4069 0111 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 DIMM fault 4069 0112 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 DIMM fault 4069 0113 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 DIMM fault 4069 0114 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 DIMM fault 4069 011D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 DIMM fault 4069 0121 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 DIMM fault 4069 0122 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 DIMM fault 4069 0123 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 DIMM fault 4069 0124 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 DIMM fault 4069 012D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 x4 DIMM fault 4069 0131 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 9 DIMM fault 4069 0132 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 DIMM fault 4069 0133 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 10 DIMM fault 4069 0134 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 8 DIMM fault 4069 013D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 7 x4 DIMM fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 155 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4069 01FF Memory tests detected
506. to Software and Microcode Errors SSA adapter card See the 50 on page 426 before exchanging any FRUs installation guide and the service guide for the using system Appendix F SSA Software and Microcode Errors 427 Table 12 Service Request Numbers continued SRN FRU List Problem 2A004 Disk drive module See 50 Description Async code 04 has been received A software error has probably occurred Action Go tof Sofware and Microcode Err SSA adapter card See the 50 on page 426 before exchanging any FRUs installation guide and the service guide for the using system 2A005 6 pack assembly See Description Async code 05 has been received This code indicates that a disk drive module has Drive Bays on page 358 detected a loss of power Action Use the Link Verification Service Aid to determine if any devices are missing from the SSA link e Ifa device is missing go to SSA Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs on page 75 to isolate the problem e If no device is missing the problem might have been caused by a temporary or partial loss of power to the SSA hot swap disk drive 2A006__ Disk drive module See 70 Description Async code 06 has been received Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives on This code indicates that a disk drive module has page 324 detected the loss of one of its power inputs 6 pack assembl 30 Action If the failing device
507. to display a screen similar to the following 4 IP Parameters 1 Client IP Address 9 3 146 162 2 Server IP Address 9 3 146 171 3 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 4 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 X Exit sss Ne To set an address using this menu do the following 1 Type the number of the selection 1 2 3 or 4 2 Enter the address on the next screen Attention f the client system and the server are on the same subnet set the gateway IP address to 0 0 0 0 300 Service Guide Adapter Parameters Select the Adapter Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu to view an adapter s hardware address as well as configure network adapters that require setup A screen similar to the following displays when you make this selection Ea Sia Adapter Parameters Device Slot Hardware Address 1 Gigabit Ethernet 4 P1 14 E1 0004ac7c0135 2 token ring 5 P1 15 T1 0020357a9105 3 ethernet Integrated P1 E1 0060949d7ac5 4 ethernet 2 P1 12 E1 0004ac5e692b 5 token ring 3 P1 13 T1 0004ac634e38 X Exit PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION gt Xe Select an adapter on this screen to display configuration menus for that adapter If ethernet is selected you can set parameters that control how the ethernet adapter communicates with the network For example the following screen shows the menu for the ethernet adapter configuration ie gt 1 Data Rate Auto 2 Full Duplex No
508. tops the operating system removes power from parts of the system and puts the system into standby mode 316 Service Guide Disk Drive Options Your system can have up to 14 disk drives installed 12 disk drives installed in two six position hot plug disk drive bays and two disk drives in a two position bay which is not hot pluggable The disk drives are mounted in special carriers that allow the disk drives to plug into the bay slots When you install or remove disk drives refer to the procedures in this section Disk drives that are installed in either of the two six position bays are referred to as hot pluggable disk drives The SCSI disk drive bays have light emitting diodes LEDs to identify the state of the disk drive slot 1 shown in the following diagram The disk drive carriers also have status lights 2 which are used to determine if the drive is active Slot LEDs and drive LEDs are visible when the front cover and the disk drive bay cover are removed O Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 317 Disk Drive Slot LED Definitions The following table describes the possible states of the LEDs associated with each of the hot plug disk drive slots One LED is associated with each hot pluggable disk drive slot LED Indication
509. trol Power supply Location V1 or V2 or routines detected 650W power supply V3 fault 450E 25BB Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault 450E 25BD Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 450E 25BE Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 450E 25BF Memory system and scan control Processor card Location P1 C1 routines detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 450E 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450E 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450E 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450E 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 450E 263D Memory system and scan control Memory filler card Location P1 M1 routines detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 450E 281F Memory system and scan control SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 routines detected SSA backplane fault 450E 282E Memory system and scan control 1 System board Location P1 routines detected system board fault 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 450E 283F Memory system and scan control SCSI 6 pack Location B1 or B2 routines detected SCSI backplane fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 201 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued
510. ts From service aids the selection is optional Call Out Call Home The service processor can call out call home when it detects one of the following conditions e System firmware surveillance failure e Operating system surveillance failure if supported by operating system e Restarts e Critical hardware failure e Abnormal operating system termination To enable the call out feature do the following 1 Connect a modem to serial port 1 S1 or serial port 2 S2 2 Set up the following using the service processor menus or the diagnostic service aids e Enable call out for the serial port where the modem is connected 288 Service Guide e Enter the modem configuration file name e Set up site specific parameters phone numbers for call out call out policy number of call out retries and so on 3 To call out before restart set Call out before restart to enabled from the Reboot Restart Policy Setup menu Note Some modems such as IBM 7857 017 are not designed for the paging function Although they can be used for paging they will return an error message when they do not get the expected response from another modem Therefore even though the paging was successful the error message will cause the service processor to retry continuing to place pager calls for the number of retries specified in the Call Out Policy Setup Menu These retries result in redundant pages Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 289 Console Mir
511. ttempt to boot Because time out durations are necessarily long to accommodate retries the system may appear to be hung Restart the system and access the firmware SMS utilities In the utilities check e Is the intended boot device correctly specified in the boot list Are the IP parameters correct e Verify the network connection network could be down e Have network administrator verify the server configuration for this client e Attempt to ping the target server using the SMS Ping utility E175 BootP request Refer to checkpoint E174 E176 TFTP file transfer See Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 E177 Transfer failure due to TFTP error condition See Boot Problems and Concerns on page 102 Chapter 4 Checkpoints 93 Table 2 Firmware Checkpoints continued Checkpoint Description Action Possible Failing FRU E17B Processor clock speed check System board measurement See the note on page 84 E180 Service processor command setup See the note on page B4 E183 Service processor post See the note on page 84 E186 Request PS1 VPD See the note on page 84 E187 Add PS1 VPD to NVRAM and See the note on page 84 device tree E188 Request PS2 VPD See the note on page B4 E189 Add PS2 VPD to NVRAM and See the note on page 84 device tree E18C VPD and data communications
512. ult 4509 25B6 Memory system and memory test Power supply Location V1 or V2 or detected 650W power supply fault V3 4509 25BB Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 191 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4509 25BD Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault 4509 25BE Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault 4509 25BF Memory system and memory test Processor card Location P1 C1 detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault 4509 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4509 25EA AW processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4509 25EB 2W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4509 25F2 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4509 263D Memory system and memory test Memory filler card Location P1 M1 detected memory filler fault or P1 M2 4509 281F Memory system and memory test detected SSA backplane fault SSA 6 pack Location B1 or B2 4509 282E Memory system and memory test detected system board fault 1 System board Location P1 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 4509 283F Memory system and memory test detected S
513. ult 4B2F 24A3 Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 4W 450 MHz processor fault 4B2F 24A4 Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 6W 500 MHz processor fault 4B2F 25B6 Processor system and error code Power supply Location V1 or V2 or generation logging detected 650W V3 power supply fault 4B2F 25BB Processor system and error code Processor card Location P1 C1 generation logging detected 1W 600 MHz processor fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 237 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4B2F 25BD Processor system and error code generation logging detected 2W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 25BE Processor system and error code generation logging detected 4W 600 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 25BF Processor system and error code generation logging detected 6W 668 MHz processor fault Processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 25CB 1W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 25EA 4W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 4B2F 25EB 4B2F 25F2 2W processor card fault 6W processor card fault Replace the processor card Location P1 C1 Replace the processor card Location P1 C1
514. ult x2 4069 0311 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 DIMM fault 4069 0312 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 DIMM fault 4069 031D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 DIMM fault x2 4069 0321 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 DIMM fault 4069 0322 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 DIMM fault 4069 032D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 DIMM fault x2 4069 0331 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 DIMM fault 4069 0332 Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 DIMM fault 4069 033D Memory tests detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 DIMM fault x2 4069 03FF Memory tests detected memory Go to MAP 1540 Minimum failure on processor card that cannot Configuration on page 57 and run be automatically isolated minimum configuration for further isolation 4069 3101 Memory tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 157 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4069 3281 Memory tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 4069 3284 4069 3285 Memory tests detected PCI controller PHBO fault Memory tests
515. unning the Electronic Service Agent application If the Electronic Service Agent application on a remote client decides a service request needs to be placed the client forwards the information to the Electronic Service Agent server that dials the service center telephone number from its locally attached modem In this scenario the user only needs to maintain a single analog line for providing call out capabilities for a large set of servers When used in a scalable parallel SP environment a client server type implementation is configured The Electronic Service Agent client code runs on each of the SP nodes The server component runs on the control workstation In the event of any system failures the relevant information is transmitted to the control workstation through the integrated Ethernet After it has been alerted to the system failure the control workstation initiates actions to prepare and send the service request A modem is required for enabling automated problem reporting to the service center Configuration files for several types of modems are included as part of the Electronic Service Agent package Refer to Modem Configuration Menu on page 274 for more information on configuring your modem Chapter 2 Diagnostics Overview 39 40 Service Guide Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedures MAPs Entry MAP This chapter contains maintenance analysis procedures MAPs for the Models F80 6FO and 6F1 systems U
516. uration Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration 1011 8403 VPD level mismatch Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration 1011 8404 Processor VPD mismatch 1 Processor card Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 1011 8409 Processor VPD 1 Ensure that the processor card is the correct type for the system and is properly installed 2 Processor card Location P1 C1 1011 840A VPD 5 stuck high Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 115 Table 5 SPCN Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 1011 840B VPD 5 stuck low Ignore all location codes Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration 1011 840C Memory DIMM misplugged Inspect system memory for proper installation of memory riser cards and DIMMs 1011 840D SPCN configuration mismatch System board Location P1 1011 840E SPCN default configuration loaded System board Location P1 1011 840F Configuration ID not recognized System board Location P1 1011 8413 Invalid processor 1 VPD Processor card Location P1 C1 1011 8423 No processor 1 VPD Processor card Location P1 C1 1011 9012 Invalid address System board Location P1 1011 9013 Invalid address System board Locatio
517. used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any product program or service The manufacturer may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to the manufacturer The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law THIS MANUAL IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication The manufacturer may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Information concerning products made by other than the manufacturer was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources The manufacturer has not tested those pro
518. user At the command line type smitty Select System Storage Manager Physical and Logical Storage and press Enter Select Logical Volume Manager and press Enter Select Volume Groups and press Enter Select Set Characteristics of a Volume Group and press Enter Select Remove a Physical Volume from a Volume Group Press F4 to list the available volume groups Then select the volume group name and press Enter Press F4 to select a physical volume and follow the instructions on the screen to select the physical volume Then press Enter Return to the procedure that directed you here Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 323 Removing Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives Review the information in Disk Drive Options on page 317 before removing a disk drive Note SSA bays require a carrier in all six slots of each 6 pack assembly Either an SSA drive in a carrier or a blank carrier must be in each SSA drive position To add an SSA drive you must first remove the blank carrier from the slot To remove an SSA hot plug disk drive perform the following steps 1 Back up the information from the disk drive to another drive 2 Deconfigure the drive you are removing from the system See the AIX System Management Guide Operating System and Devices to deconfigure the SSA disk drive This publication is located on the AlX Documentation CD Access the documentation information by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or b
519. ut or a power on command but moves through the phase and into the bring up phase Access the system management services SMS menus or the service processor menus to reset the unattended start mode Standby Phase The standby phase can be reached in either of the following ways e With the server off and power connected the normal path recognized by OK in the LCD display OR e With the server on after an operating system fault recognized by an 8 digit code in the LCD display In the standby phase the service processor takes care of some automatic duties and its menus are available The service processor remains in the standby phase until a power on request is detected Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor 293 The standby phase components are as follows Modem Configuration The service processor configures the modem if installed so that incoming calls can be received or outgoing calls can be placed Dial In Monitor incoming phone line to answer calls prompt for a password verify the password and remotely display the standby menu The remote session can be mirrored on the local ASCII console if the server is so equipped and the user enables this function Menus The service processor menus are password protected Before you can access them you need either the general user password or the privileged user password Bring Up Phase This phase is entered upon power on and exited upon loading of the operating
520. utines detected 1 Check for AIX updates system firmware fault 2 Check for system firmware updates 406E 00A2 Scan control routines detected Update system firmware service processor firmware PRD fault 406E 00A3 Scan control routines detected Go to MAP 1540 Minimum memory plugging fault Configuration on page 57 406E 00A4 Scan control routines detected Application software application caused fault 406E 00A5 Scan control routines detected invalid Verify that system components are system configuration supported and properly installed Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 175 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406E 00A6 Scan control routines detected no usable memory 1 Ensure that memory is properly installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum 4 lf the problem is not fixed call service support 406E 00A7 Scan control routines detected hardware problem Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 406E 00B0 Scan control routines detected bus controller lock unlock failure System board Location P1 406E 00B1 Scan control routines detected bus controller failure Syst
521. ves Disk drives are more likely to be damaged during installation and service than at any other time A fall of as little as 25 inch bumping or rough handling can all cause latent failures e Media drives are particularly sensitive to electrostatic discharge Follow all electrostatic handling procedures prior to handling the media drive Removing Hot Plug SCSI Disk Drives Note Disk drives in the two position drive bay cannot be removed with the power on See Replacing Non Hot Plug Drives on page 370 Review the information in Disk Drive Options on page 317 before removing a disk drive To remove a SCSI hot plug disk drive perform the following steps 1 Back up the information from the disk drive to another drive 2 Deconfigure the drive you are removing from the system See Deconfiguring SCSI Hot Swap Disk Drives on page 323 3 If you have not already done so remove the front cover as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 319 4 ONO 11 12 320 Service Guide Remove the disk drive bay cover from the disk drive bay Log in as root user At the command line type smitty Select System Storage Management Physical and Logical Storage Select Removable Disk Management Select Remove a Disk Select the desired disk from the list on the screen and pr
522. vice processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations and to attempt recoveries You can disable these actions while you diagnose and service the system If the system was set up according to the recommendations of the RS 6000 Enterprise Server Model F80 server pSeries 620 Models 6FO and 6F1 User s Guide all the settings of the service processor except language were saved by using the SAVE RESTORE HARDWARE MAINTENANCE POLICIES service aid You can use that same service aid to restore the settings at the end of your service action If the service processor settings were not saved by the user if you disable them you should make notes of their current settings for restoration before you leave In addition to the parameters in the table below you can disconnect the modem to prevent incoming signals that could cause the Models F80 6FO or 6F1 to power on Following are the service processor settings The service processor menus are described in Chapter 7 Using the Service Processor on page 251 48 Service Guide Surveillance and disable surveillance From the Service Processor Setup Menu go to the Surveillance Setup Menu Unattended Start unattended start mode From the Service Processor System Power Control Menu disable Reboot Policy Setup Menu and set From the System Power Control Menu go to the Reboot Restart Policy 1 Number of reboot attempts to 0 zero 2 Use OS Defined restart po
523. wist down the flexible tab on the right end of the divider 3 Pivot the divider out and toward the left until it is out Replacement Replace in reverse order System Board Assembly Removal Note Make a note of the locations of parts you remove during this procedure so that 1 2 3 you can reinstall them in the correct positions Power off the system see Powering Off and Powering On the System on page 9 Disconnect the ac power cord Remove the system covers see Removing the Covers on page 311 On the right side of the system 4 5 Remove the power supplies see Power Supplies on page 338 Label and disconnect the cables from the right side of the system board assembly including the SCSI cable connector from the left side On the left side of the system 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 354 Service Guide Remove the processor unit assembly see Processor Card on page 349 Mark the locations and remove the memory riser cards and memory fillers if present see Memory Riser Card and Processor Card on page 342 Mark the locations and disconnect the cables at the rear of the system Mark the locations and remove the adapter cards see Removing Adapter Cards on page 329 Remove the PCI card dividers see PCI Adapter Dividers Remove the fans and fan fillers see Fans and Fan Fillers on page 338 Mark the locations and remove the inter
524. x2 406B 0311 406B 0312 Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M7 Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 406B 031D Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M2 x2 406B 0321 Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M6 406B 0322 Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 406B 032D Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M3 x2 406B 0331 Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M5 406B 0332 Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 406B 033D Wire tests detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 C1 M4 x2 406B 03FF Wire tests detected memory failure on processor card that cannot be automatically isolated Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 and run minimum configuration for further isolation 406B 3101 Wire tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 406B 3281 Wire tests detected RIO port 0 fault 1 RIO port 0 Location P1 C1 2 System board Location P1 406B 3284 Wire tests detected PCI controller PHBO fault Replace the system board Location P1 See note 3 on page 41 406B 3285 Wire tests detected PCI contr
525. y DIMM Location P1 M2 15 406D 0102 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 406D 0103 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 16 406D 0104 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 2 406D 010D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 1 x4 406D 0111 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 13 406D 0112 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 406D 0113 406D 0114 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 14 Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 4 406D 011D Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 3 x4 406D 0121 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 11 406D 0122 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 5 406D 0123 Attention handler detected memory DIMM fault Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 12 172 Service Guide Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 406D 0124 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM Location P1 M2 6 DIMM fau
526. y available prior to your call Environmental Design The environmental efforts that have gone into the design of this system signify IBM s commitment to improve the quality of its products and processes Some of these accomplishments include the elimination of the use of Class 1 ozone depleting chemicals in the manufacturing process and reductions in manufacturing wastes For more information contact an IBM account representative Acoustical Noise Emissions The equivalent continuous A weighted sound pressure level at workstations emission sound pressure level at the 1 meter bystander positions does not exceed 70 dB A 391 Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions Non Redundant 2 Way 4 Way Operating 6 1 Bels Idle 5 9 Bels e Redundant 6 Way Operating 6 8 Bels Idle 6 6 Bels 392 Service Guide Appendix B Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A The manufacturer may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult the manufacturer s representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to the manufacturer s product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any intellectual property right of the manufacturer may be
527. y mounting the CD in the CD ROM drive 3 If you have not already done so remove the front cover as described in Removing the Covers on page 311 4 Remove the disk drive bay cover from the disk drive bay 5 Log in as root user 6 At the command line type smitty 7 Select Devices 324 Service Guide 10 ti 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Select SSA Disks Select SSA Physical Disks Select Identify an SSA Physical Disk Select the disk you want to remove from the list Note If the drive is missing skip to step 18 Select Flash Disk Identification Light Check the disk drives to determine the one with the flashing amber LED Press F3 to return to the SSA Physical Disks menu Select Remove an SSA Physical Disk Select the desired disk from the list on the screen and press Enter Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the drive When you are asked Are you sure answer Yes and press Enter Remove the disk drive by pulling the disk drive lever toward you until it is completely open Then remove the disk drive Insert a blank SSA disk drive filler in the empty disk drive slot Press F10 to exit smitty Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures 325 Replacing Hot Plug SSA Disk Drives Review the information in Disk Drive Options
528. y supported on serial port 1 S1 and serial port 2 S2 a gt Modem Configuration Menu Port 1 Modem Configuration File Name Port 2 Modem Configuration File Name To make changes First select the port and then the configuration file name Modem Ports 1 Serial port 1 2 Serial port 2 Modem Configuration File Name 5 none 9 modem_z_sp 6 modem_f_sp 10 modem m1_sp 7 modem f0_sp 11 modem m0_sp 8 modem _f1_sp 12 modem ml_sp 30 Save configuration to NVRAM and Configure modem 98 Return to Previous Menu For information on choosing a modem configuration file see Sample Modem Configuration Files on page 399 and Transfer of a Modem Session on page 405 274 Service Guide Serial Port Selection Menu This menu allows you to enable or disable the call in and call out functions of each serial port in any combination A N Serial Port Selection Menu 1 Serial Port 1 Call 0ut 3 Serial Port 1 Call In Currently Disabled Currently Disabled 2 Serial Port 2 Call Out 4 Serial Port 2 Call In Currently Disabled Currently Disabled 98 Return to Previous Menu Ly Call in and ring indicate power on cannot be enabled at the same time If ring indicate power on is already enabled and you try to enable call in a message prompts you for confirmation Refer to the message displayed on the screen Serial Port Speed Setup Menu This menu allows you to set serial port speed to enhance terminal
529. ystem Firmware Updates General Information on System Firmware Updates Determining the Level of Firmware on the System System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus Updating System Firmware from the AIX Service Aids Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line Recovery Mode Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory Run Time CPU Deconfiguration CPU Gard Service Processor System Monitoring Surveillance System Firmware Surveillance Operating System Surveillance Call Out Call Home Console Mirroring System Configuration Service Processor Error Log LCD Progress Indicator Log Service Processor Operational Phases 202 252 252 252 253 253 254 254 256 257 260 264 269 269 270 272 273 274 275 275 276 217 278 278 279 280 lt 281 281 281 281 281 283 283 284 284 285 285 285 285 286 lt 287 287 287 287 288 290 290 291 292 293 Pre Standby Phase Standby Phase Bring Up Phase Run Time Phase Chapter 8 Using System Management Services Password Utilities Display Error Log Remote Initial Program Load Setup SCSI Utilities ao Select Console MultiBoot Select Language OK Prompt Exiting System Management Services Chapter 9 Removal and Replacement Procedures Handling Static Sensitive Devices R
530. ystem board Location fault P1 See note 3 on page 41 4069 0003 Memory tests detected processor All processors Location P1 C1 fault Chapter 5 Error Code to FRU Index 153 Table 7 Service Processor Error Codes continued Error Code Description Action Possible Failing FRU 4069 0009 Memory tests detected memory fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 4069 00A0 4069 00A1 Memory tests detected service processor firmware fault Memory tests detected system firmware fault Update system firmware 1 Check for AIX updates 2 Check for system firmware updates 4069 00A2 Memory tests detected service processor firmware PRD fault Update system firmware 4069 00A3 4069 00A4 Memory tests detected memory plugging fault Memory tests detected application caused fault Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configuration on page 57 Application software 4069 00A5 Memory tests detected invalid system configuration Verify that system components are supported and properly installed 4069 00A6 Memory tests detected no usable memory 1 Ensure that memory is properly installed 2 If more than one DIMM is called out go to the service processor Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state See Memory Configuration Deconfiguration Menu on page 266 for more information 3 Go to MAP 1540 Minimum Configurat

Service Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents